Tag: Atlantis

  • Atlantis: New Hypothesis

    Atlantis: New Hypothesis


    by Viatcheslav Koudriavtsev


    FROM THE AUTHOR

    This is the third edition of my paper. The first one was sent as a brochure “Returning to the Enigma of Plato’s Atlantis” to Ancient History Departments of some Universities and to Geographical Societies of a number of countries in June 1995. The magazine version of it has come out in the May 1996 issue of “Vokrug Sveta” (“Around the World”, Magazine of Travels, Adventures and SF) – a kind of Russian “National Geographic”. The second one was published in some newsgroups and mailing lists in February – March 1996. In the present edition I am trying to provide answers to most of the questions I was asked after those publications. Besides, I have since found some materials illustrating some of my suggestions.

    I would like to apologise for some prolixity of the introduction and maybe the slightly simplified style of setting forth some theses, which are due to the fact that the paper is meant not only for experts on the issue, but also for those who are not familiar in detail with a whole range of issues connected with the subject.

    The two translations of Plato’s dialogues Timaeus and Critias used are the Thomas Taylor translation first published in 1804 and considered to be classic (Plato. The Timaeus and the Critias or Atlantis. The Thomas Taylor translation. N.Y., Pantheon books, 1944) and the Desmond Lee translation, first published in 1965 (Timaeus) and in 1971 (Critias) (Plato. Timaeus and Critias. Penguin books, 1994).

    I also had parallel texts of the dialogues in ancient Greek and in Latin (Platonis Opera. Graece et latine. Paris, 1877).

    Where not specified, Desmond Lee’s translation of Plato is quoted, since his language is more up-to-date.

    After quotations in round brackets, it is indicated where in Plato’s text the passage quoted belongs according to the traditionally accepted pagination.

    The Greek words given in the explanation of quotations have been transcribed with Latin letters by the author because of the ASCII-codes format.

    The bold type in the quotations and the explanations in square brackets are mine.

    I would like to express my gratitude to: ?V.E.Schitz for assistance in my work;

    ?M.A.Garntsev, Ph. D., Associate Professor, Department of the History of Foreign Philosophy, Faculty of Philosophy, Moscow State University, for consultations on the Greek text;

    ?E.Y.Koudriavtseva for help with translating the paper into English;

    ?M.V.Dyakonova of the Institute of Scientific Information on Social Sciences of the Russian Academy of Sciences.


    INTRODUCTION

    Everyone will have heard at one time or another the name of Atlantis mentioned, we can come across it in various contexts. Almost any encyclopedia these days is sure to have an article on Atlantis, which usually reads something like this: “Atlantis – according to an ancient Greek myth recorded by Plato, there had once existed a vast island in the Atlantic Ocean to the west of Gibraltar, with fertile soil, and densely populated, which sank to the bottom of the sea because of an earthquake. Questions of whether Atlantis has ever existed, and if so, why it vanished, today continue to arouse as much controversy among scientists as ever.”

    On The Source

    Plato speaks of Atlantis in two works – dialogues Timaeus and Critias. Dialogue was a genre widely popular in Ancient Greece, in which information or ideas are not narrated by the author himself, but are presented to the reader by two or more interlocutors addressing each other. Such a genre is convenient for presenting differing views on the same subject and, besides, makes it possible to render the experience cited in support of the deliberations, concrete to the utmost. Therefore, the genre of the ancient Greek dialogues should not be seen merely as short-hand records of actual conversations.

    In both dialogues the story of Atlantis is told by Critias, Plato’s maternal great grandfather, narrating word for word the conversation between Solon and an Egyptian priest. In Timaeus the issue of Atlantis is raised along with many others, while the unfinished Critias, in all probability, was to be exclusively devoted to it. Critias also explains how he himself came to hear the story. He heard it from his grandfather whose name was also Critias, who, in his turn, had heard it from Solon himself, who had been a close friend of his father, Dropides.

    In his conversation with Solon, the priest, referring to the sacred records, speaks of a powerful country, Atlantis, lying outside the Pillars of Hercules, of the beginning of a war between Atlanteans and the citizens of Athens and of a catastrophe which destroyed both, and resulted in Atlantis sinking to the bottom “in a single dreadful day and night”.

    The priest also says how many years have elapsed since – nine thousand years. Besides, Critias contains the myth of the origin of the rulers of Atlantis, the description of its geography, architecture and of its social life, all of which suggests the idea of imagination having been used to make up for the lack of information.

    It is estimated that the dialogue took place around the year 425 B.C. (Plato himself must have been about 2 years old at the time). Critias-grandson, Plato’s great grandfather, was probably about 80 at the time, and he had heard the story about 70 years before (i.e. around the year 495 B.C.), from Critias-grandfather, when the latter was about 90. Since Critias-grandfather had heard it from Solon himself, who belonged to the same generation as his father, it can be reasonably assumed that the conversation between Solon and the Egyptian priest took place around 600 – 575 B.C. Thus, it follows that, according to Plato, Atlantis vanished in the middle of the 10th millennium B.C.

    Phenomenon Of Atlantis

    Hardly anyone in the world knows exactly how many books have been written about Atlantis by the proponents and opponents of the idea that it once existed. Those who have attempted to count them, come up with widely diverging, albeit invariably four-digit numbers. No doubt, the topic of Atlantis could claim its place among he best-selling topics of the current century.

    The special attention that Plato’s narration about Atlantis gets can be accounted for by the fact that the country described in Timaeus and Critias does not fit in with our present-day ideas of the history of humanity, and the date of its vanishing, as recorded by Plato, goes back to unprecedentedly early times. If we treat this narration as trustworthy, a new and more comprehensive model of the history of mankind’s development is essential.

    The idea seems attractive to many, in view of the numerous blank spots and contradictions in the existing concept of the history of humanity (for instance, such as the vast span of time between the emergence of an anatomically modern Homo Sapiens and the development of the first civilisations), all the more so, that the text which could bring about a revision of the existing model is authored by Plato, who stands with Socrates and Aristotle as one of the shapers of the whole intellectual tradition of the West.

    At the same time, Plato’s narration about Atlantis stands by itself, it is not directly corroborated or indirectly echoed by anything, and in itself does not give sufficient grounds for such a revision.

    Regrettably, most of the Atlantis enthusiasts are swayed by emotions, and this lures them away from the commitment to scientific correctness. They have found in the epos of many peoples of the world what they call “direct indications” of the Atlantean descent of these peoples. Deluded by wishful thinking, they often fall prey to perverted logic: “If the “Belt of Pyramids” exists, it follows that Atlantis also existed in reality.”

    In the upshot, the problem has become something of a scientific curiosity. Even if scientific data coming to light as time goes by, are interpreted in the context of Atlantis, as a rule, it is done in a biased way and has little in common with a balanced scientific approach.

    Viewpoints

    Without claiming to present an exhaustive survey of the existing viewpoints on the issue, I would like to list only the ones I believe to be the most widespread.

    ? Some believe that Atlantis is Plato’s invention from beginning to end, which he needed to expound his ideas of an ideal state.

    ? Others, who do not consider Plato’s narration to be an invention, persevere in trying to interpret it in a way which would make it possible to link it with the already explored archaeological sites. Thus, some of them contend that none other than the island of Crete is Plato’s Atlantis, claiming also that Greeks used the name of the Pillars of Hercules, mentioned by Plato, not for what is now called the Strait of Gibraltar, but for some rocks which were situated on the way from Athens to Crete. Given such an interpretation, it becomes imperative for them to bring the date of the vanishing of Atlantis given by Plato, in line with the time of the decline of the Minoan civilisation, established by archaeologists, and link it to the explosion of Thera/Santorin. Hence, rise is given to the hypothesis that the span of time between the vanishing of Atlantis and the conversation between Solon and the priest is actually 10 times shorter, and that the mistake was made either when Egyptian priests were copying the sacred records (it is suggested that the characters denoting 100 and 1000 in the Egyptian hieroglyphic system of writing are alike) or because Plato himself, like all his contemporaries, had little sense of time and dating. The same thesis of a mistake of multiplication by ten is used by the proponents of the Cretan Atlantis as regards the dimensions of the island, for the numbers Plato gives in Critias do not quite fit in with their theory, to put it mildly. Similar arguments are used to substantiate a variety of hypotheses, including some according to which Atlantis was situated not even in the Mediterranean Sea, but in the Sea of Marmara or the Black Sea.

    ? Yet others, fervently believing in the truthfulness of the information provided by Plato, rush to search for Atlantis in the Atlantic Ocean. They have already announced, at different times, that the Azore, Canary and Bahama Islands, as well as some other more or less suitable ones, are the remains of Plato’s sunken island. They also like to juggle with suggestions of mistakes in the numerals as regards the dimensions of Atlantis.

    I will endeavour to analyse once again Plato’s narration, comparing its basic elements and their interpretations with some fairly credible facts, and suggest for your consideration one more hypothesis, which, in my opinion, hardly has more weak points, vulnerable to criticism, than the already existing ones.


    INVENTION ?


    First of all, it is highly doubtful that Plato would have had to invent Atlantis to expound his ideas of an ideal state system, – indeed, he had previously expounded them more than once in his other works, without any geographical hoaxes.

    Secondly, in Timaeus itself there already exists – and is actively used by Plato – an object only too suitable for setting forth utopian concepts – the pre-historic Athens, so the supposition that Plato needed to invent specifically for the purpose a second, let alone such an exotic one as Atlantis, seems rather far-fetched.

    Thirdly, the explanation of how the information of Atlantis came to Plato’s notice, does not seem to contain logical contradictions, which in itself enhances its credibility. It also sounds convincing that events of such ancient history are narrated to Solon by none other than an Egyptian priest, and the way he explains why Greeks had lost their historical memory.

    “You are all [Greeks] young in mind,” came the reply: “you have no belief rooted in old tradition and no knowledge hoary with age. And the reason is this. There have been and will be many different calamities to destroy mankind, the greatest of them by fire and water, lesser ones by countless other means…

    But in our temples we have preserved from earliest times a written record of any great or splendid achievement or notable event which has come to our ears whether it occurred in your part of the world or here or anywhere else; whereas with you and others, writing and the other necessities of civilisation have only just been developed when the periodic scourge of the deluge descends, and spares none but the unlettered and uncultured, so that you have to begin again like children, in complete ignorance of what happened in our part of the world or in yours in early times…

    You remember only one deluge, though there have been many, and you do not know that the finest and best race of men that ever existed lived in your country; you and your fellow citizens are descended from the few survivors that remained, but you know nothing about it because so many succeeding generations left no record in writing”. (Tim. 22d-23c)

    Of course, the archaeological data on which modern ideas of the past of humanity are based, is vast. But the history of Earth has seen a lot of natural cataclysms of enormous proportions, and we cannot completely discard the possibility that the historical memory of humanity has indeed been curtailed, due to the destruction of material evidence by a catastrophe more violent than the ones we know of in the so-called “historical time”. (Just imagine what the picture of life on Earth in the 19th century would have looked like a thousand years later, if both Europe and North America had been erased from the face of Earth by some catastrophe.)

    WHEN ?

    Assertions that Plato had a vague idea of time and chronology do not seem well-substantiated. Besides, there is such a natural approximate measure for assessing large spans of time as a generation, and it does not seem likely that Plato did not perceive the distinction between a period covering the lifespans of several tens of generations and that encompassing several hundreds of generations. (Hardly anyone would assert that Plato had a vague idea of the distinction between tens and hundreds.)

    Any assumption that Solon made a mistake in reading the Egyptian hieroglyphs he did not know sufficiently well, should be discarded as Plato explicitly says that he did not read the sacred records himself, but was told of their contents by the priest.

    Another reason for the mistake of multiplication by 10 might have been the misunderstanding by Solon of the numerals in the Egyptian priest’s story, which is highly improbable, since, firstly, there are several numerals in the story, and, secondly, the spans of time which these numerals describe are interrelated in the priest’s story.

    “Solon was astonished at what he heard and eagerly begged the priests to describe to him in detail the doings of these citizens of the past. “I will gladly do so, Solon,” replied the priest, “both for your sake and your city’s, but chiefly in gratitude to the Goddess to whom it has fallen to bring up and educate both your country and ours – yours first, when she took over your seed from Earth and Hephaestus, ours a thousand years later. The age of our institutions is given in our sacred records as eight thousand years, and the citizens whose laws and whose finest achievement I will now briefly describe to you therefore lived nine thousand years ago; we will go through their history in detail later on at leisure, when we can consult the records.” (Tim. 23d-24a)

    However, if we do assume that Solon misunderstood the priest, it would be difficult to imagine an Egyptian priest who, around the year 600 B.C. gives the age of civilisation in the Nile Valley as 800 years. And it would be an outright impossibility to assume that sacred records could have contained such nonsense, and that “nine thousand years” only appeared in the story in the process of copying, as a result of an accidental substitution of the character denoting thousands for another one, denoting hundreds.

    Yet another argument against the alleged mistake of multiplication by ten is the fact that none of the sources dealing with the second millennium B.C., contains any reference to what is described by Plato in his narrative about Atlantis, and consequently, either his narrative, after all, is a hoax, or it is really a case of information lost and accidentally retrieved – information going back to a much earlier period.

    DIMENSIONS

    In Critias it is said that the capital city of Atlanteans is surrounded by a plain 2,000 x 3,000 stades (approximately 385 x 580 km). As we have already said, proponents of various hypotheses requiring some adjustment of Plato’s data to suit the existing convenient sites, are fond of using the assertion of a numerical mistake consisting in the multiplication of numerals by ten, not only as regards the time, but also the dimensions of the plain. That is why everything we said above about such a method of interpreting Plato being unable to stand up to criticism from the viewpoint of logic, is applicable to these figures, too.

    And in general, if it is suggested that almost all the numerical data are erroneous and should be revised, then, in my opinion, the whole thing becomes somewhat absurd: would it not be easier to cross out Plato’s narrative of Atlantis and write their own instead, the parameters of which would be acceptable for them.

    There is yet another argument testifying to the fact that there had never been any mistake of multiplication by ten as regards the dimensions. Plato said that Atlantis was “larger than Asia and Libya combined” (Tim. 24e). Even if we presume that Asia here stands for what is now called the Near East – just a small part of the Asian continent, and Libya – for a small part of North Africa, it is difficult to believe that Plato would describe a territory several dozens kilometres wide, as larger in size than the two of them.

    THE PILLARS OF HERCULES (HERACLES)

    It would also seem expedient now to dot all the i’s and cross all the t’s concerning what Plato calls the Pillars of Hercules. Let us read the passage on the parts of territory allotted to Poseidon’s sons:

    “His twin, to whom was allocated the furthest part of the island towards the Pillars of Heracles and facing the district now called Gadira, was called in Greek Eumelus but in his own language Gadirus…” (Critias. 114b)

    In Plato’s time, ancient Greeks used the name of Gadirus for the city which was situated where modern Cadiz stands now, on the Atlantic coast of the Pyrenean Peninsula. How much must the proponents of the Cretan hypothesis want to adjust Plato’s narrative to that hypothesis, to find on the way from Athens to Crete some rocks which allegedly were called the Pillars of Hercules.

    Had such rocks really existed, and had the Island of Crete really been Atlantis, then for the Egyptian priest its inhabitants would have been those who lived “inside the Pillars”, while the inhabitants of Athens would have been those who lived “outside the Pillars”.

    WHERE ?

    If we accept as trustworthy Plato’s data concerning the time when Atlantis existed, and its dimensions, and if we resist the temptation of placing this enigmatic land somewhere in the Mediterranean Sea, a question arises of where in the Atlantic it was situated and where it is possible to find some evidence of its existence there in the past.

    According to geological data, there had been no rising or sinking of the earth-crust in the Atlantic Ocean area not only in the last dozens of thousands, but even in millions of years, that would be commensurate with the sinking of a big island or a small continent. The map of the Atlantic itself bears it out graphically: the outlines of the continental platforms of Africa and South America fit in ideally; similarly, North America, Greenland, Scandinavia and Europe make up a perfectly fitting mosaic, in which there simply is no room for an allegedly lost fragment (particularly of such dimensions as Plato described). All the edges of the continental shelf facing the ocean also coincide with the bends of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, and the earth-crust rift zone itself, from which continents are “sliding apart” (See map of Northern Atlantic).

    On the other hand, the time when Atlantis vanished, as given by Plato, precisely coincides with the end of the last Ice Age (I would like to remind the readers that Plato speaks of the 10th millennium B.C.). Meanwhile, it has been ascertained that during the last Ice Age the level of the world Ocean was considerably lower than at present – according to different estimates, as a rule, by 70 to almost 200 m (See Relative Sea Level Database). Considerable discrepancies in the paleooceanographic data on the sea level fluctuations (mostly glacio-eustatic for this period), obtained by dating the ancient coastal formations, arise from

    ? firstly, the imprecision of the dating techniques themselves (both C-14 and others);

    ? secondly, the impossibility of reliably taking into account the changes of the absolute altitude of an area, caused by the geological risings and sinkings (though for these datings test samples from relatively stable platform zones are used).

    The 200 metres isodepth line on the map of the Atlantic Ocean gives an approximate idea of how the coastline must have looked at that time.

    It can be seen that in the area of the present Azores and Canaries, which are most often pointed out as the remains of the sunken Atlantis, there had been no sizeable land area (See again map of Northern Atlantic).

    It can also be seen that in the west of Europe, where now the North Sea is situated, and around the British Isles, during the last Ice Age there had existed a vast area of land, large enough, without any stretch, for a plain two by three thousand stades (See map of the Celtic Shelf).

    ISLAND ?

    But the Greek nesos quite unambiguously is translated as “island”, and I have no reasons whatsoever to assume that once upon a time it could have had another meaning as well. In the same vein, the Latin insula does not seem to allow other interpretations. So, is it possible to equate that area of land in the west of Europe with Plato’s Atlantis? I believe, it is, and there are two possible explanations of why the word which means “island” is used for something that was actually not one:

    1.What gives grounds for this is what Critias says in the dialogue of the same title about the distortion of names due to their translation from language to language as the story was transmitted:

    “Before I begin, a brief word of explanation, in case you are surprised at hearing foreigners so often referred to by Greek names. The reason is this. Solon intended to use the story in his own poem. And when, on inquiring about the significance of the names, he learned that the Egyptians had translated the originals into their own language, he went through the reverse process, and as he learned the meaning of a name wrote it down in Greek. My father had his manuscript, which is now in my possession, and I studied it often as a child. So if you hear names like those we use here, don’t be surprised; I have given you the reason.” (Critias. 113a-b)

    It would seem appropriate to assume that, in being retold and passed so many times over, and in being translated from language to language, and in attempts to grasp the information through the prism of geographic realities which had already changed, a reduction of such notions as “land, territory, country – island” might have taken place.

    After I have criticised unwarranted assumptions in the Mediterranean hypotheses, and assertions that mistakes had been made in the numerals, the readers may now reproach me for considerably stretching a point in interpreting Plato’s narrative. That is why I would like to quote several passages, which, I believe, substantiate the legitimacy of my assumption, if in reading them we abstract ourselves from the word “island” (which I for convenience shall write in slash marks), focusing instead on the context in which it is used.

    Of great interest is what Critias says after concluding the description of the capital city of Atlanteans:

    “I have given you a pretty complete account of what was told me about the city and its original buildings; I must now try to recall the nature and organisation of the rest of the country. To begin with the region as a whole was said to be high above the level of the sea, from which it rose precipitously; the city was surrounded by a uniformly flat plain, which was in turn enclosed by mountains which came right down to the sea. The plain was rectangular in shape, measuring three thousand stades in length and at its midpoint two thousand stades in breadth from the coast. This whole area of the /island/ faced south, and was sheltered from the north winds.” (Critias. 117e-118a)

    As we see, the description is rather contradictory. The thing is that in the Greek text, after Critias says that having described the city, he will proceed to the narration of the nature of the rest of the territory tes d allas khoras os e phusis, he actually returns to the description of the city as the place topos situated high above the sea level, from which it rises precipitously, after which he contrasts it de with the flat plain surrounding the city. Such an interpretation of the logic of the passage is borne out by the use in the same passage of two words – khoras and topos, which semantically must refer to different notions, hence, it was only the city that was situated high above the sea level, but not the plain. And again there is no indication whatsoever of land surrounded by the sea on all sides. The only image evoked by this description is that of a city on a hill rising precipitously from the sea, and the flat plain surrounding it, enclosed on three sides by mountains. This description suits in every detail, the land that once existed in the west of Europe: the mountains are the present Ireland, Great Britain and, possibly, the north-western part of France; the plain itself, which now constitutes the shelf to the south of the British Isles (sometimes called the Celtic Shelf) fits the dimensions specified by Plato, and the edge of the continental platform faces south-southwest. At about 48 d 25-30′ N and 8 d 45-51′ W, not far from this edge, there is a remarkable underwater hill called the Little Sole Bank marked on sufficiently minute maps. The top of the hill is 57 metres below the sea level, while the average depth around it is 130 – 160 metres. The hill is located approximately in the middle of the greater length of the plain in question (See again map of the Celtic Shelf).

    Of course, the coastline of any island should form a closed circuit, and its length can be roughly estimated, as well as the width of the island. Plato’s Critias, however, while giving in minute detail the dimensions of the plain adjoining the city, and giving the length of the canal encircling it, says nothing of the dimensions of the island as such, except that it was “larger than Asia and Libya combined”.

    Besides, it is not quite clear to what we owe the emergence of the stereotype, according to which Atlantis was situated “to the west” of Gibraltar, or “facing” it.

    Thomas Taylor’s translation reads:

    “For at that time the Atlantic sea was navigable, and had an /island/ before that mouth which is called by you the Pillars of Hercules.”

    Desmond Lee in his translation uses the English word “opposite” to describe the location of Atlantis in relation to the strait, but we must take into account that he changed the logic of the description (Plato mentioned Atlantis in the Atlantic Ocean context, but Lee describes it from the Mediterranean-centric viewpoint):

    “For in those days the Atlantic was navigable. There was an /island/ opposite the strait which you call (so you say) the Pillars of Heracles…” (Tim. 24e)

    The Greek preposition pro used by Plato in this passage means only that the island was situated “before” the strait, i.e. outside the Mediterranean, which means that the logical extension of its meaning towards denoting “immediately beyond”, “right before” or “facing” (which gave rise to the traditional “to the west of”) – is nothing but the second-guessing zeal of Plato’s translators.

    Nowhere does Plato call Atlanteans “islanders” – as a rule, the only specific point he makes is to emphasise the same contrast – that they did not live on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea:

    “We must first remind ourselves that in all nine thousand years have elapsed since the declaration of war between those who lived outside and all those who lived inside the Pillars of Heracles.” (Critias. 108e)

    And this is how he describes the territories controlled by Atlanteans:

    “They and their descendants for many generations governed their own territories and many other islands in the ocean and, as has already been said, also controlled the populations this side of the straits as far as Egypt and Tyrrhenia.” (Critias. 114c)

    Let us also note that nowhere does he speak of the territories controlled by Atlanteans in terms of areas, describing only the length of the coastline. In all probability, it is connected with the geographical outlook of the time, shaped by the fact that people travelled mainly by sea, and maybe also by the specific features of population distribution in conditions of the Ice Age.

    Let us now once again return to the already quoted passage about the distribution of allocations between Poseidon’s sons.

    In Desmond Lee’s translation:

    “His twin, to whom was allocated the furthest part of the /island/ towards the Pillars of Heracles and facing the district now called Gadira, was called in Greek Eumelus but in his own language Gadirus…” (Critias. 114b)

    In Thomas Taylor’s translation:

    “But the twin son that was born immediately after Atlas, and who was allotted the extreme parts of the /island/, towards the pillars of Hercules, as far as to the region which at present from that place is called Gadiric, he denominated according to his native tongue Gadirus, but which we call in Greek Eumelus.”

    Taylor’s translation in this case is closer to the original, since the Greek epi to, like the Latin pars ad, almost always means “as far as to”, “right up to”, “bordering on”. The reader will probably agree that but for the word “island” the description would accurately suit the district in the south of modern Portugal which is the part of Atlantic coast closest to Gibraltar (See map of Western Europe).

    2.The narration of Atlantis in Plato’s Critias begins with the myth of its origins (about Evenor and Leucippe, Poseidon and Cleito), which includes a description that baffles most of the translators and interpreters. Not only is it contradictory in itself, indeed, it contradicts most of the subsequent descriptions of Atlantis, which we have already discussed (as regards the dimensions of the plain and the size of the hill):

    “At the centre of the island, near the sea, was a plain, said to be the most beautiful and fertile of all plains, and near the middle of this plain about fifty stades [9.65 km] inland a hill of no great size,” (Critias. 113b)

    – Lee translates, and makes a footnote that by saying “at the centre of the island” Plato meant “midway along its greatest length”.

    Taylor translates the passage as follows:

    “Towards the sea, but in the middle of the island, there was a plain…”

    In the Latin translation the word media is used here, which means “middle”. In Plato’s original the phrase kata de meson is used, which means “around the middle”, “approximately in the middle”, with the word meson from mesos usually implying the middle of a linear segment, while for the notion of “centre” another word exists. Besides, a long island, whose length considerably exceeds its width, must have two longer sides, and if it were really the description of an island, then an indication should have been given, the middle of which side is meant. So, without a stretch, this description could only be understood as the middle of a certain segment of the coastline.

    On the other hand, the myth cannot but go back to the time preceding the time of the catastrophe by several thousand years, when the sea level had not yet gone down to its lowest mark, so that this place became a hill on the coast of the sea, but was still an island (See again map of the Celtic Shelf), which,

    ? firstly, eliminates all the contradictions, i.e. it becomes clear, why “near the middle of this plain about fifty stades inland”, while the plain measured “three thousand stades in length and at its midpoint two thousand stades in breadth from the coast” and was “larger than Asia and Libya combined”, and why the hill was “of no great size” while “the region [of the city] as a whole was said to be high above the level of the sea, from which it rose precipitously”;

    ? secondly, makes it possible to assume that in relation to Atlantis the word “island” is used, because the central part of the city, surrounded by a canal (water ring) and situated on the top of the hill which used to be an island, historically continued to be called “King’s Island” or “Poseidon’s Island”. Hence, possibly, the use of the word “island” in relation to the whole city and country by all who transmitted the narration, including Plato.

    CLIMATE

    Paleoclimatology gives a fairly clear picture of the climate during the Ice Age, based mainly on the paleobotanic data. Without describing in detail the distribution of climatic zones in the regions of Europe, I would like to note only that the temperature decreased with distance from the sea and with altitude above the sea level much more dramatically than in the present conditions, since climate on the whole was much more continental, and the climatic zones most suitable for habitation, i.e. zones with a moderate sea climate, were located in the not-too-wide strip of land along the seacoast. (The climatic conditions of all the other territories were so harsh, that they ruled out the development of civilisation there, that is why the palaeolithic settlements discovered by archaeologists, dating to the same period, in no way contradict this hypothesis.)

    The climate of the territory in question for a number of reasons was extremely favourable.

    ? Firstly, the vast territory in close proximity of the ocean was only slightly elevated above the ocean level.

    ? Secondly, the plain was protected from northern winds and the cold influence of the ice sheet covering Scandinavia, exactly as in Plato’s narrative, by the mountains, albeit not high, which encircled it.

    ? Thirdly, there are reasons to believe that a warm current, now known as Gulf Stream – North Atlantic Drift, washing the shores of western and northern Europe, used to wash the shores of the territory in point.

    TRAVELLING TO THE OPPOSITE CONTINENT

    For finding the answer to the question of where Atlantis was situated, the passage describing its whereabouts in relation to landmarks other than the Pillars of Hercules is of particular interest:

    “…from it [Atlantis] travellers could in those days reach the other islands, and from them the whole opposite continent which surrounds what can truly be called the ocean.” (Tim. 24e-25a)

    In Thomas Taylor’s translation it reads as follows:

    “…and afforded an easy passage to other neighbouring islands; as it was likewise easy to pass from those islands to all the continent which borders on this Atlantic sea. For the waters which are beheld within the mouth which we just now mentioned, have the form of a bay with a narrow entrance; but the mouth itself is a true sea. And lastly, the earth which surrounds it is in every respect truly denominated the continent.”

    The argument about whether America is implied in this passage or not, can be veritably endless. But such a vision of the ocean surrounded by land, is strange, to say the least, for Plato of Greece or even for his imagination. Indeed, Greeks themselves did not know of America. So, this is a serious argument in support of the idea that Plato really possessed some information which had been lost long before his time, and that thanks to him, we have received uniquely ancient recorded information.

    The phased character of sailing to the “opposite continent” in itself suggests the idea of the not-too-high level of navigation skills. The manner of action described would be appropriate for the Vikings’ voyage to the island of Newfoundland, rather than for Columbus’s search of a westward route to India. It is well known that both ancient Egyptians and the ancient Greeks we know of, sailed the seas on their ships, keeping to the coast and never losing sight of it. The very look of ancient maps testifies to this. So does the fact that no evidence has been found, that either Greeks or even Egyptians were familiar with the principles of navigation used in sailing the open seas. There are no grounds to believe that matters were different as regards Plato’s Atlanteans and ancient Athenians.

    Taking into account these considerations, we can see that in Timaeus a very accurate description is given of the route from the west of Europe to the above-mentioned island of Newfoundland via Iceland, Greenland and smaller islands, which, given a lower level of the ocean, must have been more numerous on the way.

    CATASTROPHE

    Attempts to link the vanishing of Atlantis to the rise of the world ocean level following the end of the last Ice Age have always met with serious objections. It is believed that the ocean level had been rising with different speed for over two thousand years, and critics asserted that the process did not correspond to the catastrophic character of what Plato described – the vanishing of Atlantis “in a single dreadful day and night”. There may be two possible explanations of this discrepancy:

    1.The first explanation is rather traditional: a tidal wave (tsunami) following some natural calamity destroyed the city and killed the armies, and then all the artifacts had been slowly (over thousands of years) swallowed by the ocean.

    2.The second explanation is a little more complex. It is possible that the rising of the sea level may have been much faster than is commonly believed. Let us try to clarify where the idea of the long duration of the process originated from in the first place. Conclusions about it are arrived at on the basis of

    ? paleoclimatic data on the rise in temperatures. But we must be aware of the extent to which these data are circumstantial for assessing the speed of the given process, and of the fact that the correlation between the mean temperature and the ocean level must be non-linear. (Let us recall an experiment from the school course of physics, when a vessel with ice is being heated, but the temperature of the water only starts rising after all the ice has melted.)

    ? data on the glacio-eustatic fluctuations of the ocean level, the shortcomings of which we have already discussed in section “WHERE?”

    Meanwhile, up to now, very little is known about the reasons for the beginning and the end of the Ice Ages. The only thing that is evident is that for the mean temperature on the planet to rise, a vast amount of energy is required. In considering the temperature charts for various regions, we can observe that the warming that marked the end of the last Ice Age was more pronounced, dramatic and durable than all the previous ones (See graphs of climate change).

    In view of this, it cannot be ruled out that the warming had been caused by some event (or events) of seismic, volcanic or atmospheric nature:

    “At a later time [after beginning of war between Atlanteans and Athenians] there were earthquakes and floods of extraordinary violence, and in a single dreadful day and night all your fighting men were swallowed up by the earth, and the island of Atlantis was similarly swallowed up by the sea and vanished…” (Tim. 25c-d)

    This cataclysm could have been connected with the release of a vast amount of energy. In that case, the speed of the glacier melting and the rise of the ocean level could have been considerably higher than is widely believed now.

    Another argument to back the thesis that none other than the rising of the ocean level was the catastrophe that Plato described, is that the relief of the plain in point in the west of Europe was of such character, that the rising of the ocean level by one metre could often have meant the retreat of the coastline by kilometres. I am sure that even if the submerging lasted several years, the eye-witnesses (and victims), who were on a flat plain, must have perceived it as a very fast sinking of all the land they could see, from horizon to horizon (See again map of the Celtic Shelf).

    RESUME

    To sum up briefly all the above-said, the hypothesis can be formulated as follows:

    At the time when the last Ice Age ended, the rising level of the world ocean resulted in the submerging of a sizeable territory in the west of Europe (which is now known as the Celtic Shelf) and where the centre of a highly developed civilisation and of a powerful state was situated. This state (or a commonwealth of states) controlled the whole Atlantic coast of Europe (and maybe North Africa), a considerable part of the Mediterranean coast of Europe and Africa and, possibly, could also sail the territories along the Atlantic coasts of North Africa, North and Central America. Along with this state, there existed other states in areas with a mild climate, in particular, “Ancient Athens”, which entered into a coalition with other peoples of the Mediterranean to jointly resist the expansion of Atlantis. All the artifacts of these civilisations have either been irretrievably lost or are now on the bottom of the sea, that is why they have never come to the notice of the modern archaeological science. Neither have written records of that period been preserved, and the earliest written recording of the events of that period was made at least a thousand years later, in Egypt, on the basis of the still remaining folk memory, but it was already very general in character and imprecise. It was pure chance that it came to the notice of Plato and was recorded by him in the dialogues Timaeus and Critias. Throughout the whole chain of the passing down of this narrative, distortions and inaccuracies have accumulated, which, coupled with lack of corroborating evidence from other sources and archaeological finds, has determined its present ambiguous status.

    POSSIBILITIES

    The hypothesis we are putting forward, like any other hypothesis, is only a concept, and needs to be corroborated by facts. Since so far no such facts, recognised as trustworthy, have been found, it is evident that this is where the main problem lies. But it seems to me that there are fairly wide possibilities for solving it, even without resorting to the analysis of legends and myths, or looking for cultural parallels, which in itself is very interesting, but can hardly bring forward irrefutable proofs.

    Certain conclusions can probably be drawn on the basis of analysing the data of such scientific disciplines as comparative linguistics and anthropometry, though in order to obtain acceptably reliable findings a gigantic volume of work will have to be done and a vast amount of information processed.

    And, last but not least, since the hypothesis deals with the submerging of Plato’s Atlantis as the ocean level rose, the most convincing evidence (if it exists at all) can be found underwater at depths from 50 to 160 metres. As far as I know, no systematic archaeological survey of the shelf at these depths has ever been undertaken by anyone. Neither is high resolution bathymetry of the area in question available (I contacted many oceanographic centres including UK Hydrographic Office, British Oceanographic Data Centre, Plymouth Marine Laboratory, IFREMER, NOAA, Defence Mapping Agency of the USA).

    I intend to organise an expedition to the above-mentioned region, which could consist of two stages:

    1.A sweep bathymetry survey of the area in question, using sonar and satellite navigation system, for the purpose of charting a very high resolution map. Analysis of the data thus obtained, using different methods, including computer techniques, to identify objects that could be of artificial nature.

    2.If objects of this kind are identified in the area, organisation of underwater exploration and photographing them.


    Any suggestions and comments are welcome to explor@glas.apc.org


    © 1996 Viatcheslav Y. Koudriavtsev


    Chronology and Catastrophism Review

    Proceedings of The 1995 Braziers College Conference

    Velikovsky 100th Birthday Memorial Meeting

    Journal of the Society for Interdisciplinary Studies

    1995 Special Issue (Volume XVII). ISSN 0953 0053

     

    Atlantis: New Hypothesis

    Modified 11 June 1996 @ 17:25 GMT

    From explor@glas.apc.org Tue Jun 11 18:05:24 1996


    Date: Mon, 3 Jun 96 17:21:16 +0400 (GMT+0400)


    From: Vyatcheslav Koudriavtsev


     

  • The Antediluvian World

    The Antediluvian World


    The Antediluvian World
    by Ignatius Donnelly

    Introduction by J.B. Hare


    Ignatius Donnelly (1831-1901), lawyer, land promoter, politician and virtuoso author, is today best known for his pioneering work on the subject of Atlantis, “Atlantis the Antediluvian World” (ATAW). Published in 1882, ATAW is one of the best constructed Atlantis theories, as it makes no recourse to occult or ‘channeled’ information. Donnelly’s lucid style and command of the facts (such as they were) make the book readable and compelling even today.

    Donnelly started public service as Lieutenant-Governor of Minnesota, and then was elected to Congress in 1863. While in Washington D.C., he frequented the Library of Congress and did much of the research for ATAW. After returning to private life, he completed ATAW and finally published it in 1882, followed shortly by his other masterpiece ‘Ragnarök, the Age of Fire and Gravel’. Donnelly also wrote ‘The Great Cryptogram’, in which he proposed that Sir Francis Bacon was the real author of Shakespeare’s plays. However it was ATAW that secured Donnelly’s reputation. ATAW was an instant bestseller and has been in print ever since. ATAW inspired generations of occultists who claimed to ‘channel’ the Ultimate Truth from ancient Atlantis.

    At the center of Donnelly’s thesis are a set of similarities between widely separated cultures. This he interpreted as evidence that all civilization diffused outward from a central point (a now sunken continent in the mid-Atlantic). He cites mythological, linguistic, ethnographic and other evidence for this theory, which at the time seemed to add up to an airtight case.

    Donnelly proposes a literal interpretation of Plato’s account of Atlantis. He also ties Atlantis into the global flood myth-complex. These, until recently, have been two of the most compelling unsolved puzzles of history. What was Plato writing about when he described the prehistoric civilization of Atlantis, which disappeared overnight in a great catastrophe? Was this an actual historical account, or a philosophical fable? And why do widely separated cultures on every continent, Australia, the Americas, Europe and Asia all have a similar myth of a great flood from which only a few humans survived to restart civilization?

    It is only in the past half century that proposals based in scientific fact have been proposed to solve these conundrums. It now appears that these two problems may actually be totally unrelated (although both have a spectacular origin related to catastrophes of geological scale).

    The most commonly accepted hypothesis is that Plato’s account of Atlantis can be explained by the Thera catastrophe. A thriving Minoan-era culture in the Aegean was destroyed by a volcanic eruption on the scale of Krakatoa or Mt. Saint Helens, on the island of Thera circa 1500 B.C. This catastrophic explosion appears to have coincided with the start of the downfall of the Minoan civilization on the island of Crete, so it may have been accompanied by ash falls or tsunamis which destroyed coastal towns, reducing the viability of Minoan civilization (the economy was largely based on maritime activities).

    The Thera discoveries have been extensively documented; portions of the city on Thera which the explosion covered with lava has been excavated and are eerily similar to Plato’s account. The layout of the Thera city had several circular canals surrounding a central acropolis just as Plato described (reduced in size by a factor of ten). The date was about 900 years prior to Plato, which is also a factor of ten less than the 9000 years that Plato gave for the destruction of Atlantis. So it is now accepted by mainstream archaeologists that an entire civilization could have been destroyed ‘in a single day’.

    The global flood myth, although less well understood, may be a recollection of the rapid sea-level changes at the end of the Ice Age, when the sea rose 300 feet within a few hundred years. The chronology of the rise in sea levels 11,500 years ago has been verified recently by radio-isotope studies of ice cores extracted deep from the Greenland ice sheet. Areas significant for human migration such as the Indonesian archipelago, the English Channel, the Bering land-bridge and areas of the Caribbean were all flooded at this time. Ironically, this global flooding occurred fairly close to the time which Plato cited for the destruction of Atlantis (i.e., about 9,500 B.C.). This flooding was rapid only in geologic terms, and would be barely noticable in a human lifespan, except in one case that has come to light.

    Recent submarine exploration of the Black Sea between Turkey and the Ukraine indicate that a natural dam at the isthmus leading to the Mediterranean burst during this period. Up to this point the Black Sea was much smaller than it is today. This rapid flooding appears to have overwhelmed a widespread Neolithic culture living in its basin in an extremely short time, possibly days or hours. The survivors may have migrated south to the Fertile Crescent, and the memory of the disaster evolved into the Biblical flood story.

    At least Donnelly claimed that Atlantis was in the Atlantic, which at least makes logical sense if you take Plato at his word. The sole weak part of the Thera hypothesis is the hand waving required to explain away Plato’s unambiguous statement that Atlantis was “beyond the pillars of Hercules” and “larger than Libya and Asia [Minor] combined”. It is also remarkable that Plato’s description of the geography of the Atlantic is so accurate. He mentions that there is a continent on the other side of the Atlantic, beyond where Atlantis was situated, and describes the Mediterranean as ‘but a harbor’ compared to the rest of the ocean. This seems to indicate, at the very least, that someone had navigated the Atlantic in antiquity and returned to tell the tale.

    Donnelly attaches a lot of significance to the mid-Atlantic ridge, which had just been discovered by the Challenger and Dolphin expeditions. The mid-Atlantic ridge when looked at without the covering ocean looks suggestively like a huge continental mass. However, we know today it is very different in origin: it is the result of the American, European and African tectonic plates colliding. It may be rising (albeit very slowly) instead of sinking. Unfortunately for Atlantis, most of this ridge lies at abysmal depths, and has probably never been above water at any time. This has been confirmed by the extremely deep sediments (hundreds of meters thick) that cover it, which can only be produced by millions of years of inundation.

    As time has gone by, every nook and cranny of the globe has been claimed as the ‘real’ Atlantis: Bolivia, the North Sea off Denmark, Indonesia, the Bahamas and Antarctica are some of theories for the location.

    Very little actual physical evidence has been presented for solutions other than Thera for the location of Atlantis. We don’t know of any sunken structures off the Azores, which would make the most sense if the mid-Atlantic area was Atlantis. There are submerged cyclopean stone roads in the Bimini area in the Bahamas, which may or may not be natural geological formations. These structures, discovered by scuba divers in 1968, are often cited as fulfilment of a prophecy of Edgar Cayce that Atlantis would be rediscovered (or possibly rise from the ocean depths) in the 1960s. Of course Cayce predicted that California would sink into the ocean about the same time, so I wouldn’t attach too much significance to it.

    A reasonable explanation for the Bimini road might be that some unknown ice-age culture constructed the road (possibly for ceremonial reasons) when the sea-level was lower. The Bahamas, today a string of small islands, are surrounded by an extensive shelf area which was a fairly large island (the size of Cuba) during the ice-ages. Megalithic cultures in Malta were building similar structures at about the same time, so this was technologically feasible for the period. It doesn’t mean that this culture were the elusive Atlanteans, nor does it require any kind of extraterrestrial or advanced technology.

    As noted, some have hypothesized that the Bimini road is just a natural geological formation. However, recent submerged finds off the coast of Japan which appear to be a megalithic ceremonial center reinforce the fact that we don’t yet have all of the evidence.

    The North Sea was also flooded at the end of the Ice Ages and was certainly occupied by humans, as shown by the artifacts that come up in fishing nets occasionally. However there is no evidence that the inhabitants of the now sunken North Sea areas were anything but nomadic hunter-gatherers.

    As far as documentary evidence goes, the 15th century Piri Reis map is often cited as evidence of a technologically advanced prehistoric civilization. This Turkish map, which is reputedly based on a collection of earlier maps, apparently shows a surprisingly accurate representation of the coast of Antarctica–free of ice. It also purportedly shows accurate features of the North and South American continents which had not been explored by Europeans at the time.

    As Antarctica was only recently discovered by modern explorers, and the coast has been covered with ice for a very long time (possibly hundreds of thousands of years), this is anomalous, to say the least. A vast southern continent resembling Antarctica was sketched in on maps from very ancient times; but this might be just a lucky guess. However, this “Terra Incognita Australis” was just a fantasy land at the edges of the map, with landforms that bear no resemblance to reality. The Piri Reis map appears to match modern knowledge of the subglacial coastline.

    The position of the followers of Charles Hapgood (who studied the map extensively in the 1950s) is that the Earth’s crust shifted in the year 9600 B.C. At this time, Antarctica shifted several hundred miles south. Prior to the shift an ice-free Antarctica was home to–you guessed it, the Atlanteans. The publication of this theory ended Hapgood’s academic career, despite support from none other than Albert Einstein. Hapgood’s books ‘the Earth’s Shifting Crust’, ‘the Path of the Pole’, and the recently republished ‘Maps of the Ancient Sea Kings’ are required reading for anyone interested in lost continents. Recently Rand and Rose Flem-Ath have picked up the torch with their excellent book ‘When the Sky Fell’. Hapgood and the Flem-Aths support a modern version of the diffusionist theory of culture.

    Donnelly’s diffusionist argument is based on an extensive but ultimately flimsy collation of poorly understood ethnographic, mythological and linguistic evidence that unfortunately has not stood the test of time. Much of the underpinnings of his thesis have been completely discredited. One prime example is the bogus Bishop Landa Mayan alphabet on which he bases an entire labored chapter trying to prove that the Atlanteans invented writing.

    The diffusion theory which Donnelly develops in the last two thirds of ATAW is today very out of favor. Such items as the couvade, polytheism, burial and marriage customs, and circumcision rituals cited by Donnelly do not prove that all culture spread out from one center in the (comparatively recent) past. Some of these cultural traits may go back as far as the Paleolithic.

    Furthermore, most of the linguistic evidence that Donnelly cites would not even stand up to 19th century methodology. He cites a jumble of accidental word similarities between unrelated languages, throwing in examples from Indo-European (which of course, are related); this creates an optical illusion of similarity where there is none. He makes no attempt to find a systematic connection between the vocabularies he presents. This is not to say that there might not be a connection between the languages he cites; it’s just that Donnelly presents no scientific, etymological proof that there is any. The balance of the linguistic evidence that he presents is just hearsay or speculation by non-experts.

    It is now known that there was not exactly an airtight separation between the Old World and the New. Today even very conservative historians are comfortable with the idea that the Norse got to America earlier than Columbus, because of firm documentation and archaeological evidence from Newfoundland. There is accepted evidence (because of Thor Heyerdahl’s expeditions and research) that the Polynesians and South Americans, and possibly the Egyptians and the Meso-Americans could have had trans-ocean contact.

    There is also a body of controversial but not completely implausible cultural, archeological and documentary evidence that Phoenicians, Carthaginians, Sub-Saharan Africans, Welsh, Irish, Japanese, and Chinese could have had contacts with New World cultures. There are quite a few (possibly hoaxed, possibly not) New World runic inscriptions, particularly in New England and the Great Lakes area. Other inscriptions resembling Phoenician have turned up in the New World. There are statues with African features in the Yucatan. Conversely, traces of tobacco and coca have turned up in Egyptian tombs, plants which were only thought to have existed on the other side of the Atlantic at the time. There are legends of Chinese explorers reaching the American southwest in antiquity. As the Chinese during their exploratory period sailed as far as Madagascar, this is not entirely out of the question. Recently a book was published suggesting links between the Zuñis and the Japanese, and the author was treated receptively by academic reviewers. In addition, some have suggested that there may have been very early oceanic migration into the New World from the European side of the Atlantic.

    This is a fascinating subject, and makes for interesting speculation. However, nobody is claiming that this is evidence for a global Atlantean Empire, as Donnelly did.

    Some parts of Donnelly’s writing today appear naively racist by today’s standards. He seems unduly concerned about documenting minor variations in skin color, the lighter the better. He has occasionally been accused of being a racist or an anti-semite, based on out-of-context quotes. To set the record straight, during Donnelly’s career in the Civil War era US House of Representatives he was a strong Lincoln loyalist and very vocal about the preserving the Union. After the publication of ATAW he became a leading figure in the Farmers’ Alliance, which later became the Populist Party, and wrote the platform for the Populist Party in the election of 1892. Donnelly was an early representative of the progressive political heritage of the upper midwest, the forerunner of such figures as Paul Wellstone. Keep in mind that by the standards of his time he was very progressive. And obviously we can’t hold him to a rigorous standard of 21st century political correctness.

    However, the most flawed aspects of Donnelly’s diffusionist theory have been (consciously or unconsciously) echoed by such modern authors as Von Daniken and Zecharia Sitchen. These authors just substitute ‘Extraterrestrial’ for ‘Atlantean’. Unfortunately, they end up aping the worst aspects of the theory. Von Daniken finds it hard to believe that ‘primitive’ cultures such as the Meso- and South Americans could construct pyramids, erect cyclopean and megalithic stonework, invent writing, an accurate calendar, and a numeric system with a representation for ‘zero’. Why does there have to be some outside influence, be it Atlanteans, Great White Brothers or Extraterrestrials? I say this reeks of first world chauvinism, regardless of whether the Earth has been ‘visited’.

    So most of Donnelly’s argument has been invalidated. Why then does this book continue to be so compelling? Perhaps it is because we don’t want Atlantis to go away. The image is seductive; the idea that somewhere there is a completely undiscovered lost civilization brimming with artifacts made from precious metals brings out the Indiana Jones in all of us.

    http://www.sacred-texts.com/atl/ataw/index.htm

    Inline Mayan glyphs in Part III Chapter 7 have been replaced by ‘###’.
    Figure captions are retained as text in capital letters centered on the
    page set off by blank lines.
    The line length is 73 characters, but one table in Part II Chap V
    unavoidably had to be extended to 107 characters.]
    This is an 8-bit text with accent marks.


    ATLANTIS

    THE ANTEDILUVIAN WORLD.

    BY

    IGNATIUS DONNELLY.


    The world has made such comet-like advance
    Lately on science, we may almost hope,
    Before we die of sheer decay, to learn
    Something about our infancy; when lived
    That great, original, broad-eyed, sunken race,
    Whose knowledge, like the sea-sustaining rocks,
    Hath formed the base of this world’s fluctuous lore
    FESTUS.

    Frontpiece: The Profile of Atlantis

    CONTENTS.

    PART I.

    THE HISTORY OF ATLANTIS.

    I. THE PURPOSE OF THE BOOK

    II. PLATO’S HISTORY OF ATLANTIS

    III. THE PROBABILITIES OF PLATO’S STORY

    IV. WAS SUCH A CATASTROPHE POSSIBLE?

    V. THE TESTIMONY OF THE SEA

    VI. THE TESTIMONY OF THE FLORA AND FAUNA

    PART II.

    THE DELUGE.

    I. THE DESTRUCTION OF ATLANTIS DESCRIBED IN THE DELUGE LEGENDS

    II. THE DELUGE OF THE BIBLE

    III. THE DELUGE OF THE CHALDEANS

    IV. THE DELUGE LEGENDS OF OTHER NATIONS

    V. THE DELUGE LEGENDS OF AMERICA

    VI. SOME CONSIDERATION OF THE DELUGE LEGENDS

    PART III

    THE CIVILIZATION OF THE OLD WORLD AND NEW COMPARED.

    I. CIVILIZATION AN INHERITANCE

    II. THE IDENTITY OF THE CIVILIZATIONS OF THE OLD WORLD AND THE NEW

    III. AMERICAN EVIDENCES OF INTERCOURSE WITH EUROPE OR ATLANTIS

    IV. CORROBORATING CIRCUMSTANCES

    V. THE QUESTION OF COMPLEXION

    VI. GENESIS CONTAINS A HISTORY OF ATLANTIS

    VII. THE: ORIGIN OF OUR ALPHABET

    VIII. THE BRONZE AGE IN EUROPE

    IX. ARTIFICIAL DEFORMATION OF THE SKULL

    PART IV.

    THE MYTHOLOGIES OF THE OLD WORLD A RECOLLECTION OF ATLANTIS.

    I. TRADITIONS OF ATLANTIS

    II. THE KINGS OF ATLANTIS BECOME THE GODS OF THE GREEKS

    III. THE GODS OF THE PH?NICIANS ALSO KINGS OF ATLANTIS

    IV. THE GOD ODIN, WODEN, OR WOTAN

    V. THE PYRAMID, THE CROSS, AND THE GARDEN OF EDEN

    VI. GOLD AND SILVER THE SACRED METALS OF ATLANTIS

    PART V.

    THE COLONIES OF ATLANTIS.

    I. THE CENTRAL AMERICAN AND MEXICAN COLONIES

    II. THE EGYPTIAN COLONY

    III. THE COLONIES OF THE MISSISSIPPI VALLEY

    IV. THE IBERIAN COLONIES OF ATLANTIS

    V. THE PERUVIAN COLONY

    VI. THE AFRICAN COLONIES

    VII. THE IRISH COLONIES FROM ATLANTIS

    VIII. THE OLDEST SON OF NOAH

    IX. THE ANTIQUITY OF SOME OF OUR GREAT INVENTIONS

    X. THE ARYAN COLONIES FROM ATLANTIS

    XI. ATLANTIS RECONSTRUCTED

    ATLANTIS:

    THE ANTEDILUVIAN WORLD.

    PART I. THE HISTORY OF ATLANTIS.


    CHAPTER I.

    THE PURPOSE OF THE BOOK.


    This book is an attempt to demonstrate several distinct and novel
    propositions. These are:

    1. That there once existed in the Atlantic Ocean, opposite the mouth of
    the Mediterranean Sea, a large island, which was the remnant of an
    Atlantic continent, and known to the ancient world as Atlantis.

    2. That the description of this island given by Plato is not, as has
    been long supposed, fable, but veritable history.

    3. That Atlantis was the region where man first rose from a state of
    barbarism to civilization.

    4. That it became, in the course of ages, a populous and mighty nation,
    from whose overflowings the shores of the Gulf of Mexico, the
    Mississippi River, the Amazon, the Pacific coast of South America, the
    Mediterranean, the west coast of Europe and Africa, the Baltic, the
    Black Sea, and the Caspian were populated by civilized nations.

    5. That it was the true Antediluvian world; the Garden of Eden; the
    Gardens of the Hesperides; the Elysian Fields; the Gardens of Alcinous;
    the Mesomphalos; the Olympos; the Asgard of the traditions of the
    ancient nations; representing a universal memory of a great land, where
    early mankind dwelt for ages in peace and happiness.

    6. That the gods and goddesses of the ancient Greeks, the Ph?nicians,
    the Hindoos, and the Scandinavians were simply the kings, queens, and
    heroes of Atlantis; and the acts attributed to them in mythology are a
    confused recollection of real historical events.

    7. That the mythology of Egypt and Peru represented the original
    religion of Atlantis, which was sun-worship.

    8. That the oldest colony formed by the Atlanteans was probably in
    Egypt, whose civilization was a reproduction of that of the Atlantic
    island.

    9. That the implements of the “Bronze Age” of Europe were derived from
    Atlantis. The Atlanteans were also the first manufacturers of iron.

    10. That the Ph?nician alphabet, parent of all the European alphabets,
    was derived from an Atlantis alphabet, which was also conveyed from
    Atlantis to the Mayas of Central America.

    11. That Atlantis was the original seat of the Aryan or Indo-European
    family of nations, as well as of the Semitic peoples, and possibly also
    of the Turanian races.

    12. That Atlantis perished in a terrible convulsion of nature, in which
    the whole island sunk into the ocean, with nearly all its inhabitants.

    13. That a few persons escaped in ships and on rafts, and, carried to
    the nations east and west the tidings of the appalling catastrophe,
    which has survived to our own time in the Flood and Deluge legends of
    the different nations of the old and new worlds.

    If these propositions can be proved, they will solve many problems which
    now perplex mankind; they will confirm in many respects the statements
    in the opening chapters of Genesis; they will widen the area of human
    history; they will explain the remarkable resemblances which exist
    between the ancient civilizations found upon the opposite shores of the
    Atlantic Ocean, in the old and new worlds; and they will aid us to
    rehabilitate the fathers of our civilization, our blood, and our
    fundamental ideas-the men who lived, loved, and labored ages before the
    Aryans descended upon India, or the Ph?nician had settled in Syria, or
    the Goth had reached the shores of the Baltic.

    The fact that the story of Atlantis was for thousands of years regarded
    as a fable proves nothing. There is an unbelief which grows out of
    ignorance, as well as a scepticism which is born of intelligence. The
    people nearest to the past are not always those who are best informed
    concerning the past.

    For a thousand years it was believed that the legends of the buried
    cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum were myths: they were spoken of as
    “the fabulous cities.” For a thousand years the educated world did not
    credit the accounts given by Herodotus of the wonders of the ancient
    civilizations of the Nile and of Chaldea. He was called “the father of
    liars.” Even Plutarch sneered at him. Now, in the language of Frederick
    Schlegel, “the deeper and more comprehensive the researches of the
    moderns have been, the more their regard and esteem for Herodotus has
    increased.” Buckle says, “His minute information about Egypt and Asia
    Minor is admitted by all geographers.”

    There was a time when the expedition sent out by Pharaoh Necho to
    circumnavigate Africa was doubted, because the explorers stated that
    after they had progressed a certain distance the sun was north of them;
    this circumstance, which then aroused suspicion, now proves to us that
    the Egyptian navigators had really passed the equator, and anticipated
    by 2100 years Vasquez de Gama in his discovery of the Cape of Good Hope.

    If I succeed in demonstrating the truth of the somewhat startling
    propositions with which I commenced this chapter, it will only be by
    bringing to bear upon the question of Atlantis a thousand converging
    lines of light from a multitude of researches made by scholars in
    different fields of modern thought. Further investigations and
    discoveries will, I trust, confirm the correctness of the conclusions at
    which I have arrived.


    CHAPTER II.

    PLATO’S HISTORY OF ATLANTIS.


    Plato has preserved for us the history of Atlantis. If our views are
    correct, it is one of the most valuable records which have come down to
    us from antiquity.

    Plato lived 400 years before the birth of Christ. His ancestor, Solon,
    was the great law-giver of Athens 600 years before the Christian era.
    Solon visited Egypt. Plutarch says, “Solon attempted in verse a large
    description, or rather fabulous account of the Atlantic Island, which he
    had learned from the wise men of Sais, and which particularly concerned
    the Athenians; but by reason of his age, not want of leisure (as Plato
    would have it), he was apprehensive the work would be too much for him,
    and therefore did not go through with it. These verses are a proof that
    business was not the hinderance:

    “‘I grow in learning as I grow in age.’

    And again:

    “‘Wine, wit, and beauty still their charms bestow,
    Light all the shades of life, and cheer us as we go.’

    “Plato, ambitious to cultivate and adorn the subject of the Atlantic
    Island, as a delightful spot in some fair field unoccupied, to which
    also he had some claim by reason of his being related to Solon, laid out
    magnificent courts and enclosures, and erected a grand entrance to it,
    such as no other story, fable, or Poem ever had. But, as he began it
    late, he ended his life before the work, so that the more the reader is
    delighted with the part that is written, the more regret he has to find
    it unfinished.”

    There can be no question that Solon visited Egypt. The causes of his
    departure from Athens, for a period of ten years, are fully explained by
    Plutarch. He dwelt, he tells us,

    “On the Canopian shore, by Nile’s deep mouth.”

    There be conversed upon points of philosophy and history with the most
    learned of the Egyptian priests. He was a man of extraordinary force and
    penetration of mind, as his laws and his sayings, which have been
    preserved to us, testify. There is no improbability in the statement
    that he commenced in verse a history and description of Atlantis, which
    he left unfinished at his death; and it requires no great stretch of the
    imagination to believe that this manuscript reached the hands of his
    successor and descendant, Plato; a scholar, thinker, and historian like
    himself, and, like himself, one of the profoundest minds of the ancient
    world. The Egyptian priest had said to Solon, “You have no antiquity of
    history, and no history of antiquity;” and Solon doubtless realized
    fully the vast importance of a record which carried human history back,
    not only thousands of years before the era of Greek civilization, but
    many thousands of years before even the establishment of the kingdom of
    Egypt; and he was anxious to preserve for his half-civilized countrymen
    this inestimable record of the past.

    We know of no better way to commence a book about Atlantis than by
    giving in full the record preserved by Plato. It is as follows:

    Critias. Then listen, Socrates, to a strange tale, which is, however,
    certainly true, as Solon, who was the wisest of the seven sages,
    declared. He was a relative and great friend of my great-grandfather,
    Dropidas, as he himself says in several of his poems; and Dropidas told
    Critias, my grandfather, who remembered, and told us, that there were of
    old great and marvellous actions of the Athenians, which have passed
    into oblivion through time and the destruction of the human race and one
    in particular, which was the greatest of them all, the recital of which
    will be a suitable testimony of our gratitude to you….

    Socrates. Very good; and what is this ancient famous action of which
    Critias spoke, not as a mere legend, but as a veritable action of the
    Athenian State, which Solon recounted!

    Critias. I will tell an old-world story which I heard from an aged man;
    for Critias was, as he said, at that time nearly ninety years of age,
    and I was about ten years of age. Now the day was that day of the
    Apaturia which is called the registration of youth; at which, according
    to custom, our parents gave prizes for recitations, and the poems of
    several poets were recited by us boys, and many of us sung the poems of
    Solon, which were new at the time. One of our tribe, either because this
    was his real opinion, or because he thought that he would please
    Critias, said that, in his judgment, Solon was not only the wisest of
    men but the noblest of poets. The old man, I well remember, brightened
    up at this, and said, smiling: “Yes, Amynander, if Solon had only, like
    other poets, made poetry the business of his life, and had completed the
    tale which he brought with him from Egypt, and had not been compelled,
    by reason of the factions and troubles which he found stirring in this
    country when he came home, to attend to other matters, in my opinion he
    would have been as famous as Homer, or Hesiod, or any poet.”

    “And what was that poem about, Critias?” said the person who addressed
    him.

    “About the greatest action which the Athenians ever did, and which ought
    to have been most famous, but which, through the lapse of time and the
    destruction of the actors, has not come down to us.”

    “Tell us,” said the other, “the whole story, and bow and from whom Solon
    heard this veritable tradition.”

    He replied: “At the head of the Egyptian Delta, where the river Nile
    divides, there is a certain district which is called the district of
    Sais, and the great city of the district is also called Sais, and is the
    city from which Amasis the king was sprung. And the citizens have a
    deity who is their foundress: she is called in the Egyptian tongue
    Neith, which is asserted by them to be the same whom the Hellenes called
    Athene. Now, the citizens of this city are great lovers of the
    Athenians, and say that they are in some way related to them. Thither
    came Solon, who was received by them with great honor; and he asked the
    priests, who were most skilful in such matters, about antiquity, and
    made the discovery that neither he nor any other Hellene knew anything
    worth mentioning about the times of old. On one occasion, when he was
    drawing them on to speak of antiquity, he began to tell about the most
    ancient things in our part of the world–about Phoroneus, who is called
    ‘the first,’ and about Niobe; and, after the Deluge, to tell of the
    lives of Deucalion and Pyrrha; and he traced the genealogy of their
    descendants, and attempted to reckon bow many years old were the events
    of which he was speaking, and to give the dates. Thereupon, one of the
    priests, who was of very great age; said, ‘O Solon, Solon, you Hellenes
    are but children, and there is never an old man who is an Hellene.’
    Solon, bearing this, said, ‘What do you mean?’ ‘I mean to say,’ he
    replied, ‘that in mind you are all young; there is no old opinion handed
    down among you by ancient tradition, nor any science which is hoary with
    age. And I will tell you the reason of this: there have been, and there
    will be again, many destructions of mankind arising out of many causes.
    There is a story which even you have preserved, that once upon a time
    Phaëthon, the son of Helios, having yoked the steeds in his father’s
    chariot, because he was not able to drive them in the path of his
    father, burnt up all that was upon the earth, and was himself destroyed
    by a thunderbolt. Now, this has the form of a myth, but really signifies
    a declination of the bodies moving around the earth and in the heavens,
    and a great conflagration of things upon the earth recurring at long
    intervals of time: when this happens, those who live upon the mountains
    and in dry and lofty places are more liable to destruction than those
    who dwell by rivers or on the sea-shore; and from this calamity the
    Nile, who is our never-failing savior, saves and delivers us. When, on
    the other hand, the gods purge the earth with a deluge of water, among
    you herdsmen and shepherds on the mountains are the survivors, whereas
    those of you who live in cities are carried by the rivers into the sea;
    but in this country neither at that time nor at any other does the water
    come from above on the fields, having always a tendency to come up from
    below, for which reason the things preserved here are said to be the
    oldest. The fact is, that wherever the extremity of winter frost or of
    summer sun does not prevent, the human race is always increasing at
    times, and at other times diminishing in numbers. And whatever happened
    either in your country or in ours, or in any other region of which we
    are informed–if any action which is noble or great, or in any other way
    remarkable has taken place, all that has been written down of old, and
    is preserved in our temples; whereas you and other nations are just
    being provided with letters and the other things which States require;
    and then, at the usual period, the stream from heaven descends like a
    pestilence, and leaves only those of you who are destitute of letters
    and education; and thus you have to begin all over again as children,
    and know nothing of what happened in ancient times, either among us or
    among yourselves. As for those genealogies of yours which you have
    recounted to us, Solon, they are no better than the tales of children;
    for, in the first place, you remember one deluge only, whereas there
    were many of them; and, in the next place, you do not know that there
    dwelt in your land the fairest and noblest race of men which ever lived,
    of whom you and your whole city are but a seed or remnant. And this was
    unknown to you, because for many generations the survivors of that
    destruction died and made no sign. For there was a time, Solon, before
    that great deluge of all, when the city which now is Athens was first in
    war, and was preeminent for the excellence of her laws, and is said to
    have performed the noblest deeds, and to have had the fairest
    constitution of any of which tradition tells, under the face of heaven.’
    Solon marvelled at this, and earnestly requested the priest to inform
    him exactly and in order about these former citizens. ‘You are welcome
    to hear about them, Solon,’ said the priest, ‘both for your own sake and
    for that of the city; and, above all, for the sake of the goddess who is
    the common patron and protector and educator of both our cities. She
    founded your city a thousand years before ours, receiving from the Earth
    and Hephæstus the seed of your race, and then she founded ours, the
    constitution of which is set down in our sacred registers as 8000 years
    old. As touching the citizens of 9000 years ago, I will briefly inform
    you of their laws and of the noblest of their actions; and the exact
    particulars of the whole we will hereafter go through at our leisure, in
    the sacred registers themselves. If you compare these very laws with
    your own, you will find that many of ours are the counterpart of yours,
    as they were in the olden time. In the first place, there is the caste
    of priests, which is separated from all the others; next there are the
    artificers, who exercise their several crafts by themselves, and without
    admixture of any other; and also there is the class of shepherds and
    that of hunters, as well as that of husbandmen; and you will observe,
    too, that the warriors in Egypt are separated from all the other
    classes, and are commanded by the law only to engage in war; moreover,
    the weapons with which they are equipped are shields and spears, and
    this the goddess taught first among you, and then in Asiatic countries,
    and we among the Asiatics first adopted.

    “‘Then, as to wisdom, do you observe what care the law took from the
    very first, searching out and comprehending the whole order of things
    down to prophecy and medicine (the latter with a view to health); and
    out of these divine elements drawing what was needful for human life,
    and adding every sort of knowledge which was connected with them. All
    this order and arrangement the goddess first imparted to you when
    establishing your city; and she chose the spot of earth in which you
    were born, because she saw that the happy temperament of the seasons in
    that land would produce the wisest of men. Wherefore the goddess, who
    was a lover both of war and of wisdom, selected, and first of all
    settled that spot which was the most likely to produce men likest
    herself. And there you dwelt, having such laws as these and still better
    ones, and excelled all mankind in all virtue, as became the children and
    disciples of the gods. Many great and wonderful deeds are recorded of
    your State in our histories; but one of them exceeds all the rest in
    greatness and valor; for these histories tell of a mighty power which
    was aggressing wantonly against the whole of Europe and Asia, and to
    which your city put an end. This power came forth out of the Atlantic
    Ocean, for in those days the Atlantic was navigable; and there was an
    island situated in front of the straits which you call the Columns of
    Heracles: the island was larger than Libya and Asia put together, and
    was the way to other islands, and from the islands you might pass
    through the whole of the opposite continent which surrounded the true
    ocean; for this sea which is within the Straits of Heracles is only a
    harbor, having a narrow entrance, but that other is a real sea, and the
    surrounding land may be most truly called a continent. Now, in the
    island of Atlantis there was a great and wonderful empire, which had
    rule over the whole island and several others, as well as over parts of
    the continent; and, besides these, they subjected the parts of Libya
    within the Columns of Heracles as far as Egypt, and of Europe as far as
    Tyrrhenia. The vast power thus gathered into one, endeavored to subdue
    at one blow our country and yours, and the whole of the land which was
    within the straits; and then, Solon, your country shone forth, in the
    excellence of her virtue and strength, among all mankind; for she was
    the first in courage and military skill, and was the leader of the
    Hellenes. And when the rest fell off from her, being compelled to stand
    alone, after having undergone the very extremity of danger, she defeated
    and triumphed over the invaders, and preserved from slavery those who
    were not yet subjected, and freely liberated all the others who dwelt
    within the limits of Heracles. But afterward there occurred violent
    earthquakes and floods, and in a single day and night of rain all your
    warlike men in a body sunk into the earth, and the island of Atlantis in
    like manner disappeared, and was sunk beneath the sea. And that is the
    reason why the sea in those parts is impassable and impenetrable,
    because there is such a quantity of shallow mud in the way; and this was
    caused by the subsidence of the island.’ (“Plato’s Dialogues,” ii., 617,
    Timæus.) . . .

    “But in addition to the gods whom you have mentioned, I would specially
    invoke Mnemosyne; for all the important part of what I have to tell is
    dependent on her favor, and if I can recollect and recite enough of what
    was said by the priests, and brought hither by Solon, I doubt not that I
    shall satisfy the requirements of this theatre. To that task, then, I
    will at once address myself.

    “Let me begin by observing, first of all, that nine thousand was the sum
    of years which had elapsed since the war which was said to have taken
    place between all those who dwelt outside the Pillars of Heracles and
    those who dwelt within them: this war I am now to describe. Of the
    combatants on the one side the city of Athens was reported to have been
    the ruler, and to have directed the contest; the combatants on the other
    side were led by the kings of the islands of Atlantis, which, as I was
    saying, once had an extent greater than that of Libya and Asia; and,
    when afterward sunk by an earthquake, became an impassable barrier of
    mud to voyagers sailing from hence to the ocean. The progress of the
    history will unfold the various tribes of barbarians and Hellenes which
    then existed, as they successively appear on the scene; but I must begin
    by describing, first of all, the Athenians as they were in that day, and
    their enemies who fought with them; and I shall have to tell of the
    power and form of government of both of them. Let us give the precedence
    to Athens. . . .

    “Many great deluges have taken place during the nine thousand years, for
    that is the number of years which have elapsed since the time of which I
    am speaking; and in all the ages and changes of things there has never
    been any settlement of the earth flowing down from the mountains, as in
    other places, which is worth speaking of; it has always been carried
    round in a circle, and disappeared in the depths below. The consequence
    is that, in comparison of what then was, there are remaining in small
    islets only the bones of the wasted body, as they may be called, all the
    richer and softer parts of the soil having fallen away, and the mere
    skeleton of the country being left. . . .

    “And next, if I have not forgotten what I heard when I was a child, I
    will impart to you the character and origin of their adversaries; for
    friends should not keep their stories to themselves, but have them in
    common. Yet, before proceeding farther in the narrative, I ought to warn
    you that you must not be surprised if you should bear Hellenic names
    given to foreigners. I will tell you the reason of this: Solon, who was
    intending to use the tale for his poem, made an investigation into the
    meaning of the names, and found that the early Egyptians, in writing
    them down, had translated them into their own language, and he recovered
    the meaning of the several names and retranslated them, and copied them
    out again in our language. My great-grandfather, Dropidas, had the
    original writing, which is still in my possession, and was carefully
    studied by me when I was a child. Therefore, if you bear names such as
    are used in this country, you must not be surprised, for I have told you
    the reason of them.

    “The tale, which was of great length, began as follows: I have before
    remarked, in speaking of the allotments of the gods, that they
    distributed the whole earth into portions differing in extent, and made
    themselves temples and sacrifices. And Poseidon, receiving for his lot
    the island of Atlantis, begat children by a mortal woman, and settled
    them in a part of the island which I will proceed to describe. On the
    side toward the sea, and in the centre of the whole island, there was a
    plain which is said to have been the fairest of all plains, and very
    fertile. Near the plain again, and also in the centre of the island, at
    a distance of about fifty stadia, there was a mountain, not very high on
    any side. In this mountain there dwelt one of the earth-born primeval
    men of that country, whose name was Evenor, and he had a wife named
    Leucippe, and they had an only daughter, who was named Cleito. The
    maiden was growing up to womanhood when her father and mother died;
    Poseidon fell in love with her, and had intercourse with her; and,
    breaking the ground, enclosed the hill in which she dwelt all round,
    making alternate zones of sea and land, larger and smaller, encircling
    one another; there were two of land and three of water, which he turned
    as with a lathe out of the centre of the island, equidistant every way,
    so that no man could get to the island, for ships and voyages were not
    yet heard of. He himself, as he was a god, found no difficulty in making
    special arrangements for the centre island, bringing two streams of
    water under the earth, which he caused to ascend as springs, one of warm
    water and the other of cold, and making every variety of food to spring
    up abundantly in the earth. He also begat and brought up five pairs of
    male children, dividing the island of Atlantis into ten portions: he
    gave to the first-born of the eldest pair his mother’s dwelling and the
    surrounding allotment, which was the largest and best, and made him king
    over the rest; the others he made princes, and gave them rule over many
    men and a large territory. And he named them all: the eldest, who was
    king, he named Atlas, and from him the whole island and the ocean
    received the name of Atlantic. To his twin-brother, who was born after
    him, and obtained as his lot the extremity of the island toward the
    Pillars of Heracles, as far as the country which is still called the
    region of Gades in that part of the world, he gave the name which in the
    Hellenic language is Eumelus, in the language of the country which is
    named after him, Gadeirus. Of the second pair of twins, he called one
    Ampheres and the other Evæmon. To the third pair of twins he gave the
    name Mneseus to the elder, and Autochthon to the one who followed him.
    Of the fourth pair of twins he called the elder Elasippus and the
    younger Mestor. And of the fifth pair he gave to the elder the name of
    Azaes, and to the younger Diaprepes. All these and their descendants
    were the inhabitants and rulers of divers islands in the open sea; and
    also, as has been already said, they held sway in the other direction
    over the country within the Pillars as far as Egypt and Tyrrhenia. Now
    Atlas had a numerous and honorable family, and his eldest branch always
    retained the kingdom, which the eldest son handed on to his eldest for
    many generations; and they had such an amount of wealth as was never
    before possessed by kings and potentates, and is not likely ever to be
    again, and they were furnished with everything which they could have,
    both in city and country. For, because of the greatness of their empire,
    many things were brought to them from foreign countries, and the island
    itself provided much of what was required by them for the uses of life.
    In the first place, they dug out of the earth whatever was to be found
    there, mineral as well as metal, and that which is now only a name, and
    was then something more than a name–orichalcum–was dug out of the
    earth in many parts of the island, and, with the exception of gold, was
    esteemed the most precious of metals among the men of those days. There
    was an abundance of wood for carpenters’ work, and sufficient
    maintenance for tame and wild animals. Moreover, there were a great
    number of elephants in the island, and there was provision for animals
    of every kind, both for those which live in lakes and marshes and
    rivers, and also for those which live in mountains and on plains, and
    therefore for the animal which is the largest and most voracious of
    them. Also, whatever fragrant things there are in the earth, whether
    roots, or herbage, or woods, or distilling drops of flowers or fruits,
    grew and thrived in that land; and again, the cultivated fruit of the
    earth, both the dry edible fruit and other species of food, which we
    call by the general name of legumes, and the fruits having a hard rind,
    affording drinks, and meats, and ointments, and good store of chestnuts
    and the like, which may be used to play with, and are fruits which spoil
    with keeping–and the pleasant kinds of dessert which console us after
    dinner, when we are full and tired of eating–all these that sacred
    island lying beneath the sun brought forth fair and wondrous in infinite
    abundance. All these things they received from the earth, and they
    employed themselves in constructing their temples, and palaces, and
    harbors, and docks; and they arranged the whole country in the following
    manner: First of all they bridged over the zones of sea which surrounded
    the ancient metropolis, and made a passage into and out of they began to
    build the palace in the royal palace; and then the habitation of the god
    and of their ancestors. This they continued to ornament in successive
    generations, every king surpassing the one who came before him to the
    utmost of his power, until they made the building a marvel to behold for
    size and for beauty. And, beginning from the sea, they dug a canal three
    hundred feet in width and one hundred feet in depth, and fifty stadia in
    length, which they carried through to the outermost zone, making a
    passage from the sea up to this, which became a harbor, and leaving an
    opening sufficient to enable the largest vessels to find ingress.
    Moreover, they divided the zones of land which parted the zones of sea,
    constructing bridges of such a width as would leave a passage for a
    single trireme to pass out of one into another, and roofed them over;
    and there was a way underneath for the ships, for the banks of the zones
    were raised considerably above the water. Now the largest of the zones
    into which a passage was cut from the sea was three stadia in breadth,
    and the zone of land which came next of equal breadth; but the next two,
    as well the zone of water as of land, were two stadia, and the one which
    surrounded the central island was a stadium only in width. The island in
    which the palace was situated had a diameter of five stadia. This, and
    the zones and the bridge, which was the sixth part of a stadium in
    width, they surrounded by a stone wall, on either side placing towers,
    and gates on the bridges where the sea passed in. The stone which was
    used in the work they quarried from underneath the centre island and
    from underneath the zones, on the outer as well as the inner side. One
    kind of stone was white, another black, and a third red; and, as they
    quarried, they at the same time hollowed out docks double within, having
    roofs formed out of the native rock. Some of their buildings were
    simple, but in others they put together different stones, which they
    intermingled for the sake of ornament, to be a natural source of
    delight. The entire circuit of the wall which went round the outermost
    one they covered with a coating of brass, and the circuit of the next
    wall they coated with tin, and the third, which encompassed the citadel
    flashed with the red light of orichalcum. The palaces in the interior of
    the citadel were constructed in this wise: In the centre was a holy
    temple dedicated to Cleito and Poseidon, which remained inaccessible,
    and was surrounded by an enclosure of gold; this was the spot in which
    they originally begat the race of the ten princes, and thither they
    annually brought the fruits of the earth in their season from all the
    ten portions, and performed sacrifices to each of them. Here, too, was
    Poiseidon’s own temple, of a stadium in length and half a stadium in
    width, and of a proportionate height, having a sort of barbaric
    splendor. All the outside of the temple, with the exception of the
    pinnacles, they covered with silver, and the pinnacles with gold. In the
    interior of the temple the roof was of ivory, adorned everywhere with
    gold and silver and orichalcum; all the other parts of the walls and
    pillars and floor they lined with orichalcum. In the temple they placed
    statues of gold: there was the god himself standing in a chariot–the
    charioteer of six winged horses–and of such a size that he touched the
    roof of the building with his head; around him there were a hundred
    Nereids riding on dolphins, for such was thought to be the number of
    them in that day. There were also in the interior of the temple other
    images which had been dedicated by private individuals. And around the
    temple on the outside were placed statues of gold of all the ten kings
    and of their wives; and there were many other great offerings, both of
    kings and of private individuals, coming both from the city itself and
    the foreign cities over which they held sway. There was an altar, too,
    which in size and workmanship corresponded to the rest of the work, and
    there were palaces in like manner which answered to the greatness of the
    kingdom and the glory of the temple.

    “In the next place, they used fountains both of cold and hot springs;
    these were very abundant, and both kinds wonderfully adapted to use by
    reason of the sweetness and excellence of their waters. They constructed
    buildings about them, and planted suitable trees; also cisterns, some
    open to the heaven, other which they roofed over, to be used in winter
    as warm baths, there were the king’s baths, and the baths of private
    persons, which were kept apart; also separate baths for women, and
    others again for horses and cattle, and to them they gave as much
    adornment as was suitable for them. The water which ran off they
    carried, some to the grove of Poseidon, where were growing all manner of
    trees of wonderful height and beauty, owing to the excellence of the
    soil; the remainder was conveyed by aqueducts which passed over the
    bridges to the outer circles: and there were many temples built and
    dedicated to many gods; also gardens and places of exercise, some for
    men, and some set apart for horses, in both of the two islands formed by
    the zones; and in the centre of the larger of the two there was a
    race-course of a stadium in width, and in length allowed to extend all
    round the island, for horses to race in. Also there were guard-houses at
    intervals for the body-guard, the more trusted of whom had their duties
    appointed to them in the lesser zone, which was nearer the Acropolis;
    while the most trusted of all had houses given them within the citadel,
    and about the persons of the kings. The docks were full of triremes and
    naval stores, and all things were quite ready for use. Enough of the
    plan of the royal palace. Crossing the outer harbors, which were three
    in number, you would come to a wall which began at the sea and went all
    round: this was everywhere distant fifty stadia from the largest zone
    and harbor, and enclosed the whole, meeting at the mouth of the channel
    toward the sea. The entire area was densely crowded with habitations;
    and the canal and the largest of the harbors were full of vessels and
    merchants coming from all parts, who, from their numbers, kept up a
    multitudinous sound of human voices and din of all sorts night and day.
    I have repeated his descriptions of the city and the parts about the
    ancient palace nearly as he gave them, and now I must endeavor to
    describe the nature and arrangement of the rest of the country. The
    whole country was described as being very lofty and precipitous on the
    side of the sea, but the country immediately about and surrounding the
    city was a level plain, itself surrounded by mountains which descended
    toward the sea; it was smooth and even, but of an oblong shape,
    extending in one direction three thousand stadia, and going up the
    country from the sea through the centre of the island two thousand
    stadia; the whole region of the island lies toward the south, and is
    sheltered from the north. The surrounding mountains he celebrated for
    their number and size and beauty, in which they exceeded all that are
    now to be seen anywhere; having in them also many wealthy inhabited
    villages, and rivers and lakes, and meadows supplying food enough for
    every animal, wild or tame, and wood of various sorts, abundant for
    every kind of work. I will now describe the plain, which had been
    cultivated during many ages by many generations of kings. It was
    rectangular, and for the most part straight and oblong; and what it
    wanted of the straight line followed the line of the circular ditch. The
    depth and width and length of this ditch were incredible and gave the
    impression that such a work, in addition to so many other works, could
    hardly have been wrought by the hand of man. But I must say what I have
    heard. It was excavated to the depth of a hundred feet, and its breadth
    was a stadium everywhere; it was carried round the whole of the plain,
    and was ten thousand stadia in length. It received the streams which
    came down from the mountains, and winding round the plain, and touching
    the city at various points, was there let off into the sea. From above,
    likewise, straight canals of a hundred feet in width were cut in the
    plain, and again let off into the ditch, toward the sea; these canals
    were at intervals of a Hundred stadia, and by them they brought, down
    the wood from the mountains to the city, and conveyed the fruits of the
    earth in ships, cutting transverse passages from one canal into another,
    and to the city. Twice in the year they gathered the fruits of the
    earth–in winter having the benefit of the rains, and in summer
    introducing the water of the canals. As to the population, each of the
    lots in the plain had an appointed chief of men who were fit for
    military service, and the size of the lot was to be a square of ten
    stadia each way, and the total number of all the lots was sixty thousand.

    “And of the inhabitants of the mountains and of the rest of the country
    there was also a vast multitude having leaders, to whom they were
    assigned according to their dwellings and villages. The leader was
    required to furnish for the war the sixth portion of a war-chariot, so
    as to make up a total of ten thousand chariots; also two horses and
    riders upon them, and a light chariot without a seat, accompanied by a
    fighting man on foot carrying a small shield, and having a charioteer
    mounted to guide the horses; also, he was bound to furnish two
    heavy-armed men, two archers, two slingers, three stone-shooters, and
    three javelin men, who were skirmishers, and four sailors to make up a
    complement of twelve hundred ships. Such was the order of war in the
    royal city–that of the other nine governments was different in each of
    them, and would be wearisome to narrate. As to offices and honors, the
    following was the arrangement from the first: Each of the ten kings, in
    his own division and in his own city, had the absolute control of the
    citizens, and in many cases of the laws, punishing and slaying
    whomsoever he would.

    “Now the relations of their governments to one another were regulated by
    the injunctions of Poseidon as the law had handed them down. These were
    inscribed by the first men on a column of orichalcum, which was situated
    in the middle of the island, at the temple of Poseidon, whither the
    people were gathered together every fifth and sixth years alternately,
    thus giving equal honor to the odd and to the even number. And when they
    were gathered together they consulted about public affairs, and inquired
    if any one had transgressed in anything, and passed judgment on him
    accordingly–and before they passed judgment they gave their pledges to
    one another in this wise: There were bulls who had the range of the
    temple of Poseidon; and the ten who were left alone in the temple, after
    they had offered prayers to the gods that they might take the sacrifices
    which were acceptable to them, hunted the bulls without weapons, but
    with staves and nooses; and the bull which they caught they led up to
    the column; the victim was then struck on the head by them, and slain
    over the sacred inscription. Now on the column, besides the law, there
    was inscribed an oath invoking mighty curses on the disobedient. When,
    therefore, after offering sacrifice according to their customs, they had
    burnt the limbs of the bull, they mingled a cup and cast in a clot of
    blood for each of them; the rest of the victim they took to the fire,
    after having made a purification of the column all round. Then they drew
    from the cup in golden vessels, and, pouring a libation on the fire,
    they swore t hat they would judge according to the laws on the column,
    and would punish any one who had previously transgressed, and that for
    the future they would not, if they could help, transgress any of the
    inscriptions, and would not command or obey any ruler who commanded them
    to act otherwise than according to the laws of their father Poseidon.
    This was the prayer which each of them offered up for himself and for
    his family, at the same time drinking, and dedicating the vessel in the
    temple of the god; and, after spending some necessary time at supper,
    when darkness came on and the fire about the sacrifice was cool, all of
    them put on most beautiful azure robes, and, sitting on the ground at
    night near the embers of the sacrifices on which they had sworn, and
    extinguishing all the fire about the temple, they received and gave
    judgement, if any of them had any accusation to bring against any one;
    and, when they had given judgment, at daybreak they wrote down their
    sentences on a golden tablet, and deposited them as memorials with their
    robes. There were many special laws which the several kings had
    inscribed about the temples, but the most important was the following:
    That they were not to take up arms against one another, and they were
    all to come to the rescue if any one in any city attempted to over.
    throw the royal house. Like their ancestors, they were to deliberate in
    common about war and other matters, giving the supremacy to the family
    of Atlas; and the king was not to have the power of life and death over
    any of his kinsmen, unless he had the assent of the majority of the ten
    kings.

    “Such was the vast power which the god settled in the lost island of
    Atlantis; and this he afterward directed against our land on the
    following pretext, as traditions tell: For many generations, as long as
    the divine nature lasted in them, they were obedient to the laws, and
    well-affectioned toward the gods, who were their kinsmen; for they
    possessed true and in every way great spirits, practising gentleness and
    wisdom in the various chances of life, and in their intercourse with one
    another. They despised everything but virtue, not caring for their
    present state of life, and thinking lightly on the possession of gold
    and other property, which seemed only a burden to them; neither were
    they intoxicated by luxury; nor did wealth deprive them of their
    self-control; but they were sober, and saw clearly that all these goods
    are increased by virtuous friendship with one another, and that by
    excessive zeal for them, and honor of them, the good of them is lost,
    and friendship perishes with them.

    “By such reflections, and by the continuance in them of a divine nature,
    all that which we have described waxed and increased in them; but when
    this divine portion began to fade away in them, and became diluted too
    often, and with too much of the mortal admixture, and the human nature
    got the upper-hand, then, they being unable to bear their fortune,
    became unseemly, and to him who had an eye to see, they began to appear
    base, and had lost the fairest of their precious gifts; but to those who
    had no eye to see the true happiness, they still appeared glorious and
    blessed at the very time when they were filled with unrighteous avarice
    and power. Zeus, the god of gods, who rules with law, and is able to see
    into such things, perceiving that an honorable race was in a most
    wretched state, and wanting to inflict punishment on them, that they
    might be chastened and improved, collected all the gods into his most
    holy habitation, which, being placed in the centre of the world, sees
    all things that partake of generation. And when he had called them
    together he spake as follows:”

    [Here Plato’s story abruptly ends.]


    CHAPTER III.

    THE PROBABILITIES OF PLATO’S STORY.


    There is nothing improbable in this narrative, so far as it describes a
    great, rich, cultured, and educated people. Almost every part of Plato’s
    story can be paralleled by descriptions of the people of Egypt or Peru;
    in fact, in some respects Plato’s account of Atlantis falls short of
    Herodotus’s description of the grandeur of Egypt, or Prescott’s picture
    of the wealth and civilization of Peru. For instance, Prescott, in his
    “Conquest of Peru” (vol. i., p. 95), says:

    “The most renowned of the Peruvian temples, the pride of the capital and
    the wonder of the empire, was at Cuzco, where, under the munificence of
    successive sovereigns, it had become so enriched that it received the
    name of Coricancha, or ‘the Place of Gold.’ . . . The interior of the
    temple was literally a mine of gold. On the western wall was emblazoned
    a representation of the Deity, consisting of a human countenance looking
    forth from amid innumerable rays of light, which emanated from it in
    every direction, in the same manner as the sun is often personified with
    us. The figure was engraved on a massive plate of gold, of enormous
    dimensions, thickly powdered with emeralds and precious stones. . . .
    The walls and ceilings were everywhere incrusted with golden ornaments;
    every part of the interior of the temple glowed with burnished plates
    and studs of the precious metal; the cornices were of the same material.”

    There are in Plato’s narrative no marvels; no myths; no tales of gods,
    gorgons, hobgoblins, or giants. It is a plain and reasonable history of
    a people who built temples, ships, and canals; who lived by agriculture
    and commerce: who in pursuit of trade, reached out to all the countries
    around them. The early history of most nations begins with gods and
    demons, while here we have nothing of the kind; we see an immigrant
    enter the country, marry one of the native women, and settle down; in
    time a great nation grows up around him. It reminds one of the
    information given by the Egyptian priests to Herodotus. “During the
    space of eleven thousand three hundred and fort years they assert,” says
    Herodotus, “that no divinity has appeared in human shape, . . . they
    absolutely denied the possibility of a human being’s descent from a
    god.” If Plato had sought to draw from his imagination a wonderful and
    pleasing story, we should not have had so plain and reasonable a
    narrative. He would have given us a history like the legends of Greek
    mythology, full of the adventures of gods and goddesses, nymphs, fauns,
    and satyrs.

    Neither is there any evidence on the face of this history that Plato
    sought to convey in it a moral or political lesson, in the guise of a
    fable, as did Bacon in the “New Atlantis,” and More in the “Kingdom of
    Nowhere.” There is no ideal republic delineated here. It is a
    straightforward, reasonable history of a people ruled over by their
    kings, living and progressing as other nations have lived and progressed
    since their day.

    Plato says that in Atlantis there was “a great and wonderful empire,”
    which “aggressed wantonly against the whole of Europe and Asia,” thus
    testifying to the extent of its dominion. It not only subjugated Africa
    as far as Egypt, and Europe as far as Italy, but it ruled “as well over
    parts of the continent,” to wit, “the opposite continent” of America,
    “which surrounded the true ocean.” Those parts of America over which it
    ruled were, as we will show hereafter, Central America, Peru, and the
    Valley of the Mississippi, occupied by the “Mound Builders.”

    Moreover, he tells us that “this vast power was gathered into one;” that
    is to say, from Egypt to Peru it was one consolidated empire. We will
    see hereafter that the legends of the Hindoos as to Deva Nahusha
    distinctly refer to this vast empire, which covered the whole of the
    known world.

    Another corroboration of the truth of Plato’s narrative is found in the
    fact that upon the Azores black lava rocks, and rocks red and white in
    color, are now found. He says they built with white, red, and black
    stone. Sir C. Wyville Thomson describes a narrow neck of land between
    Fayal and Monte da Guia, called “Monte Queimada” (the burnt mountain),
    as follows: “It is formed partly of stratified tufa of a dark chocolate
    color, and partly of lumps of black lava, porous, and each with a large
    cavity in the centre, which must have been ejected as volcanic bombs in
    a glorious display of fireworks at some period beyond the records of
    Acorean history, but late in the geological annals of the island”
    (“Voyage of the Challenger,” vol. ii., p. 24). He also describes immense
    walls of black volcanic rock in the island.

    The plain of Atlantis, Plato tells us, “had been cultivated during many
    ages by many generations of kings.” If, as we believe, agriculture, the
    domestication of the horse, ox, sheep, goat, and bog, and the discovery
    or development of wheat, oats, rye, and barley originated in this
    region, then this language of Plato in reference to “the many ages, and
    the successive generations of kings,” accords with the great periods of
    time which were necessary to bring man from a savage to a civilized
    condition.

    In the great ditch surrounding the whole land like a circle, and into
    which streams flowed down from the mountains, we probably see the
    original of the four rivers of Paradise, and the emblem of the cross
    surrounded by a circle, which, as we will show hereafter, was, from the
    earliest pre-Christian ages, accepted as the emblem of the Garden of
    Eden.

    We know that Plato did not invent the name of Poseidon, for the worship
    of Poseidon was universal in the earliest ages of Europe;
    “Poseidon-worship seems to have been a peculiarity of all the colonies
    previous to the time of Sidon” (“Prehistoric Nations,” p. 148.) This
    worship “was carried to Spain, and to Northern Africa, but most
    abundantly to Italy, to many of the islands, and to the regions around
    the Ægean Sea; also to Thrace.” (Ibid., p. 155.)

    Poseidon, or Neptune, is represented in Greek mythology as a sea-god;
    but he is figured as standing in a war-chariot drawn by horses. The
    association of the horse (a land animal) with a sea-god is inexplicable,
    except with the light given by Plato. Poseidon was a sea-god because he
    ruled over a great land in the sea, and was the national god of a
    maritime people; he is associated with horses, because in Atlantis the
    horse was first domesticated; and, as Plato shows, the Atlanteans had
    great race-courses for the development of speed in horses; and Poseidon
    is represented as standing in a war-chariot, because doubtless wheeled
    vehicles were first invented by the same people who tamed the horse; and
    they transmitted these war-chariots to their descendants from Egypt to
    Britain. We know that horses were the favorite objects chosen for
    sacrifice to Poseidon by the nations of antiquity within the Historical
    Period; they were killed, and cast into the sea from high precipices.
    The religious horse-feasts of the pagan Scandinavians were a survival of
    this Poseidon-worship, which once prevailed along all the coasts of
    Europe; they continued until the conversion of the people to
    Christianity, and were then suppressed by the Church with great
    difficulty.

    We find in Plato’s narrative the names of some of the Ph?nician deities
    among the kings of Atlantis. Where did the Greek, Plato, get these names
    if the story is a fable?

    Does Plato, in speaking of “the fruits having a hard rind, affording
    drinks and meats and ointments,” refer to the cocoa nut?

    Again: Plato tells us that Atlantis abounded in both cold and hot
    springs. How did he come to hit upon the hot springs if he was drawing a
    picture from his imagination? It is a singular confirmation of his story
    that hot springs abound in the Azores, which are the surviving fragments
    of Atlantis; and an experience wider than that possessed by Plato has
    taught scientific men that hot springs are a common feature of regions
    subject to volcanic convulsions.

    Plato tells us, “The whole country was very lofty and precipitous on the side of the sea, but the country immediately about and surrounding the city was a level plain, itself surrounded by mountains which descended toward the sea.” One has but to look at the profile of the “Dolphin’s Ridge,” as revealed by the deep-sea soundings of the Challenger, given as the frontispiece to this volume, to see that this is a faithful description of that precipitous elevation. “The surrounding mountains,” which sheltered the plain from the north, are represented in the present towering peaks of the Azores.

    Plato tells us that the destruction of Atlantis filled the sea with mud, and interfered with navigation. For thousands of years the ancients believed the Atlantic Ocean to be “a muddy, shallow, dark, and misty sea, Mare tenebrosum.” (“Cosmos,” vol. ii., p. 151.)

    The three-pronged sceptre or trident of Poseidon reappears constantly in ancient history. We find it in the hands of Hindoo gods, and at the base of all the religious beliefs of antiquity.

    “Among the numerals the sacred three has ever been considered the mark
    of perfection, and was therefore exclusively ascribed to the Supreme
    Deity, or to its earthly representative–a king, emperor, or any
    sovereign. For this reason triple emblems of various shapes are found on
    the belts, neckties, or any encircling fixture, as can be seen on the
    works of ancient art in Yucatan, Guatemala, Chiapas, Mexico, etc.,
    whenever the object has reference to divine supremacy.” (Dr. Arthur
    Schott, “Smith. Rep.,” 1869, p. 391.)

    We are reminded of the, “tiara,” and the “triple round of sovereignty.”

    In the same manner the ten kingdoms of Atlantis are perpetuated in all the ancient traditions.

    “In the number given by the Bible for the Antediluvian patriarchs we
    have the first instance of a striking agreement with the traditions of
    various nations. Ten are mentioned in the Book of Genesis. Other
    nations, to whatever epoch they carry back their ancestors, whether
    before or after the Deluge, whether the mythical or historical character
    prevail, they are constant to this sacred number ten, which some have
    vainly attempted to connect with the speculations of later religious
    philosophers on the mystical value of numbers. In Chaldea, Berosus
    enumerates ten Antediluvian kings whose fabulous reign extended to
    thousands of years. The legends of the Iranian race commence with the.
    reign of ten Peisdadien (Poseidon?) kings, ‘men of the ancient law, who
    lived on pure Homa (water of life)’ (nectar?), ‘and who preserved their
    sanctity.’ In India we meet with the nine Brahmadikas, who, with Brahma,
    their founder, make ten, and who are called the Ten Petris, or Fathers.
    The Chinese count ten emperors, partakers of the divine nature, before
    the dawn of historical times. The Germans believed in the ten ancestors
    of Odin, and the Arabs in the ten mythical kings of the Adites.”
    (Lenormant and Chevallier, “Anc. Hist. of the East,” vol. i., p. 13.)

    The story of Plato finds confirmation from other sources.

    An extract preserved in Proclus, taken from a work now lost, which is
    quoted by Boeckh in his commentary on Plato, mentions islands in the
    exterior sea, beyond the Pillars of Hercules, and says it was known that
    in one of these islands “the inhabitants preserved from their ancestors
    a remembrance of Atlantis, all extremely large island, which for a long
    time held dominion over all the islands of the Atlantic Ocean.”

    Ælian, in his “Varia Historia” (book iii., chap. xviii.), tells us that
    Theopompus (400 B.C.) related the particulars of an interview between
    Midas, King of Phrygia, and Silenus, in which Silenus reported the
    existence of a great continent beyond the Atlantic, “larger than Asia,
    Europe, and Libya together.” He stated that a race of men called Meropes
    dwelt there, and had extensive cities. They were persuaded that their
    country alone was a continent. Out of curiosity some of them crossed the
    ocean and visited the Hyperboreans.

    “The Gauls possessed traditions upon the subject of Atlantis which were
    collected by the Roman historian Timagenes, who lived in the first
    century before Christ. He represents that three distinct people dwelt in
    Gaul: 1. The indigenous population, which I suppose to be Mongoloids,
    who had long dwelt in Europe; 2. The invaders from a distant island,
    which I understand to be Atlantis; 3. The Aryan Gauls.” (“Preadamites,”
    p. 380.)

    Marcellus, in a work on the Ethiopians, speaks of seven islands lying in
    the Atlantic Ocean–probably the Canaries–and the inhabitants of these
    islands, he says, preserve the memory of a much greater island,
    Atlantis, “which had for a long time exercised dominion over the smaller
    ones.” (Didot Müller, “Fragmenta Historicorum Græcorum,” vol. iv., p.
    443.)

    Diodorus Siculus relates that the Ph?nicians discovered “a large island
    in the Atlantic Ocean, beyond the Pillars of Hercules, several days’
    sail from the coast of Africa. This island abounded in all manner of
    riches. The soil was exceedingly fertile; the scenery was diversified by
    rivers, mountains, and forests. It was the custom of the inhabitants to
    retire during the summer to magnificent country-houses, which stood in
    the midst of beautiful gardens. Fish and game were found in great
    abundance; the climate was delicious, and the trees bore fruit at all
    seasons of the year.” Homer, Plutarch, and other ancient writers mention
    islands situated in the Atlantic, “several thousand stadia from the
    Pillars of Hercules.” Silenus tells Midas that there was another
    continent besides Europe, Asia, and Africa–“a country where gold and
    silver are so plentiful that they are esteemed no more than we esteem
    iron.” St. Clement, in his Epistle to the Corinthians, says that there
    were other worlds beyond the ocean.

    Attention may here be called to the extraordinary number of instances in
    which allusion is made in the Old Testament to the “islands of the sea,”
    especially in Isaiah and Ezekiel. What had an inland people, like the
    Jews, to do with seas and islands? Did these references grow out of
    vague traditions linking their race with “islands in the sea?”

    The Orphic Argonaut sings of the division of the ancient Lyktonia into
    separate islands. He says,” When the dark-haired Poseidon, in anger with
    Father Kronion, struck Lyktonia with the golden trident.”

    Plato states that the Egyptians told Solon that the destruction of
    Atlantis occurred 9000 years before that date, to wit, about 9600 years
    before the Christian era. This looks like an extraordinarily long period
    of time, but it must be remembered that geologists claim that the
    remains of man found in the caves of Europe date back 500,000 years; and
    the fossil Calaveras skull was found deep under the base of Table
    Mountain, California, the whole mountain having been formed since the
    man to whom it belonged lived and died.

    “M. Oppert read an essay at the Brussels Congress to show, from the
    astronomical observations of the Egyptians and Assyrians, that 11,542
    years before our era man existed on the earth at such a stage of
    civilization as to be able to take note of astronomical phenomena, and
    to calculate with considerable accuracy the length of the year. The
    Egyptians, says he, calculated by cycles of 1460 years–zodiacal cycles,
    as they were called. Their year consisted of 365 days, which caused them
    to lose one day in every four solar years, and, consequently, they would
    attain their original starting-point again only after 1460 years (365 x
    4). Therefore, the zodiacal cycle ending in the year 139 of our era
    commenced in the year 1322 B.C. On the other hand, the Assyrian cycle
    was 1805 years, or 22,325 lunations. An Assyrian cycle began 712 B.C.
    The Chaldeans state that between the Deluge and their first historic
    dynasty there was a period of 39,180 years. Now, what means, this
    number? It stands for 12 Egyptian zodiacal cycles plus 12 Assyrian lunar
    cycles.

    +——————–+———-+
    | 12 X 1460 = 17,520 | |
    +——————–+———-+
    | | = 39,180 |
    +——————–+———-+
    | 12 X 1805 = 21,660 | |
    +——————–+———-+

    “These two modes of calculating time are in agreement with each other, and were known simultaneously to one people, the Chaldeans. Let us now build up the series of both cycles, starting from our era, and the result will be as follows:

    +—————–+————–+
    | Zodiacal Cycle. | Lunar Cycle. |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 1,460 | 1,805 |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 1,822 | 712 |
    +—————–+————–+
    | _____ | _____ |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 2,782 | 2,517 |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 4,242 | 4,322 |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 5,702 | 6,127 |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 7,162 | 7,932 |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 8,622 | 9,737 |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 110,082 | 11,542 |
    +—————–+————–+
    | 11,542 | |
    +—————–+————–+

    “At the year 11,542 B.C. the two cycles came together, and consequently they had on that year their common origin in one and the same astronomical observation.”

    That observation was probably made in Atlantis.

    The wide divergence of languages which is found to exist among the
    Atlanteans at the beginning of the Historical Period implies a vast
    lapse of time. The fact that the nations of the Old World remembered so
    little of Atlantis, except the colossal fact of its sudden and
    overwhelming destruction, would also seem to remove that event into a
    remote past.

    Herodotus tells us that he learned from the Egyptians that Hercules was
    one of their most ancient deities, and that he was one of the twelve
    produced from the eight gods, 17,000 years before the reign of Amasis.

    In short, I fail to see why this story of Plato, told as history,
    derived from the Egyptians, a people who, it is known, preserved most
    ancient records, and who were able to trace their existence back to a
    vast antiquity, should have been contemptuously set aside as a fable by
    Greeks, Romans, and the modern world. It can only be because our
    predecessors, with their limited knowledge of the geological history of
    the world, did not believe it possible that any large part of the
    earth’s surface could have been thus suddenly swallowed up by the sea.

    Let us then first address ourselves to that question.


    CHAPTER IV.

    WAS SUCH A CATASTROPHE POSSIBLE?


    All that is needed to answer this question is to briefly refer to some of the facts revealed by the study of geology.

    In the first place, the earth’s surface is a record of successive
    risings and fallings of the land. The accompanying picture represents a
    section of the anthracite coal-measures of Pennsylvania. Each of the
    coal deposits here shown, indicated by the black lines, was created when
    the land had risen sufficiently above the sea to maintain vegetation;
    each of the strata of rock, many of them hundreds of feet in thickness,
    was deposited under water. Here we have twenty-three different changes
    of the level of the land during the formation of 2000 feet of rock and
    coal; and these changes took place over vast areas, embracing thousands
    of square miles.

    All the continents which now exist were, it is well understood, once,
    under water, and the rocks of which they are composed were deposited
    beneath the water; more than this, most of the rocks so deposited were
    the detritus or washings of other continents, which then stood where the
    oceans now roll, and whose mountains and plains were ground down by the
    action of volcanoes and earthquakes, and frost, ice, wind, and rain, and
    washed into the sea, to form the rocks upon which the nations now dwell;
    so that we have changed the conditions of land and water: that which is
    now continent was once sea, and that which is now sea was formerly
    continent. There can be no question that the Australian Archipelago is
    simply the mountain-tops of a drowned continent, which once reached from
    India to South America. Science has gone so far as to even give it a
    name; it is called “Lemuria,” and here, it is claimed, the human race
    originated. An examination of the geological formation of our Atlantic
    States proves beyond a doubt, from the manner in which the sedimentary
    rocks, the sand, gravel, and mud–aggregating a thickness of 45,000
    feet–are deposited, that they came from the north and east. “They
    represent the detritus of pre-existing lands, the washings of rain,
    rivers, coast-currents, and other agencies of erosion; and since the
    areas supplying the waste could scarcely have been of less extent than
    the new strata it formed, it is reasonably inferred that land masses of
    continental magnitude must have occupied the region now covered by the
    North Atlantic before America began to be, and onward at least through
    the palæozoic ages of American history. The proof of this fact is that
    the great strata of rocks are thicker the nearer we approach their
    source in the east: the maximum thickness of the palæozoic rocks of the
    Appalachian formation is 25,000 to 35,000 feet in Pennsylvania and
    Virginia, while their minimum thickness in Illinois and Missouri is from
    3000 to 4000 feet; the rougher and grosser-textured rocks predominate in
    the east, while the farther west we go the finer the deposits were of
    which the rocks are composed; the finer materials were carried farther
    west by the water.” (“New Amer. Cyclop.,” art. Coal.)

    DESTRUCTION OF POMPEII

    The history of the growth of the European Continent, as recounted by
    Professor Geikie, gives an instructive illustration of the relations of
    geology to geography. The earliest European land, he says, appears to
    have existed in the north and north-west, comprising Scandinavia,
    Finland, and the northwest of the British area, and to have extended
    thence through boreal and arctic latitudes into North America. Of the
    height and mass of this primeval land some idea may be formed by
    considering the enormous bulk of the material derived from its
    disintegration. In the Silurian formations of the British Islands alone
    there is a mass of rock, worn from the land, which would form a
    mountain-chain extending from Marseilles to the North Cape (1800 miles),
    with a mean breadth of over thirty-three miles, and an average height of
    16,000 feet.

    As the great continent which stood where the Atlantic Ocean now is wore
    away, the continents of America and Europe were formed; and there seems
    to have been from remote times a continuous rising, still going on, of
    the new lands, and a sinking of the old ones. Within five thousand
    years, or since the age of the “polished stone,” the shores of Sweden,
    Denmark, and Norway have risen from 200 to 600 feet.

    Professor Winchell says (“The Preadamites,” p. 437):

    “We are in the midst of great, changes, and are scarcely conscious of
    it. We have seen worlds in flames, and have felt a cornet strike the
    earth. We have seen the whole coast of South America lifted up bodily
    ten or fifteen feet and let down again in an hour. We have seen the
    Andes sink 220 feet in seventy years. . . Vast transpositions have taken
    place in the coast-line of China. The ancient capital, located, in all
    probability, in an accessible position near the centre of the empire,
    has now become nearly surrounded by water, and its site is on the
    peninsula of Corea. . . . There was a time when the rocky barriers of
    the Thracian Bosphorus gave way and the Black Sea subsided. It had
    covered a vast area in the north and east. Now this area became drained,
    and was known as the ancient Lectonia: it is now the prairie region of
    Russia, and the granary of Europe.”

    There is ample geological evidence that at one time the entire area of
    Great Britain was submerged to the depth of at least seventeen hundred
    feet. Over the face of the submerged land was strewn thick beds of sand,
    gravel, and clay, termed by geologists “the Northern Drift.” The British
    Islands rose again from the sea, bearing these water-deposits on their
    bosom. What is now Sicily once lay deep beneath the sea: A subsequently
    rose 3000 feet above the sea-level. The Desert of Sahara was once under
    water, and its now burning sands are a deposit of the sea.

    Geologically speaking, the submergence of Atlantis, within the
    historical period, was simply the last of a number of vast changes, by
    which the continent which once occupied the greater part of the Atlantic
    had gradually sunk under the ocean, while the new lands were rising on
    both sides of it.

    We come now to the second question, Is it possible that Atlantis could
    have been suddenly destroyed by such a convulsion of nature as is
    described by Plato? The ancients regarded this part of his story as a
    fable. With the wider knowledge which scientific research has afforded
    the modern world, we can affirm that such an event is not only possible,
    but that the history of even the last two centuries has furnished us
    with striking parallels for it. We now possess the record of numerous
    islands lifted above the waters, and others sunk beneath the waves,
    accompanied by storms and earthquakes similar to those which marked the
    destruction of Atlantis.

    In 1783 Iceland was visited by convulsions more tremendous than any
    recorded in the modern annals of that country. About a month previous to
    the eruption on the main-land a submarine volcano burst forth in the
    sea, at a distance of thirty miles from the shore. It ejected so much
    pumice that the sea was covered with it for a distance of 150 miles, and
    ships were considerably impeded in their course. A new island was thrown
    up, consisting of high cliffs, which was claimed by his Danish Majesty,
    and named “Nyöe,” or the New Island; but before a year had elapsed it
    sunk beneath the sea, leaving a reef of rocks thirty fathoms under water.

    The earthquake of 1783 in Iceland destroyed 9000 people out of a
    population of 50,000; twenty villages were consumed by fire or inundated
    by water, and a mass of lava thrown out “greater than the entire bulk of
    Mont Blanc.”

    On the 8th of October, 1822, a great earthquake occurred on the island
    of Java, near the mountain of Galung Gung. “A loud explosion was heard,
    the earth shook, and immense columns of hot water and boiling mud, mixed
    with burning brimstone, ashes, and lapilli, of the size of nuts, were
    projected from the mountain like a water-spout, with such prodigious
    violence that large quantities fell beyond the river Tandoi, which is
    forty miles distant. . . . The first eruption lasted nearly five hours;
    and on the following days the rain fell ill torrents, and the rivers,
    densely charged with mud, deluged the country far and wide. At the end
    of four days (October 12th), a second eruption occurred, more violent
    than the first, in which hot water and mud were again vomited, and great
    blocks of basalt were thrown to the distance of seven miles from the
    volcano. There was at the same time a violent earthquake, the face of
    the mountain was utterly changed, its summits broken down, and one side,
    which had been covered with trees, became an enormous gulf in the form
    of a semicircle. Over 4000 persons were killed and 114 villages
    destroyed.” (Lyell’s “Principles of Geology,” p. 430.)

    In 1831 a new island was born in the Mediterranean, near the coast of
    Sicily. It was called Graham’s Island. It came up with an earthquake,
    and “a water-spout sixty feet high and eight hundred yards in
    circumference rising from the sea.” In about a month the island was two
    hundred feet high and three miles in circumference; it soon, however,
    stink beneath the sea.

    The Canary Islands were probably a part of the original empire of
    Atlantis. On the 1st of September, 1730, the earth split open near Year,
    in the island of Lancerota. In one night a considerable hill of ejected
    matter was thrown up; in a few days another vent opened and gave out a
    lava stream which overran several villages. It flowed at first rapidly,
    like water, but became afterward heavy and slow, like honey. On the 11th
    of September more lava flowed out, covering up a village, and
    precipitating itself with a horrible roar into the sea. Dead fish
    floated on the waters in indescribable multitudes, or were thrown dying
    on the shore; the cattle throughout the country dropped lifeless to the
    ground, suffocated by putrid vapors, which condensed and fell down in
    drops. These manifestations were accompanied by a storm such as the
    people of the country had never known before. These dreadful commotions
    lasted for five years. The lavas thrown out covered one-third of the
    whole island of Lancerota.

    CALABRIAN PEASANTS INGULFED BY CREVASSES (1783).

    The Gulf of Santorin, in the Grecian Archipelago, has been for two
    thousand years a scene of active volcanic operations. Pliny informs us
    that in the year 186 B.C. the island of “Old Kaimeni,” or the Sacred
    Isle, was lifted up from the sea; and in A.D. 19 the island of “Thia”
    (the Divine) made its appearance. In A.D. 1573 another island was
    created, called “the small sunburnt island.” In 1848 a volcanic
    convulsion of three months’ duration created a great shoal; an
    earthquake destroyed many houses in Thera, and the sulphur and hydrogen
    issuing from the sea killed 50 persons and 1000 domestic animals. A
    recent examination of these islands shows that the whole mass of
    Santorin has sunk, since its projection from the sea, over 1200 feet.

    The fort and village of Sindree, on the eastern arm of the Indus, above
    Luckput, was submerged in 1819 by an earthquake, together with a tract
    of country 2000 square miles in extent.

    “In 1828 Sir A. Burnes went in a boat to the ruins of Sindree, where a
    single remaining tower was seen in the midst of a wide expanse of sea.
    The tops of the ruined walls still rose two or three feet above the
    level of the water; and, standing on one of these, he could behold
    nothing in the horizon but water, except in one direction, where a blue
    streak of land to the north indicated the Ullah Bund. This scene,” says
    Lyell (“Principles of Geology,” p. 462), “presents to the imagination a
    lively picture of the revolutions now in progress on the earth-a waste
    of waters where a few years before all was land, and the only land
    visible consisting of ground uplifted by a recent earthquake.”

    We give from Lyell’s great work the following curious pictures of the
    appearance of the Fort of Sindree before and after the inundation.

    FORT OF SINDEE, ON THE EASTERN BRANCH OF THE INDUS, BEFORE IT WAS
    SUBMERGED BY THE EARTHQUAKE OF 1819.

    In April, 1815, one of the most frightful eruptions recorded in history
    occurred in the province of Tomboro, in the island of Sumbawa, about two
    hundred miles from the eastern extremity of Java. It lasted from April
    5th to July of that year; but was most violent on the 11th and 12th of
    July. The sound of the explosions was heard for nearly one thousand
    miles. Out of a population of 12,000, in the province of Tombora, only
    twenty-six individuals escaped. “Violent whirlwinds carried up men,
    horses, and cattle into the air, tore up the largest trees by the
    roots, and covered the whole sea with floating timber.” (Raffles’s
    “History of Java,” vol. i., p. 28.) The ashes darkened the air; “the
    floating cinders to the westward of Sumatra formed, on the 12th of
    April, a mass two feet thick and several miles in extent, through which
    ships with difficulty forced their way.” The darkness in daytime was
    more profound than the blackest night. “The town called Tomboro, on the
    west side of Sumbawa, was overflowed by the sea, which encroached upon
    the shore, so that the water remained permanently eighteen feet deep in
    places where there was land before”. The area covered by the convulsion
    was 1000 English miles in circumference. “In the island of Amboyna, in
    the same month and year, the ground opened, threw out water and then
    closed again.” (Raffles’s “History of Java,” vol. i., p. 25.)

    VIEW OF THE FORT OF SINDREE FROM THE WEST IN MARCH, 1839.

    But it is at that point of the European coast nearest to the site of
    Atlantis at Lisbon that the most tremendous earthquake of modern times
    has occurred. On the 1st of November, 1775, a sound of thunder was heard
    underground, and immediately afterward a violent shock threw down the
    greater part of the city. In six minutes 60,000 persons perished. A
    great concourse of people had collected for safety upon a new quay,
    built entirely of marble; but suddenly it sunk down with all the people
    on it, and not one of the dead bodies ever floated to the surface. A
    great number of small boats and vessels anchored near it, and, full of
    people, were swallowed up as in a whirlpool. No fragments of these
    wrecks ever rose again to the surface; the water where the quay went
    down is now 600 feet deep. The area covered by this earthquake was very
    great. Humboldt says that a portion of the earth’s surface, four times
    as great as the size of Europe, was simultaneously shaken. It extended
    from the Baltic to the West Indies, and from Canada to Algiers. At eight
    leagues from Morocco the ground opened and swallowed a village of 10,000
    inhabitants, and closed again over them.

    It is very probable that the centre of the convulsion was in the bed of the Atlantic, at or near the buried island of Atlantis, and that it was a successor of the great earth throe which, thousands of years before, had brought destruction upon that land.

    ERUPTION OF VESUVIUS IN 1737.

    Ireland also lies near the axis of this great volcanic area, reaching
    from the Canaries to Iceland, and it has been many times in the past the
    seat of disturbance. The ancient annals contain numerous accounts of
    eruptions, preceded by volcanic action. In 1490, at the Ox Mountains,
    Sligo, one occurred by which one hundred persons and numbers of cattle
    were destroyed; and a volcanic eruption in May, 1788, on the hill of
    Knocklade, Antrim, poured a stream of lava sixty yards wide for
    thirty-nine hours, and destroyed the village of Ballyowen and all the
    inhabitants, save a man and his wife and two children. (“Amer. Cyclop.,”
    art. Ireland.)

    While we find Lisbon and Ireland, east of Atlantis, subjected to these
    great earthquake shocks, the West India Islands, west of the same
    centre, have been repeatedly visited in a similar manner. In 1692
    Jamaica suffered from a violent earthquake. The earth opened, and great
    quantities of water were cast out; many people were swallowed up in
    these rents; the earth caught some of them by the middle and squeezed
    them to death; the heads of others only appeared above-ground. A tract
    of land near the town of Port Royal, about a thousand acres in extent,
    sunk down in less than one minute, and the sea immediately rolled in.

    The Azore Islands are undoubtedly the peaks of the mountains of
    Atlantis. They are even yet the centre of great volcanic activity. They
    have suffered severely from eruptions and earthquakes. In 1808 a volcano
    rose suddenly in San Jorge to the height of 3500 feet, and burnt for six
    days, desolating the entire island. In 1811 a volcano rose from the sea,
    near San Miguel, creating an island 300 feet high, which was named
    Sambrina, but which soon sunk beneath the sea. Similar volcanic
    eruptions occurred in the Azores in 1691 and 1720.

    Along a great line, a mighty fracture in the surface of the globe,
    stretching north and south through the Atlantic, we find a continuous
    series of active or extinct volcanoes. In Iceland we have Oerafa, Hecla,
    and Rauda Kamba; another in Pico, in the Azores; the peak of Teneriffe;
    Fogo, in one of the Cape de Verde Islands: while of extinct volcanoes we
    have several in Iceland, and two in Madeira; while Fernando de Noronha,
    the island of Ascension, St. Helena, and Tristan d’Acunha are all of
    volcanic origin. (“Cosmos,” vol. v., p. 331.)

    The following singular passage we quote entire from Lyell’s Principles of Geology,” p. 436:

    “In the Nautical Magazine for 1835, p. 642, and for 1838, p. 361, and in
    the Comptes Rendus, April, 1838, accounts are given of a series of
    volcanic phenomena, earthquakes, troubled water, floating scoria, and
    columns of smoke, which have been observed at intervals since the middle
    of the last century, in a space of open sea between longitudes 20° and
    22′ W., about half a degree south of the equator. These facts, says Mr.
    Darwin, seem to show that an island or archipelago is in process of
    formation in the middle of the Atlantic. A line joining St. Helena and
    Ascension would, if prolonged, intersect this slowly nascent focus of
    volcanic action. Should land be eventually formed here, it will not be
    the first that has been produced by igneous action in this ocean since
    it was inhabited by the existing species of testacea. At Porto Praya, in
    St. Jago, one of the Azores, a horizontal, calcareous stratum occurs,
    containing shells of recent marine species, covered by a great sheet of
    basalt eighty feet thick. It would be difficult to estimate too highly
    the commercial and political importance which a group of islands might
    acquire if, in the next two or three thousand years, they should rise in
    mid-ocean between St. Helena and Ascension.”

    These facts would seem to show that the great fires which destroyed
    Atlantis are still smouldering in the depths of the ocean; that the vast
    oscillations which carried Plato’s continent beneath the sea may again
    bring it, with all its buried treasures, to the light; and that even the
    wild imagination of Jules Verne, when he described Captain Nemo, in his
    diving armor, looking down upon the temples and towers of the lost
    island, lit by the fires of submarine volcanoes, had some groundwork of
    possibility to build upon.

    But who will say, in the presence of all the facts here enumerated, that
    the submergence of Atlantis, in some great world-shaking cataclysm, is
    either impossible or improbable? As will be shown hereafter, when we
    come to discuss the Flood legends, every particular which has come down
    to us of the destruction of Atlantis has been duplicated in some of the
    accounts just given.

    We conclude, therefore: 1. That it is proven beyond question, by
    geological evidence, that vast masses of land once existed in the region
    where Atlantis is located by Plato, and that therefore such an island
    must have existed; 2. That there is nothing improbable or impossible in
    the statement that it was destroyed suddenly by an earthquake “in one
    dreadful night and day.”


    CHAPTER. V.

    THE TESTIMONY OF THE SEA.


    Suppose we were to find in mid-Atlantic, in front of the Mediterranean,
    in the neighborhood of the Azores, the remains of an immense island,
    sunk beneath the sea–one thousand miles in width, and two or three
    thousand miles long–would it not go far to confirm the statement of
    Plato that, “beyond the strait where you place the Pillars of Hercules,
    there was an island larger than Asia (Minor) and Libya combined,” called
    Atlantis? And suppose we found that the Azores were the mountain peaks
    of this drowned island, and were torn and rent by tremendous volcanic
    convulsions; while around them, descending into the sea, were found
    great strata of lava; and the whole face of the sunken land was covered
    for thousands of miles with volcanic débris, would we not be obliged to
    confess that these facts furnished strong corroborative proofs of the
    truth of Plato’s statement, that “in one day and one fatal night there
    came mighty earthquakes and inundations which ingulfed that mighty
    people? Atlantis disappeared beneath the sea; and then that sea became
    inaccessible on account of the quantity of mud which the ingulfed island
    left in its place.”

    MAP OF ATLANTIS, WITH ITS ISLANDS AND CONNECTING RIDGES, FROM DEEP-SEA
    SOUNDINGS

    And all these things recent investigation has proved conclusively.
    Deep-sea soundings have been made by ships of different nations; the
    United States ship Dolphin, the German frigate Gazelle, and the British
    ships Hydra, Porcupine, and Challenger have mapped out the bottom of the
    Atlantic, and the result is the revelation of a great elevation,
    reaching from a point on the coast of the British Islands southwardly to
    the coast of South America, at Cape Orange, thence south-eastwardly to
    the coast of Africa, and thence southwardly to Tristan d’Acunha. I give
    one map showing the profile of this elevation in the frontispiece, and
    another map, showing the outlines of the submerged land, on page 47. It
    rises about 9000 feet above the great Atlantic depths around it, and in
    the Azores, St. Paul’s Rocks, Ascension, and Tristan d’Acunha it reaches
    the surface of the ocean.

    Evidence that this elevation was once dry land is found in the fact that
    “the inequalities, the mountains and valleys of its surface, could never
    have been produced in accordance with any laws for the deposition of
    sediment, nor by submarine elevation; but, on the contrary, must have
    been carved by agencies acting above the water level.” (Scientific
    American, July 28th, 1877.)

    Mr. J. Starke Gardner, the eminent English geologist, is of the opinion
    that in the Eocene Period a great extension of land existed to the west
    of Cornwall. Referring to the location of the “Dolphin” and “Challenger”
    ridges, he asserts that “a great tract of land formerly existed where
    the sea now is, and that Cornwall, the Scilly and Channel Islands,
    Ireland and Brittany, are the remains of its highest summits.” (Popular
    Science Review, July, 1878.)

    Here, then, we have the backbone of the ancient continent which once
    occupied the whole of the Atlantic Ocean, and from whose washings Europe
    and America were constructed; the deepest parts of the ocean, 3500
    fathoms deep, represent those portions which sunk first, to wit, the
    plains to the east and west of the central mountain range; some of the
    loftiest peaks of this range–the Azores, St. Paul’s, Ascension, Tristan
    d’Acunba–are still above the ocean level; while the great body of
    Atlantis lies a few hundred fathoms beneath the sea. In these
    “connecting ridges” we see the pathway which once extended between the
    New World and the Old, and by means of which the plants and animals of
    one continent travelled to the other; and by the same avenues black men
    found their way, as we will show hereafter, from Africa to America, and
    red men from America to Africa.

    And, as I have shown, the same great law which gradually depressed the
    Atlantic continent, and raised the lands east and west of it, is still
    at work: the coast of Greenland, which may be regarded as the northern
    extremity of the Atlantic continent, is still sinking “so rapidly that
    ancient buildings on low rock-islands are now submerged, and the
    Greenlander has learned by experience never to build near the water’s
    edge,” (“North Amer. of Antiq.,” p. 504.) The same subsidence is going
    on along the shore of South Carolina and Georgia, while the north of
    Europe and the Atlantic coast of South America are rising rapidly. Along
    the latter raised beaches, 1180 miles long and from 100 to 1300 feet
    high, have been traced.

    When these connecting ridges extended from America to Europe and Africa,
    they shut off the flow of the tropical waters of the ocean to the north:
    there was then no “Gulf Stream;” the land-locked ocean that laved the
    shores of Northern Europe was then intensely cold; and the result was
    the Glacial Period. When the barriers of Atlantis sunk sufficiently to
    permit the natural expansion of the heated water of the tropics to the
    north, the ice and snow which covered Europe gradually disappeared; the
    Gulf Stream flowed around Atlantis, and it still retains the circular
    motion first imparted to it by the presence of that island.

    The officers of the Challenger found the entire ridge of Atlantis
    covered with volcanic deposits; these are the subsided mud which, as
    Plato tells us, rendered the sea impassable after the destruction of the
    island.

    It does not follow that, at the time Atlantis was finally ingulfed, the
    ridges connecting it with America and Africa rose above the water-level;
    these may have gradually subsided into the sea, or have gone down in
    cataclysms such as are described in the Central American books. The
    Atlantis of Plato may have been confined to the “Dolphin Ridge” of our
    map.

    ANCIENT ISLANDS BETWEEN ATLANTIS AND THE MEDITERRANEAN, FROM DEEP-SEA
    SOUNDINGS

    The United States sloop Gettysburg has also made some remarkable
    discoveries in a neighboring field. I quote from John James Wild (in
    Nature, March 1st, 1877, p. 377):

    “The recently announced discovery by Commander Gorringe, of the United
    States sloop Gettysburg, of a bank of soundings bearing N. 85° W., and
    distant 130 miles from Cape St. Vincent, during the last voyage of the
    vessel across the Atlantic, taken in connection with previous soundings
    obtained in the same region of the North Atlantic, suggests the probable
    existence of a submarine ridge or plateau connecting the island of
    Madeira with the coast of Portugal, and the probable subaerial
    connection in prehistoric times of that island with the south-western
    extremity of Europe.” . . . “These soundings reveal the existence of a
    channel of an average depth of from 2000 to 3000 fathoms, extending in a
    northeasterly direction from its entrance between Madeira and the Canary
    Islands toward Cape St. Vincent. . . . Commander Gorringe, when about
    150 miles from the Strait of Gibraltar, found that the soundings
    decreased from 2700 fathoms to 1600 fathoms in the distance of a few
    miles. The subsequent soundings (five miles apart) gave 900, 500, 400,
    and 100 fathoms; and eventually a depth of 32 fathoms was obtained, in
    which the vessel anchored. The bottom was found to consist of live pink
    coral, and the position of the bank in lat. 36° 29′ N., long. 11° 33′ W.”

    The map on page 51 shows the position of these elevations. They must
    have been originally islands;–stepping-stones, as it were, between
    Atlantis and the coast of Europe.

    Sir C. Wyville Thomson found that the specimens of the fauna of the
    coast of Brazil, brought up in his dredging-machine, are similar to
    those of the western coast of Southern Europe. This is accounted for by
    the connecting ridges reaching from Europe to South America.

    A member of the Challenger staff, in a lecture delivered in London, soon
    after the termination of the expedition, gave it as his opinion that the
    great submarine plateau is the remains of “the lost Atlantis.”


    CHAPTER VI.

    THE TESTIMONY OF THE FLORA AND FAUNA.


    Proofs are abundant that there must have been at one time uninterrupted land communication between Europe and America. In the words of a writer upon this subject,

    “When the animals and plants of the Old and New World are compared, one
    cannot but be struck with their identity; all or nearly all belong to
    the same genera, while many, even of the species, are common to both
    continents. This is most important in its bearing on our theory, as
    indicating that they radiated from a common centre after the Glacial
    Period. . . . The hairy mammoth, woolly-haired rhinoceros, the Irish
    elk, the musk-ox, the reindeer, the glutton, the lemming, etc., more or
    less accompanied this flora, and their remains are always found in the
    post-glacial deposits of Europe as low down as the South of France. In
    the New World beds of the same age contain similar remains, indicating
    that they came from a common centre, and were spread out over both
    continents alike.” (Westminster Review, January, 1872, p. 19.)

    Recent discoveries in the fossil beds of the Bad Lands of Nebraska prove
    that the horse originated in America. Professor Marsh, of Yale College,
    has identified the several preceding forms from which it was developed,
    rising, in the course of ages, from a creature not larger than a fox
    until, by successive steps, it developed into the true horse. How did
    the wild horse pass from America to Europe and Asia if there was not
    continuous land communication between the two continents? He seems to
    have existed in Europe in a wild state prior to his domestication by man.

    The fossil remains of the camel are found in India, Africa, South America, and in Kansas. The existing alpacas and llamas of South America are but varieties of the camel family.

    The cave bear, whose remains are found associated with the hones of the
    mammoth and the bones and works of man in the caves of Europe, was
    identical with the grizzly bear of our Rocky Mountains. The musk-ox,
    whose relics are found in the same deposits, now roams the wilds of
    Arctic America. The glutton of Northern Europe, in the Stone Age, is
    identical with the wolverine of the United States. According to
    Rutimeyer, the ancient bison (Bos priscus) of Europe was identical with
    the existing American buffalo. “Every stage between the ancient cave
    bison and the European aurochs can be traced.” The Norway elk, now
    nearly extinct, is identical with the American moose. The Cervus
    Americanus found in Kentucky was as large as the Irish elk, which it
    greatly resembled. The lagomys, or tailless hare, of the European eaves,
    is now found in the colder regions of North America. The reindeer, which
    once occupied Europe as far down as France, was the same as the reindeer
    of America. Remains of the cave lion of Europe (Felix speloæ), a larger
    beast than the largest of the existing species, have been found at
    Natchez, Mississippi. The European cave wolf was identical with the
    American wolf.

    Cattle were domesticated among the people of Switzerland during the
    earliest part of the Stone Period (Darwin’s “Animals Under
    Domestication,” vol. i., p. 103), that is to say, before the Bronze Age
    and the Age of Iron. Even at that remote period they had already, by
    long-continued selection, been developed out of wild forms akin to the
    American buffalo. M. Gervais (“Hist. Nat. des Mammifores,” vol. xi., p.
    191) concludes that the wild race from which our domestic sheep was
    derived is now extinct. The remains of domestic sheep are found in the
    debris of the Swiss lake-dwellings during the Stone Age. The domestic
    horse, ass, lion, and goat also date back to a like great antiquity. We
    have historical records 7000 years old, and during that time no similar
    domestication of a wild animal has been made. This fact speaks volumes
    as to the vast period, of time during which man must have lived in a
    civilized state to effect the domestication of so many and such useful
    animals.

    And when we turn from the fauna to the flora, we find the same state of
    things.

    An examination of the fossil beds of Switzerland of the Miocene Age
    reveals the remains of more than eight hundred different species of
    flower-bearing plants, besides mosses, ferns, etc. The total number of
    fossil plants catalogued from those beds, cryptogamous as well as
    phænogamous, is upward of three thousand. The majority of these species
    have migrated to America. There were others that passed into Asia,
    Africa, and even to Australia. The American types are, however, in the
    largest proportion. The analogues of the flora of the Miocene Age of
    Europe now grow in the forests of Virginia, North and South Carolina,
    and Florida; they include such familiar examples as magnolias,
    tulip-trees, evergreen oaks, maples, plane-trees, robinas, sequoias,
    etc. It would seem to be impossible that these trees could have migrated
    from Switzerland to America unless there was unbroken land communication
    between the two continents.

    It is a still more remarkable fact that a comparison of the flora of the
    Old World and New goes to show that not only was there communication by
    land, over which the plants of one continent could extend to another,
    but that man must have existed, and have helped this transmigration, in
    the case of certain plants that were incapable of making the journey
    unaided.

    Otto Kuntze, a distinguished German botanist, who has spent many years
    in the tropics, announces his conclusion that “In America and in Asia
    the principal domesticated tropical plants are represented by the same
    species.” He instances the Manihot utilissima, whose roots yield a fine
    flour; the tarro (Colocasia esculenta), the Spanish or red pepper, the
    tomato, the bamboo, the guava, the mango-fruit, and especially the
    banana. He denies that the American origin of tobacco, maize, and the
    cocoa-nut is proved. He refers to the Paritium tiliaceum, a malvaceous
    plant, hardly noticed by Europeans, but very highly prized by the
    natives of the tropics, and cultivated everywhere in the East and West
    Indies; it supplies to the natives of these regions so far apart their
    ropes and cordage. It is always seedless in a cultivated state. It
    existed in America before the arrival of Columbus.

    But Professor Kuntze pays especial attention to the banana, or plantain.
    The banana is seedless. It is found throughout tropical Asia and Africa.
    Professor Kuntze asks, “In what way was this plant, which cannot stand a
    voyage through the temperate zone, carried to America?” And yet it was
    generally cultivated in America before 1492. Says Professor Kuntze, “It
    must be remembered that the plantain is a tree-like, herbaceous plant,
    possessing no easily transportable bulbs, like the potato or the dahlia,
    nor propagable by cuttings, like the willow or the poplar. It has only a
    perennial root, which, once planted, needs hardly any care, and yet
    produces the most abundant crop of any known tropical plant.” He then
    proceeds to discuss how it could have passed from Asia to America. He
    admits that the roots must have been transported from one country to the
    other by civilized man. He argues that it could not have crossed the
    Pacific from Asia to America, because the Pacific is nearly thrice or
    four times as wide as the Atlantic. The only way he can account for the
    plantain reaching America is to suppose that it was carried there when
    the North Pole had a tropical climate! Is there any proof that civilized
    man existed at the North Pole when it possessed the climate of Africa?

    Is it not more reasonable to suppose that the plantain, or banana, was
    cultivated by the people of Atlantis, and carried by their civilized
    agricultural colonies to the east and the west? Do we not find a
    confirmation of this view in the fact alluded to by Professor Kuntze in
    these words: “A cultivated plant which does not possess seeds must have
    been under culture for a very long period–we have not in Europe a
    single exclusively seedless, berry-bearing, cultivated plant–and hence
    it is perhaps fair to infer that these plants were cultivated as early
    as the beginning of the middle of the Diluvial Period.”

    Is it possible that a plant of this kind could have been cultivated for
    this immense period of time in both Asia and America? Where are the two
    nations, agricultural and highly civilized, on those continents by whom
    it was so cultivated? What has become of them? Where are the traces of
    their civilization? All the civilizations of Europe, Asia, and Africa
    radiated from the Mediterranean; the Hindoo-Aryans advanced from the
    north-west; they were kindred to the Persians, who were next-door
    neighbors to the Arabians (cousins of the Ph?nicians), and who lived
    along-side of the Egyptians, who had in turn derived their civilization
    from the Ph?nicians.

    It would be a marvel of marvels if one nation, on one continent, had
    cultivated the banana for such a vast period of time until it became
    seedless; the nation retaining a peaceful, continuous, agricultural
    civilization during all that time. But to suppose that two nations could
    have cultivated the same plant, under the same circumstances, on two
    different continents, for the same unparalleled lapse of time, is
    supposing an impossibility.

    We find just such a civilization as was necessary, according to Plato,
    and under just such a climate, in Atlantis and nowhere else. We have
    found it reaching, by its contiguous islands, within one hundred and
    fifty miles of the coast of Europe on the one side, and almost touching
    the West India Islands on the other, while, by its connecting ridges, it
    bound together Brazil and Africa.

    But it may be said these animals and plants may have passed from Asia to
    America across the Pacific by the continent of Lemuria; or there may
    have been continuous land communication at one time at Behring’s Strait.
    True; but an examination of the flora of the Pacific States shows that
    very many of the trees and plants common to Europe and the Atlantic
    States are not to be seen west of the Rocky Mountains. The magnificent
    magnolias, the tulip-trees, the plane-trees, etc., which were found
    existing in the Miocene Age in Switzerland, and are found at the present
    day in the United States, are altogether lacking on the Pacific coast.
    The sources of supply of that region seem to have been far inferior to
    the sources of supply of the Atlantic States. Professor Asa Gray tells
    us that, out of sixty-six genera and one hundred and fifty-five species
    found in the forests cast of the Rocky Mountains, only thirty-one genera
    and seventy-eight species are found west of the mountains. The Pacific
    coast possesses no papaw, no linden or basswood, no locust-trees, no
    cherry-tree large enough for a timber tree, no gum-trees, no
    sorrel-tree, nor kalmia; no persimmon-trees, not a holly, only one ash
    that may be called a timber tree, no catalpa or sassafras, not a single
    elm or hackberry, not a mulberry, not a hickory, or a beech, or a true
    chestnut. These facts would seem to indicate that the forest flora of
    North America entered it from the east, and that the Pacific States
    possess only those fragments of it that were able to struggle over or
    around the great dividing mountain-chain.

    We thus see that the flora and fauna of America and Europe testify not
    only to the existence of Atlantis, but to the fact that in an earlier
    age it must have extended from the shores of one continent to those of
    the other; and by this bridge of land the plants and animals of one
    region passed to the other.

    The cultivation of the cotton-plant and the manufacture of its product
    was known to both the Old and New World. Herodotus describes it (450
    B.C.) as the tree of India that bears a fleece more beautiful than that
    of the sheep. Columbus found the natives of the West Indies using cotton
    cloth. It was also found in Mexico and Peru. It is a significant fact
    that the cotton-plant has been found growing wild in many parts of
    America, but never in the Old World. This would seem to indicate that
    the plant was a native of America; and this is confirmed by the
    superiority of American cotton, and the further fact that the plants
    taken from America to India constantly degenerate, while those taken
    from India to America as constantly improve.

    There is a question whether the potato, maize, and tobacco were not
    cultivated in China ages before Columbus discovered America. A recent
    traveller says, “The interior of China, along the course of the
    Yang-tse-Kiang, is a land full of wonders. In one place piscicultural
    nurseries line the banks for nearly fifty miles. All sorts of
    inventions, the cotton-gin included, claimed by Europeans and Americans,
    are to be found there forty centuries old. Plants, yielding drugs of
    great value, without number, the familiar tobacco and potato, maize,
    white and yellow corn, and other plants believed to be indigenous to
    America, have been cultivated there from time immemorial.”

    Bonafous (“Histoire Naturelle du Mais,” Paris, 1826) attributes a
    European or Asiatic origin to maize. The word maize, (Indian corn) is
    derived from mahiz or mahis, the name of the plant in the language of
    the Island of Hayti. And yet, strange to may, in the Lettish and
    Livonian languages, in the north of Europe, mayse signifies bread; in
    Irish, maise is food, and in the Old High German, maz is meat. May not
    likewise the Spanish maiz have antedated the time of Columbus, and borne
    testimony to early intercommunication between the people of the Old and
    New Worlds?

    It is to Atlantis we must look for the origin of nearly all our valuable
    plants. Darwin says (“Animals and Plants under Domestication,” vol. i.,
    p. 374), “It has often been remarked that we do not owe a single useful
    plant to Australia, or the Cape of Good Hope–countries abounding to an
    unparalleled degree with endemic species–or to New Zealand, or to
    America south of the Plata; and, according to some authors, not to
    America north of Mexico.” In other words, the domesticated plants are
    only found within the limits of what I shall show hereafter was the
    Empire of Atlantis and its colonies; for only here was to be found an
    ancient, long-continuing civilization, capable of developing from a wild
    state those plants which were valuable to man, including all the cereals
    on which to-day civilized man depends for subsistence. M. Alphonse de
    Candolle tells us that we owe 33 useful plants to Mexico, Peru, and
    Chili. According to the same high authority, of 157 valuable cultivated
    plants 85 can be traced back to their wild state; as to 40, there is
    doubt as to their origin; while 32 are utterly unknown in their
    aboriginal condition. (“Geograph. Botan. Raisonnée,” 1855, pp. 810-991.)
    Certain roses–the imperial lily, the tuberose and the lilac–are said
    to have been cultivated from such a vast antiquity that they are not
    known in their wild state. (Darwin, “Animals and Plants,” vol. i., p.
    370.) And these facts are the more remarkable because, as De Candolle
    has shown, all the plants historically known to have been first
    cultivated in Europe still exist there in the wild state. (Ibid.) The
    inference is strong that the great cereals–wheat, oats, barley, rye,
    and maize–must have been first domesticated in a vast antiquity, or in
    some continent which has since disappeared, carrying the original wild
    plants with it.

    CEREALS OF THE AGE OF STONE IN EUROPE

    Darwin quotes approvingly the opinion of Mr. Bentham (“Hist. Notes Cult.
    Plants”), “as the result of all the most reliable evidence that none of
    the Ceralia–wheat, rye, barley, and oats–exist or have existed truly
    wild in their present state.” In the Stone Age of Europe five varieties
    of wheat and three of barley were cultivated. (Darwin, “Animals and
    Plants,” vol. i., p. 382.) He says that it may be inferred, from the
    presence in the lake habitations of Switzerland of a variety of wheat
    known as the Egyptian wheat, and from the nature of the weeds that grew
    among their crops, “that the lake inhabitants either still kept up
    commercial intercourse with some southern people, or had originally
    proceeded as colonists from the south.” I should argue that they were
    colonists from the land where wheat and barley were first domesticated,
    to wit, Atlantis. And when the Bronze Age came, we find oats and rye
    making their appearance with the weapons of bronze, together with a
    peculiar kind of pea. Darwin concludes (Ibid., vol. i., p. 385) that
    wheat, barley, rye, and oats were either descended from ten or fifteen
    distinct species, “most of which are now unknown or extinct,” or from
    four or eight species closely resembling our present forms, or so
    “widely different as to escape identification;” in which latter case, he
    says, “man must have cultivated the cereals at an enormously remote
    period,” and at that time practised “some degree of selection.”

    Rawlinson (“Ancient Monarchies,” vol. i., p. 578) expresses the opinion
    that the ancient Assyrians possessed the pineapple. “The representation
    on the monuments is so exact that I can scarcely doubt the pineapple
    being intended.” (See Layard’s “Nineveh and Babylon,” p. 338.) The
    pineapple (Bromelia ananassa) is supposed to be of American origin, and
    unknown to Europe before the time of Columbus; and yet, apart from the
    revelations of the Assyrian monuments, there has been some dispute upon
    this point. (“Amer. Cyclop.,” vol. xiii., p. .528.)

    ANCIENT IRISH PIPES

    It is not even certain that the use of tobacco was not known to the
    colonists from Atlantis settled in Ireland in an age long prior to Sir
    Walter Raleigh. Great numbers of pipes have been found in the raths and
    tumuli of Ireland, which, there is every reason to believe, were placed
    there by men of the Prehistoric Period. The illustration on p. 63
    represents some of the so-called “Danes’ pipes” now in the collection of
    the Royal Irish Academy. The Danes entered Ireland many centuries before
    the time of Columbus, and if the pipes are theirs, they must have used
    tobacco, or some substitute for it, at that early period. It is
    probable, however, that the tumuli of Ireland antedate the Danes
    thousands of years.

    ANCIENT INDIAN PIPE, NEW JERSEY

    Compare these pipes from the ancient mounds of Ireland with the accompanying picture of an Indian pipe of the Stone Age of New Jersey. (“Smithsonian Rep.,” 1875, p. 342.)

    Recent Portuguese travellers have found the most remote tribes of savage negroes in Africa, holding no commercial intercourse with Europeans, using strangely shaped pipes, in which they smoked a plant of the country. Investigations in America lead to the conclusion that tobacco was first burnt as an incense to the gods, the priest alone using the pipe; and from this beginning the extraordinary practice spread to the people, and thence over all the world. It may have crossed the Atlantic in a remote age, and have subsequently disappeared with the failure of retrograding colonists to raise the tobacco-plant.


    PART II. THE DELUGE.

    CHAPTER I.

    THE DESTRUCTION OF ATLANTIS DESCRIBED IN THE DELUGE LEGENDS.


    Having demonstrated, as we think successfully, that there is no
    improbability in the statement of Plato that a large island, almost a
    continent, existed in the past in the Atlantic Ocean, nay, more, that it
    is a geological certainty that it did exist; and having further shown
    that it is not improbable but very possible that it may have sunk
    beneath the sea in the manner described by Plato, we come now to the
    next question, Is the memory of this gigantic catastrophe preserved
    among the traditions of mankind? We think there can be no doubt that an
    affirmative answer must be given to this question.

    An event, which in a few hours destroyed, amid horrible convulsions, an
    entire country, with all its vast population-that Population the
    ancestors of the great races of both continents, and they themselves the
    custodians of the civilization of their age-could not fail to impress
    with terrible force the minds of men, and to project its gloomy shadow
    over all human history. And hence, whether we turn to the Hebrews, the
    Aryans, the Ph?nicians, the Greeks, the Cushites, or the inhabitants of
    America, we find everywhere traditions of the Deluge; and we shall see
    that all these traditions point unmistakably to the destruction of
    Atlantis.

    François Lenormant says (Contemp. Rev., Nov., 1879):

    “The result authorizes us to affirm the story of the Deluge to be a
    universal tradition among all branches of the human race, with the one
    exception, however, of the black. Now, a recollection thus precise and
    concordant cannot be a myth voluntarily invented. No religious or
    cosmogonic myth presents this character of universality. It must arise
    from the reminiscence of a real and terrible event, so powerfully
    impressing the imagination of the first ancestors of our race as never
    to have been forgotten by their descendants. This cataclysm must have
    occurred near the first cradle of mankind, and before the dispersion of
    the families from which the principal races were to spring; for it would
    be at once improbable and uncritical to admit that, at as many different
    points of the globe as we should have to assume in order to explain the
    wide spread of these traditions, local phenomena so exactly alike should
    have occurred, their memory having assumed an identical form, and
    presenting circumstances that need not necessarily have occurred to the
    mind in such cases.

    “Let us observe, however, that probably the diluvian tradition is not
    primitive, but imported in America; that it undoubtedly wears the aspect
    of an importation among the rare populations of the yellow race where it
    is found; and lastly, that it is doubtful among the Polynesians of
    Oceania. There will still remain three great races to which it is
    undoubtedly peculiar, who have not borrowed it from each other, but
    among whom the tradition is primitive, and goes back to the most ancient
    times, and these three races are precisely the only ones of which the
    Bible speaks as being descended from Noah–those of which it gives the
    ethnic filiation in the tenth chapter of Genesis. This observation.
    which I hold to be undeniable, attaches a singularly historic and exact
    value to the tradition as recorded by the Sacred Book, even if, on the
    other hand, it may lead to giving it a more limited geographical and
    ethnological significance. . . .

    “But, as the case now stands, we do not hesitate to declare that, far
    from being a myth, the Biblical Deluge is a real and historical fact,
    having, to say the least, left its impress on the ancestors of three
    races–Aryan, or Indo-European, Semitic, or Syro-Arabian, Chamitic, or
    Cushite–that is to say, on the three great civilized races of the
    ancient world, those which constitute the higher humanity–before the
    ancestors of those races had as yet separated, and in the part of Asia
    they together inhabited.”

    Such profound scholars and sincere Christians as M. Schw?bel (Paris,
    1858), and M. Omalius d’Halloy (Bruxelles, 1866), deny the universality
    of the Deluge, and claim that “it extended only to the principal centre
    of humanity, to those who remained near its primitive cradle, without
    reaching the scattered tribes who had already spread themselves far away
    in almost desert regions. It is certain that the Bible narrative
    commences by relating facts common to the whole human species, confining
    itself subsequently to the annals of the race peculiarly chosen by the
    designs of Providence.” (Lenormant and Chevallier, “Anc. Hist. of the
    East,” p. 44.) This theory is supported by that eminent authority on
    anthropology, M. de Quatrefages, as well as by Cuvier; the Rev. R. p.
    Bellynck, S.J., admits that it has nothing expressly opposed to
    orthodoxy.

    Plato identifies “the great deluge of all” with the destruction of
    Atlantis. The priest of Sais told Solon that before “the great deluge of
    all” Athens possessed a noble race, who performed many noble deeds, the
    last and greatest of which was resisting the attempts of Atlantis to
    subjugate them; and after this came the destruction of Atlantis, and the
    same great convulsion which overwhelmed that island destroyed a number
    of the Greeks. So that the Egyptians, who possessed the memory of many
    partial deluges, regarded this as “the great deluge of all.”


    CHAPTER II.

    THE DELUGE OF THE BIBLE


    We give first the Bible history of the Deluge, as found in Genesis
    (chap. vi. to chap. viii.):

    “And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the
    earth, and daughters were born unto them, that the sons of God saw the
    daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all
    which they chose.

    “And the Lord said, My Spirit shall not always strive with man, for that
    he also is flesh: yet his days shall be a hundred and twenty years.

    “There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when
    the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare
    children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of
    renown.

    “And God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that
    every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil
    continually. And it repented the Lord that he had made man on the earth,
    and it grieved him at his heart. And the Lord said, I will destroy man
    whom I have created from the face of the earth; both man, and beast, and
    the creeping thing, and the fowls of the air; for it repenteth me that I
    have made them. But Noah found grace in the eyes of the Lord.

    [“These are the generations of Noah: Noah was a just man and perfect in
    his generations, and Noah walked with God. And Noah begat three sons,
    Shem, Ham, and Japheth.]

    “The earth also was corrupt before God; and the earth was filled with
    violence. And God looked upon the earth, and, behold, it was corrupt;
    for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth. And God said unto
    Noah, The end of all flesh is come before me; for the earth is filled
    with violence through them; and, behold, I will destroy them with the
    earth. Make thee an ark of gopher wood; rooms shalt thou make in the
    ark, and shalt pitch it within and without with pitch. And this is the
    fashion which thou shalt make it of: The length of the ark shall be
    three hundred cubits, the breadth of it fifty cubits, and the height of
    it thirty cubits. A window shalt thou make to the ark, and in a cubit
    shalt thou finish it above; and the door of the ark shalt thou set in
    the side thereof; with lower, second, and third stories shalt thou make
    it. And, behold, I, even I, do bring a flood of waters upon the earth,
    to destroy all flesh, wherein is the breath of life, from under heaven;
    and everything that is in the earth shall die. But with thee will I
    establish my covenant; and thou shalt come into the ark, thou, and thy
    sons, and thy wife, and thy sons’ wives with thee. And of every living
    thing of all flesh, two of every sort shalt thou bring into the ark, to
    keep them alive with thee; they shall be male and female. Of fowls after
    their kind, and of cattle after their kind, of every creeping thing of
    the earth after his kind; two of every sort shall come unto thee, to
    keep them alive. And take thou unto thee of all food that is eaten, and
    thou shalt gather it to thee; and it shall be for food for thee, and for
    them.

    “Thus did Noah; according to all that God commanded him, so did he.

    “And the Lord said unto Noah, Come thou and all thy house into the ark;
    for thee have I seen righteous before me in this generation. Of every
    clean beast thou shalt take to thee by sevens, the male and his female:
    and of beasts that are not clean by two, the male and his female. Of
    fowls also of the air by sevens, the male and the female; to keep seed
    alive upon the face of all the earth. For yet seven days, and I will
    cause it to rain upon the earth forty days and forty nights; and every
    living substance that I have made will I destroy from off the face of
    the earth.

    “And Noah did according unto all that the Lord commanded him. And Noah
    was six hundred years old when the flood of waters was upon the earth.

    “And Noah went in, and his sons, and his wife, and his sons’ wives with
    him, into the ark, because of the waters of the flood. Of clean beasts,
    and of beasts that are not clean, and of fowls, and of everything that
    creepeth upon the earth, there went in two and two unto Noah into the
    ark, the male and the female, as God had commanded Noah.

    “And it came to pass after seven days, that the waters of the flood were
    upon the earth. In the six hundredth year of Noah’s life, in the second
    month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the
    fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were
    opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In
    the selfsame day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons
    of Noah, and Noah’s wife, and the three wives of his sons with them,
    into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle
    after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth
    after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort.
    And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and two of all flesh,
    wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and
    female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in.

    “And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased,
    and bare up the ark, and it was lifted up above the earth. And the
    waters prevailed, and were increased greatly upon the earth; and the ark
    went Upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly
    upon the earth; and all the high bills, that were under the whole
    heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and
    the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the
    earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping
    thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man: all in whose nostrils
    was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every
    living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground,
    both man, and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the
    heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth: and Noah only remained
    alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed
    upon the earth a hundred and fifty days.

    “And God remembered Noah, and every living thing, and all the cattle
    that was with him in the ark: and God made a wind to pass over the
    earth, and the waters assuaged. The fountains also of the deep and the
    windows of heaven were stopped, and the rain from heaven was restrained.
    And the waters returned from off the earth continually: and after the
    end of the hundred and fifty days the waters were abated. And the ark
    rested in the seventh mouth, on the seventeenth day of the month, upon
    the mountains of Ararat. And the waters decreased continually until the
    tenth month: in the tenth month, on the first day of the mouth, were the
    tops of the mountains seen.

    “And it came to pass at the end of forty days, that Noah opened the
    window of the ark which he had made: and he sent forth a raven, which
    went forth to and fro, until the waters were dried up from off the
    earth. Also he sent forth a dove from him, to see if the waters were
    abated from off the face of the ground. But the dove found no rest for
    the sole of her foot, and she returned unto him into the ark; for the
    waters were on the face of the whole earth. Then he put forth his hand,
    and took her, and pulled her in unto him into the ark. And he stayed yet
    other seven days; and again he sent forth the dove out of the ark. And
    the dove came in to him in the evening, and, lo, in her mouth was an
    olive leaf plucked off: so Noah knew that the waters were abated from
    off the earth. And he stayed yet other seven days, and sent forth the
    dove, which returned not again unto him any more.

    “And it came to pass in the six hundredth and first year, in the first
    month, the first day of the month, the waters were dried up from off the
    earth: and Noah removed the covering of the ark, and looked, and,
    behold, the face of the ground was dry. And in the second month, on the
    seven and twentieth day of the month, was the earth dried.

    “And God spake unto Noah, saying, Go forth of the ark, thou, and thy
    wife, and thy sons, and thy sons’ wives with thee. Bring forth with thee
    every living thing that is with thee, of all flesh, both of fowl and of
    cattle, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth; that
    they may breed abundantly in the earth, and be fruitful, and multiply
    upon the earth.

    “And Noah went forth, and his sons, and his wife, and his sons’ wives with him: every beast, every creeping thing, and every fowl, and whatsoever creepeth upon the earth, after their kinds, went forth out of the ark.

    “And Noah builded an altar unto the Lord; and took of every clean beast,
    and of every clean fowl, and offered burnt offerings on the altar. And
    the Lord smelled a sweet savour; and the Lord said in his heart, I will
    not again curse the ground any more for man’s sake; for the imagination
    of man’s heart is evil from his youth: neither will I again smite any
    more every thing living, as I have done. While the earth remaineth,
    seedtime and harvest, and cold and heat, and summer and winter, and day
    and night shall not cease.”

    Let us briefly consider this record.

    It shows, taken in connection with the opening chapters of Genesis:

    1. That the land destroyed by water was the country in which the civilization of the human race originated. Adam was at first naked (Gen., chap. iii., 7); then he clothed himself in leaves; then in the skins of animals (chap. iii., 21): be was the first that tilled the earth, having emerged from a more primitive condition in which be lived upon the fruits of the forest (chap. ii., 16); his son Abel was the first of those that kept flocks of sheep (chap. iv., 2); his son Cain was the builder of the first city (chap. iv., 17); his descendant, Tubal-cain, was the first metallurgist (chap. iv., 22); Jabal was the first that erected tents and kept cattle (chap. iv., 20); Jubal was the first that made musical instruments. We have here the successive steps by which a savage race advances to civilization. We will see hereafter that the Atlanteans passed through precisely similar stages of development.

    2. The Bible agrees with Plato in the statement that these Antediluvians had reached great populousness and wickedness, and that it was on account of their wickedness God resolved to destroy them.

    3. In both cases the inhabitants of the doomed land were destroyed in a great catastrophe by the agency of water; they were drowned.

    4. The Bible tells us that in an earlier age, before their destruction, mankind had dwelt in a happy, peaceful, sinless condition in a Garden of Eden. Plato tells us the same thing of the earlier ages of the Atlanteans.

    p. 73

    5. In both the Bible history and Plato’s story the destruction of the people was largely caused by the intermarriage of the superior or divine race, “the sons of God,” with an inferior stock, “the children of men,” whereby they were degraded and rendered wicked.

    We will see hereafter that the Hebrews and their Flood legend are closely connected with the Ph?nicians, whose connection with Atlantis is established in many ways.

    It is now conceded by scholars that the genealogical table given in tho Bible (Gen., chap. x.) is not intended to include the true negro races, or the Chinese, the Japanese, the Finns or Lapps, the Australians, or the American red men. It refers altogether to the Mediterranean races, the Aryans, the Cushites, the Ph?nicians, the Hebrews, and the Egyptians. “The sons of Ham” were not true negroes, but the dark-brown races. (See Winchell’s “Preadamites,” chap. vii.)

    If these races (the Chinese, Australians, Americans, etc.) are not descended from Noah they could not have been included in the Deluge. If neither China, Japan, America, Northern Europe, nor Australia were depopulated by the Deluge, the Deluge could not have been universal. But as it is alleged that it did destroy a country, and drowned all the people thereof except Noah and his family, the country so destroyed could not have been Europe, Asia, Africa, America, or Australia, for there has been no universal destruction of the people of those regions; or, if there had been, how can we account for the existence to-day of people on all of those continents whose descent Genesis does not trace back to Noah, and, in fact, about whom the writer of Genesis seems to have known nothing?

    We are thus driven to one of two alternative conclusions: either the Deluge record of the Bible is altogether fabulous, or it relates to some land other than Europe, Asia, Africa, or Australia, some land that was destroyed by water. It is not fabulous; and the land it refers to is not Europe, Asia, Africa,

    p. 74

    or Australia–but Atlantis. No other land is known to history or tradition that was overthrown in a great catastrophe by the agency of water; that was civilized, populous, powerful, and given over to wickedness.

    That high and orthodox authority, François Lenormant, says (“Ancient Hist. of the East,” vol. i., p. 64), “The descendants of Shem, Ham, and Japhet, so admirably catalogued by Moses, include one only of the races of humanity, the white race, whose three chief divisions he gives us as now recognized by anthropologists. The other three races–yellow, black, and red–have no place in the Bible list of nations sprung from Noah.” As, therefore, the Deluge of the Bible destroyed only the land and people of Noah, it could not have been universal. The religious world does not pretend to fix the location of the Garden of Eden. The Rev. George Leo Haydock says, “The precise situation cannot be ascertained; bow great might be its extent we do not know;” and we will see hereafter that the unwritten traditions of the Church pointed to a region in the west, beyond the ocean which bounds Europe in that direction, as the locality in which “mankind dwelt before the Deluge.”

    It will be more and more evident) as we proceed in the consideration. of the Flood legends of other nations, that the Antediluvian World was none other than Atlantis,


    CHAPTER III.

    THE DELUGE OF THE CHALDEANS.


    WE have two versions of the Chaldean story–unequally developed, indeed, but exhibiting a remarkable agreement. The one most anciently known, and also the shorter, is that which Berosus took from the sacred books of Babylon, and introduced into the history that he wrote for the use of the Greeks. After speaking of the last nine antediluvian kings, the Chaldean priest continues thus.

    “Obartès Elbaratutu being dead, his son Xisuthros (Khasisatra) reigned eighteen sares (64,800 years). It was under him that the Great Deluge took place, the history of which is told in the sacred documents as follows: Cronos (Ea) appeared to him in his sleep, and announced that on the fifteenth of the month of Daisios (the Assyrian month Sivan–a little before the summer solstice) all men should perish by a flood. He therefore commanded him to take the beginning, the middle, and the end of whatever was consigned to writing, and to bury it in the City of the Sun, at Sippara; then to build a vessel, and to enter it with his family and dearest friends; to place in this vessel provisions to eat and drink, and to cause animals, birds, and quadrupeds to enter it; lastly, to prepare everything, for navigation. And when Xisuthros inquired in what direction he should steer his bark, be was answered, ‘toward the gods,’ and enjoined to pray that good might come of it for men.

    “Xisuthros obeyed, and constructed a vessel five stadia long and five broad; he collected all that had been prescribed to him, and embarked his wife, his children, and his intimate friends.

    “The Deluge having come, and soon going down, Xisuthros

    p. 76

    loosed some of the birds. These, finding no food nor place to alight on, returned to the ship. A few days later Xisuthros again let them free, but they returned again to the vessel, their feet fall of mud. Finally, loosed the third time, the birds came no more back. Then Xisuthros understood that the earth was bare. He made an opening in the roof of the ship, and saw that it had grounded on the top of a mountain. He then descended with his wife, his daughter, and his pilot, who worshipped the earth, raised an altar, and there sacrificed to the gods; at the same moment he vanished with those who accompanied him.

    “Meanwhile those who had remained in the vessel, not seeing Xisutbros return, descended too, and began to seek him, calling him by his name. They saw Xisuthros no more; but a voice from heaven was heard commanding them piety toward the gods; that he, indeed, was receiving the reward of his piety in being carried away to dwell thenceforth in the midst of the gods, and that his wife, his daughter, and the pilot of the ship shared the same honor. The voice further said that they were to return to Babylon, and, conformably to the decrees of fate, disinter the writings buried at Sippara in order to transmit them to men. It added that the country in which they found themselves was Armenia. These, then, having heard the voice, sacrificed to the gods and returned on foot to Babylon. Of the vessel of Xisuthros, which had finally landed in Armenia, a portion is still to be found in the Gordyan Mountains in Armenia, and pilgrims bring thence asphalte that they have scraped from its fragments. It is used to keep off the influence of witchcraft. As to the companions of Xisuthros, they came to Babylon, disinterred the writings left at Sippara, founded numerous cities, built temples, and restored Babylon.”

    “By the side of this version,” says Lenormant, “which, interesting though it be, is, after all, second-hand, we are now able to place an original Chaldeo-Babylonian edition, which the lamented George Smith was the first to decipher on the cuneiform tablets exhumed at Nineveh, and now in the British Museum. Here the narrative of the Deluge appears as an episode in the eleventh tablet, or eleventh chant of the great

    p. 77

    epic of the town of Uruk. The hero of this poem, a kind of Hercules, whose name has not as yet been made out with certainty, being attacked by disease (a kind of leprosy), goes, with a view to its cure, to consult the patriarch saved from the Deluge, Khasisatra, in the distant land to which the gods have transported him, there to enjoy eternal felicity. He asks Khasisatra to reveal the secret of the events which led to his obtaining the privilege of immortality, and thus the patriarch is induced to relate the cataclysm.

    “By a comparison of the three copies of the poem that the library of the palace of Nineveh contained, it has been possible to restore the narrative with hardly any breaks. These three copies were, by order of the King of Assyria, Asshurbanabal, made in the eighth century B.C., from a very ancient specimen in the sacerdotal library of the town of Uruk, founded by the monarchs of the first Chaldean empire. It is difficult precisely to fix the date of the original, copied by Assyrian scribes, but it certainly goes back to the ancient empire, seventeen centuries at least before our era, and even probably beyond; it was therefore much anterior to Moses, and nearly contemporaneous with Abraham. The variations presented by the three existing copies prove that the original was in the primitive mode of writing called the hieratic, a character which must have already become difficult to decipher in the eighth century B.C., as the copyists have differed as to the interpretation to be given to certain signs, and in other cases have simply reproduced exactly the forms of such as they did not understand. Finally, it results from a comparison of these variations, that the original, transcribed by order of Asshurbanabal, must itself have been a copy of some still more ancient manuscript, it, which the original text had already received interlinear comments. Some of the copyists have introduced these into their text, others have omitted them. With these preliminary observations, I proceed to give integrally the narrative ascribed ill the poem to Khasisatra:

    p. 78

    “‘I will reveal to thee, O Izdhubar, the history of my preservation-and tell to thee the decision of the gods.

    “‘The town of Shurippak, a town which thou knowest, is situated on the Euphrates–it was ancient, and in it [men did not honor] the gods. [I alone, I was] their servant, to the great gods–[The gods took counsel on the appeal of] Ann–[a deluge was proposed by] Bel–[and approved by Nabon, Nergal and] Adar.

    “‘And the god [Ea], the immutable lord, repeated this command in a dream.–I listened to the decree of fate that he announced, and he said to me:–” Man of Shurippak, son of Ubaratutu–thou, build a vessel and finish it [quickly].–[By a deluge] I will destroy substance and life.–Cause thou to go up into the vessel the substance of all that has life.–The vessel thou shall build-600 cubits shall be the measure of its length–and 60 cubits the amount of its breadth and of its height. [Launch if] thus on the ocean, and cover it with a roof.”–I understood, and I said to Ea, my lord:–“The vessel] that thou commandest me to build thus–[when] I shall do it,–young and old [shall laugh at me.]”–[Ea opened his mouth and] spoke.–He said to me, his servant:–“[If they laugh at thee] thou shalt say to them:–[shall be punished] he who has insulted me, [for the protection of the gods] is over me.– . . . like to caverns . . . — . . . I will exercise my judgment on that which is on high and that which is below . . . .–. . . Close the vessel . . . — . . . At a given moment that I shall cause thee to know,–enter into it, and draw the door of the ship toward thee.–Within it, thy grains, thy furniture, thy provisions, thy riches, thy men-servants, and thy maid-servants, and thy young people–the cattle of the field, and the wild beasts of the plain that I will assemble-and that I will send thee, shall be kept behind thy door.”–Khasisatra opened his mouth and spoke;–he said to Ea, his lord:–“No one has made [such a] ship.–On the prow I will fix . . . –I shall see . . . and the vessel . . . –the vessel thou commandest me to build [thus]which in . . .”

    “‘On the fifth day [the two sides of the bark] were raised.–In its covering fourteen in all were its rafters–fourteen in all did it count above.–I placed its roof, and I covered it.–I embarked in it on the sixth day; I divided its floors on the seventh;–I divided the interior compartments on the eighth.

    p. 79

    [paragraph continues]I stopped up the chinks through which the water entered in;–I visited the chinks, and added what was wanting.–I poured on the exterior three times 3600 measures of asphalte,–and three times 3600 measures of asphalte within.–Three times 3600 men, porters, brought on their heads the chests of provisions.–I kept 3600 chests for the nourishment of my family,–and the mariners divided among themselves twice 3600 chests.–For [provisioning] I had oxen slain;–I instituted [rations] for each day.–In anticipation of the need of] drinks, of barrels, and of wine–[I collected in quantity] like to the waters of a river, [of provisions] in quantity like to the dust of the earth.-[To arrange them in] the chests I set my hand to.–. . . of the sun . . . the vessel was completed.– . . . strong and–I had carried above and below the furniture of the ship.–[This lading filled the two-thirds.]

    ‘All that I possessed I gathered together; all I possessed of silver I gathered together; all that I possessed of gold I gathered–all that I possessed of the substance of life of every kind I gathered together.–I made all ascend into the vessel; my servants, male and female,–the cattle of the fields, the wild beasts of the plains, and the sons of the people, I made them all ascend.

    “‘Shamash (the sun) made the moment determined, and he announced it in these terms:–“In the evening I will cause it to rain abundantly from heaven; enter into the vessel and close the door.”–The fixed Moment had arrived, which he announced in these terms:–“In the evening I will cause it to rain abundantly from heaven.”–When the evening of that day arrived, I was afraid,–I entered into the vessel and shut my door.–In shutting the vessel, to Buzur-shadi-rabi, the pilot,–I confided this dwelling, with all that it contained.

    “‘Mu-sheri-ina-namari–rose from the foundations of heaven in a black cloud;–Ramman thundered in the midst of the cloud,–and Nabon and Sharru marched before;–they marched, devastating the mountain and the plain;–Nergal the powerful dragged chastisements after him;–Adar advanced, overthrowing;–before him;–the archangels of the abyss brought destruction,–in their terrors they agitated the earth.–The inundation of Ramman swelled up to the sky,–and [the earth] became without lustre, was changed into a desert.

    ‘They broke . . . of the surface of the earth like . . .;–

    p. 80

    [paragraph continues][they destroyed] the living beings of the surface of the earth.–The terrible [Deluge] on men swelled up to [heaven].The brother no longer saw his brother; men no longer knew each other. In heaven–the gods became afraid of the water-spout, and–sought a refuge; they mounted up to the heaven of Anu.–The gods were stretched out motionless, pressing one against another like dogs.–Ishtar wailed like a child, the great goddess pronounced her discourse:–“Here is humanity returned into mud, and–this is the misfortune that I have announced in the presence of the gods.–So I announced the misfortune in the presence of the gods,–for the evil I announced the terrible [chastisement] of men who are mine.–I am the mother who gave birth to men, and–like to the race of fishes, there they are filling the sea;–and the gods, by reason of that–which the archangels of the abyss are doing, weep with me.”–The gods on their seats were seated in tears,–and they held their lips closed, [revolving] future things.

    “‘Six days and as many nights passed; the wind, the water-spout, and the diluvian rain were in all their strength. At the approach of the seventh day the diluvian rain grew weaker, the terrible water-spout-which had assailed after the fashion of an earthquake–grew calm, the sea inclined to dry up, and the wind and the water-spout came to an end. I looked at the sea, attentively observing–and the whole of humanity had returned to mud; like unto sea-weeds the corpses floated. I opened the window, and the light smote on my face. I was seized with sadness; I sat down and I wept;-and my tears came over my face.

    “‘I looked at the regions bounding the sea: toward the twelve points of the horizon; not any continent.–The vessel was borne above the land of Nizir,–the mountain of Nizir arrested the vessel, and did not permit it to pass over.–A day and a second day the mountain of Nizir arrested the vessel, and did not permit it to pass over;–the third and fourth day the mountain of Nizir arrested the vessel, and did not permit it to pass over;–the fifth and sixth day the mountain of Nizir arrested the vessel, and did not permit it to pass over. At the approach of the seventh day, I sent out and loosed a dove. The dove went, turned, and–found no place to light on, and it came back. I sent out and loosed a swallow; the swallow went, turned, and–found no place to light on, and it came

    p. 81

    back. I sent out and loosed a raven; the raven went and saw the corpses on the waters; it ate, rested, turned, and came not back.

    “‘1 then sent out (what was in the vessel) toward the four winds, and I offered a sacrifice. I raised the pile of my burnt-offering on the peak of the mountain; seven by seven I disposed the measured vases,–and beneath I spread rushes, cedar, and juniper-wood. The gods were seized with the desire of it–the gods were seized with a benevolent desire of it;–and the gods assembled like flies above the master of the sacrifice. From afar, in approaching, the great goddess raised the great zones that Anu has made for their glory (the gods). These gods, luminous crystal before me, I will never leave them; in that day I prayed that I might never leave them. “Let the gods come to my sacrificial pile!–but never may Bel come to my sacrificial pile! for he did not master himself, and he has made the water-spout for the Deluge, and he has numbered my men for the pit.”

    “‘From far, in drawing near, Bel–saw the vessel, and Bel stopped;–he was filled with anger against the gods and the celestial archangels:–

    “‘”No one shall come out alive! No man shall be preserved from the abyss!”–Adar opened his mouth and said; he said to the warrior Bel:–“What other than Ea should have formed this resolution?–for Ea possesses knowledge, and [he foresees] all.”–Ea opened his mouth and spake; he said to the warrior Bel:–“O thou, herald of the gods, warrior,–as thou didst not master thyself, thou hast made the water-spout of the Deluge.–Let the sinner carry the weight of his sins, the blasphemer the weight of his blasphemy.–Please thyself with this good pleasure, and it shall never be infringed; faith in it never [shall be violated].–Instead of thy making a new deluge, let lions appear and reduce the number of men;–instead of thy making a new deluge, let hyenas appear and reduce the number of men;–instead of thy making a new deluge, let there be famine, and let the earth be [devastated];–instead of thy making a new deluge, let Dibbara appear, and let men be [mown down]. I have not revealed the decision of the great gods;–it is Khasisatra who interpreted a dream and comprehended what the gods had decided.”

    “‘Then, when his resolve was arrested, Bel entered into the

    p. 82

    vessel.–He took my hand and made me rise.–He made my wife rise, and made her place herself at my side-.-He turned around us and stopped short; he approached our group.–“Until now Khasisatra has made part of perishable humanity;–but lo, now Khasisatra and his wife are going to be carried away to live like the gods,–and Khasisatra will reside afar at the mouth of the rivers.”–They carried me away, and established me in a remote place at the mouth of the streams.’

    “This narrative,” says Lenormant, “follows with great exactness the same course as that, or, rather, as those of Genesis; and the analogies are, on both sides, striking.”

    When we consider these two forms of the same legend, we see many points wherein the story points directly to Atlantis.

    1. In the first place, Berosus tells us that the god who gave warning of the coming of the Deluge was Chronos. Chronos, it is well known, was the same as Saturn. Saturn was an ancient king of Italy, who, far anterior to the founding of Rome, introduced civilization from some other country to the Italians. He established industry and social order, filled the land with plenty, and created the golden age of Italy. He was suddenly removed to the abodes of the gods. His name is connected, in the mythological legends, with “a great Saturnian continent” in the Atlantic Ocean, and a great kingdom which, in the remote ages, embraced Northern Africa and the European coast of the Mediterranean as far as the peninsula of Italy, and “certain islands in the sea;” agreeing, in this respect, with the story of Plato as to the dominions of Atlantis. The Romans called the Atlantic Ocean “Chronium Mare,” the Sea of Chronos, thus identifying Chronos with that ocean. The pillars of Hercules were also called by the ancients “the pillars of Chronos.”

    Here, then, we have convincing testimony that the country referred to in the Chaldean legends was the land of Chronos, or Saturn–the ocean world, the dominion of Atlantis.

    2. Hea or Ea, the god of the Nineveh tablets, was a fish-god:

    p. 83

    he was represented in the Chaldean monuments as half man and half fish; he was described as the god, not of the rivers and seas, but of “the abyss”–to wit, the ocean. He it was who was said to have brought civilization and letters to the ancestors of the Assyrians. He clearly represented an ancient, maritime, civilized nation; he came from the ocean, and was associated with some land and people that had been destroyed by rain and inundations. The fact that the scene of the Deluge is located on the Euphrates proves nothing, for we will see hereafter that almost every nation had its especial mountain on which, according to its traditions, the ark rested; just as every Greek tribe had its own particular mountain of Olympos. The god Bel of the legend was the Baal of the Ph?nicians, who, as we shall show, were of Atlantean origin. Bel, or Baal, was worshipped on the western and northern coasts of Europe, and gave his name to the Baltic, the Great and Little Belt, Balesbaugen, Balestranden, etc.; and to many localities, in the British Islands, as, for instance, Belan and the Baal hills in Yorkshire.

    3. In those respects wherein the Chaldean legend, evidently the older form of the tradition, differs from the Biblical record, we see that in each instance we approach nearer to Atlantis. The account given in Genesis is the form of the tradition that would be natural to an inland people. Although there is an allusion to “the breaking up of the fountains of the great deep” (about which I shall speak more fully hereafter), the principal destruction seems to have been accomplished by rain; hence the greater period allowed for the Deluge, to give time enough for the rain to fall, and subsequently drain off from the land. A people dwelling in the midst of a continent could not conceive the possibility of a whole world sinking beneath the sea; they therefore supposed the destruction to have been, caused by a continuous down-pour of rain for forty days and forty nights.

    In the Chaldean legend, on the contrary, the rain lasted but

    p. 84

    seven days; and we see that the writer had a glimpse of the fact that the destruction occurred in the midst of or near the sea. The ark of Genesis (têbâh) was simply a chest, a coffer, a big box, such as might be imagined by an inland people. The ark of the Chaldeans was a veritable ship; it had a prow, a helm, and a pilot, and men to manage it; and it navigated “the sea.”

    4. The Chaldean legend represents not a mere rain-storm, but a tremendous cataclysm. There was rain, it is true, but there was also thunder, lightning, earthquakes, wind, a water-spout, and a devastation of mountain and land by the war of the elements. All the dreadful forces of nature were fighting together over the doomed land: “the archangel of the abyss brought destruction,” “the water rose to the sky,” “the brother no longer saw his brother; men no longer knew each other;” the men “filled the sea like fishes;” the sea was filled with mud, and “the corpses floated like sea-weed.” When the storm abated the land had totally disappeared-there was no longer “any continent.” Does not all this accord with “that dreadful day and night” described by Plato?

    5. In the original it appears that Izdhubar, when he started to find the deified Khasisatra, travelled first, for nine days’ journey, to the sea; then secured the services of a boatman, and, entering a ship, sailed for fifteen days before finding the Chaldean Noah. This would show that Khasisatra dwelt in a far country, one only attainable by crossing the water; and this, too, seems like a reminiscence of the real site of Atlantis. The sea which a sailing-vessel required fifteen days to cross must have been a very large body of water; in fact, an ocean.


    CHAPTER IV.

    THE DELUGE LEGENDS OF OTHER NATIONS.


    A COLLECTION of the Deluge legends of other nations will throw light upon the Biblical and Chaldean records of that great event.

    The author of the treatise “On the Syrian Goddess” acquaints us with the diluvian tradition of the Arameans, directly derived from that of Chaldea, as it was narrated in the celebrated Sanctuary of Hierapolis, or Bambyce.

    “The generality of people,” be says, “tells us that the founder of the temple was Deucalion Sisythes–that Deucalion in whose time the great inundation occurred. I have also heard the account given by the Greeks themselves of Deucalion; the myth runs thus: The actual race of men is not the first, for there was a previous one, all the members of which perished. We belong to a second race, descended from Deucalion, and multiplied in the course of time. As to the former men, they are said to have been full of insolence and pride, committing many crimes, disregarding their oath, neglecting the rights of hospitality, unsparing to suppliants; accordingly, they were punished by an immense disaster. All on a sudden enormous volumes of water issued from the earth, and rains of extraordinary abundance began to fall; the rivers left their beds, and the sea overflowed its shores; the whole earth was covered with water, and all men perished. Deucalion alone, because of his virtue and piety, was preserved alive to give birth to a new race. This is how he was saved: He placed himself, his children, and his wives in a great coffer that he had, in which pigs, horses, lions, serpents, and all other terrestrial animals came to seek refuge with him. He received them all; and while they

    p. 86

    were in the coffer Zeus inspired them with reciprocal amity, which prevented their devouring one another. In this manner, shut up within one single coffer, they floated as long as the waters remained in force. Such is the account given by the Greeks of Deucalion.

    “But to this, which they equally tell, the people of Hierapolis add a marvellous narrative: That in their country a great chasm opened, into which all the waters of the Deluge poured. Then Deucalion raised an altar, and dedicated a temple to Hera (Atargatis) close to this very chasm. I have seen it; it is very narrow, and situated under the temple. Whether it was once large, and has now shrunk, I do not know; but I have seen it, and it is quite small. In memory of the event the following is the rite accomplished: Twice a year sea-water is brought to the temple. This is not only done by the priests, but numerous pilgrims come from the whole of Syria and Arabia, and even from beyond the Euphrates, bringing water. It is poured out in the temple and goes into the cleft, which, narrow as it is, swallows up a considerable quantity. This is said to be in virtue of a religious law instituted by Deucalion to preserve the memory of the catastrophe, and of the benefits that he received from the gods. Such is the ancient tradition of the temple.”

    “It appears to me difficult,” says Lenormant, “not to recognize an echo of fables popular in all Semitic countries about this chasm of Hierapolis, and the part it played in the Deluge, in the enigmatic expressions of the Koran respecting the oven (tannur) which began to bubble and disgorge water all around at the commencement of the Deluge. We know that this tannur has been the occasion of most grotesque imaginings of Mussulman commentators, who had lost the tradition of the story to which Mohammed made allusion. And, moreover, the Koran formally states that the waters of the Deluge were absorbed in the bosom of the earth.”

    Here the Xisuthros of Berosus becomes Deucalion-Sisythes. The animals are not collected together by Deucalion, as in the case of Noah and Khasisatra, but they crowded into the vessel of their own accord, driven by the terror with which the storm

    p. 87

    had inspired them; as in great calamities the creatures of the forest have been known to seek refuge in the houses of men.

    India affords us art account of the Deluge which, by its poverty, strikingly contrasts with that of the Bible and the Chaldeans. Its most simple and ancient form is found in the Çatapatha Brâhmana of the Rig-Veda. It has been translated for the first time by Max Müller.

    “One morning water for washing was brought to Manu, and when he had washed himself a fish remained in his hands, and it addressed these words to him: ‘Protect me, and I will save thee.’ ‘From what wilt thou save me?’ ‘A deluge will sweep all creatures away; it is from that I will save thee.’ ‘How shall I protect thee?’ The fish replied, ‘While we are small we run great dangers, for fish swallow fish. Keep me at first in a vase; when I become too large for it, dig a basin to put me into. When I shall have grown still more, throw me into the ocean; then I shall be preserved from destruction.’ Soon it grew a large fish. It said to Manu, ‘The very year I shall have reached my full growth the Deluge will happen. Then build a vessel and worship me. When the waters rise, enter the vessel, and I will save thee.’

    “After keeping him thus, Manu carried the fish to the sea. In the year indicated Manu built a vessel and worshipped the fish. And when the Deluge came he entered the vessel. Then the fish came swimming up to him, and Manu fastened the cable of the ship to the horn of the fish, by which means the latter made it pass over the Mountain of the North. The fish said, ‘I have saved thee; fasten the vessel to a tree, that the water may not sweep it away while thou art on the mountain; and in proportion as the waters decrease thou shalt descend.’ Manu descended with the waters, and this is what is called the descent of Manu on the Mountain of the North. The Deluge had carried away all creatures, and Manu remained alone.”

    There is another form of the Hindoo legend in the Purânas. Lenormant says:

    “We must also ‘remark that in the Purânas it is no longer Manu Vaivasata that the divine fish saves from the Deluge, but a different personage, the King of the Dâstas–i. e., fishers

    p. 88

    [paragraph continues]–Satyravata,’ the man who loves justice and truth,’ strikingly corresponding to the Chaldean Khasisatra. Nor is the Puranic version of the Legend of the Deluge to be despised, though it be of recent date, and full of fantastic and often puerile details. In certain aspects it is less Aryanized than that of Brâhmana or than the Mahâbhârata; and, above all, it gives some circumstances omitted in these earlier versions, which must yet have belonged to the original foundation, since they appear in the Babylonian legend; a circumstance preserved, no doubt, by the oral tradition–popular, and not Brahmanic–with which the Purânas are so deeply imbued. This has already been observed by Pictet, who lays due stress on the following passage of the Bhâgavata-Purâna: ‘In seven days,’ said Vishnu to Satyravata, ‘the three worlds shall be submerged.’ There is nothing like this in the Brâhmana nor the Mahâbhârata, but in Genesis the Lord says to Noah, ‘Yet seven days and I will cause it to rain upon the earth;’ and a little farther we read, ‘After seven days the waters of the flood were upon the earth.’. . . Nor must we pay less attention to the directions given by the fish-god to Satyravata for the placing of the sacred Scriptures in a safe place, in order to preserve them from Hayagriva, a marine horse dwelling in the abyss. . . . We recognize in it, under an Indian garb, the very tradition of the interment of the sacred writings at Sippara by Khasisatra, such as we have seen it in the fragment of Berosus.”

    The references to “the three worlds” and the “fish-god” in these legends point to Atlantis. The “three worlds” probably refers to the great empire of Atlantis, described by Plato, to wit, the western continent, America, the eastern continent, Europe and Africa, considered as one, and the island of Atlantis. As we have seen, Poseidon, the founder of the civilization of Atlantis, is identical with Neptune, who is always represented riding a dolphin, bearing a trident, or three-pronged symbol, in his hand, emblematical probably of the triple kingdom. He is thus a sea-god, or fish-god, and be comes to save the representative of his country.

    And we have also a new and singular form of the legend in the following. Lenormant says:

    p. 89

    “Among the Iranians, in the sacred books containing the fundamental Zoroastrian doctrines, and dating very far back, we meet with a tradition which must assuredly be looked upon as a variety of that of the Deluge, though possessing a special character, and diverging in some essential particulars from those we have been examining. It relates how Yima, who, in the original and primitive conception, was the father of the human race, was warned by Ahuramazda, the good deity, of the earth being about to be devastated by a flood. The god ordered Yima to construct a refuge, a square garden, vara, protected by an enclosure, and to cause the germs of men, beasts, and plants to enter it, in order to escape annihilation. Accordingly, when the inundation occurred, the garden of Yima, with all that it contained, was alone spared, and the message of safety was brought thither by the bird Karshipta, the envoy of Ahuramazda.” (“Vendûdid,” vol. ii., p. 46.)

    This clearly signifies that, prior to the destruction of Atlantis, a colony had been sent out to some neighboring country. These emigrants built a walled town, and brought to it the grains and domestic animals of the mother country; and when the island of Atlantis sunk in the ocean, a messenger brought the terrible tidings to them in a ship.

    “The Greeks had two principal legends as to the cataclysm by which primitive humanity was destroyed. The first was connected with the name of Ogyges, the most ancient of the kings of B?otia or Attica–a quite mythical personage, lost in the night of ages, his very name seemingly derived from one signifying deluge in Aryan idioms, in Sanscrit Angha. It is said that in his time the whole land was covered by a flood, whose waters reached the sky, and from which he, together with some companions, escaped in a vessel.

    “The second tradition is the Thessalian legend of Deucalion. Zeus having worked to destroy the men of the age of bronze, with whose crimes be was wroth, Deucalion, by the advice of Prometheus, his father, constructed a coffer, in which he took refuge with his wife, Pyrrha. The Deluge came; the chest, or coffer, floated at the mercy of the waves for nine days and nine nights, and was finally stranded on Mount Parnassus. Deucalion and Pyrrha leave it, offer sacrifice, and,

    p. 90

    according to the command of Zeus, repeople the world by throwing behind them ‘the bones of the earth’–namely, stones, which change into men. This Deluge of Deucalion is, in Grecian tradition, what most resembles a universal deluge. Many authors affirm that it extended to the whole earth, and that the whole human race perished. At Athens, in memory of the event, and to appease the manes of its victims, a ceremony called Hydrophoria was observed, having so close a resemblance to that in use at Hierapolis, in Syria, that we can hardly fail to look upon it as a Syro-Ph?nician importation, and the result of an assimilation established in remote antiquity between the Deluge of Deucalion and that of Khasisatra, as described by the author of the treatise ‘On the Syrian Goddess.’ Close to the temple of the Olympian Zeus a fissure in the soil was shown, in length but one cubit, through which it was said the waters of the Deluge had been swallowed tip. Thus,, every year, on the third day of the festival of the Anthestéria, a day of mourning consecrated to the dead–that is, on the thirteenth of the month of Anthestérion, toward the beginning of March–it was customary, as at Bambyce, to pour water into the fissure, together with flour mixed with honey, poured also into the trench dug to the west of the tomb, in the funeral sacrifices of the Athenians.”

    In this legend, also, there are passages which point to Atlantis. We will see hereafter that the Greek god Zeus was one of the kings of Atlantis. “The men of the age of bronze” indicates the civilization of the doomed people; they were the great metallurgists of their day, who, as we will see, were probably the source of the great number of implements and weapons of bronze found all over Europe. Here, also, while no length of time is assigned to the duration of the storm, we find that the ark floated but nine days and nights. Noah was one year and ten days in the ark, Khasisatra was not half that time, while Deucalion was afloat only nine days.

    At Megara, in Greece, it was the eponym of the city, Megaros, son of Zeus and one of the nymphs, Sithnides, who, warned by the cry of cranes of the imminence of the danger of the coming flood, took refuge on Mount Geranien. Again, there

    p. 91

    was the Thessalian Cerambos, who was said to have escaped the flood by rising into the air on wings given him by the nymphs; and it was Perirrhoos, son of Eolus, that Zeus Naios had preserved at Dodona. For the inhabitants of the Isle of Cos the hero of the Deluge was Merops, son of Hyas, who there assembled under his rule the remnant of humanity preserved with him. The traditions of Rhodes only supposed the Telchines, those of Crete Sasion, to have escaped the cataclysm. In Samothracia the same character was attributed to Saon, said to be the son of Zeus or of Hermes.

    It will be observed that in all these legends the name of Zeus, King of Atlantis, reappears. It would appear probable that many parties had escaped from the catastrophe, and had landed at the different points named in the traditions; or else that colonies had already been established by the Atlanteans at those places. It would appear impossible that a maritime people could be totally destroyed; doubtless many were on shipboard in the harbors, and others going and coming on distant voyages.

    “The invasion of the East,” says Baldwin (‘Prehistoric Nations,’ p. 396), “to which the story of Atlantis refers, seems to have given rise to the Panathenæ, the oldest, greatest, and most splendid festivals in honor of Athena celebrated in Attica. These festivals are said to have been established by Erichthonis in the most ancient times remembered by the historical traditions of Athens. Boeckh says of them, in his ‘Commentary on Plato:’

    “‘In the greater Panathenæ there was carried in procession a peplum of Minerva, representing the war with the giants and the victory of the gods of Olympus. In the lesser Panathenæ they carried another peplum (covered with symbolic devices), which showed how the Athenians, supported by Minerva, had the advantage in the war with the Atlantes.’ A scholia quoted from Proclus by Humboldt and Boeckh says: ‘The historians who speak of the islands of the exterior sea

    p. 92

    tell us that in their time there were seven islands consecrated, to Proserpine, and three others of immense extent, of which the first was consecrated to Pluto, the second to Ammon, and the third to Neptune. The inhabitants of the latter had preserved a recollection (transmitted to them by their ancestors) of the island of Atlantis, which was extremely large, and for a long time held sway over all the islands of the Atlantic Ocean. Atlantis was also consecrated to Neptune.”‘ (See Humboldt’s “Histoire de la Géographie du Nouveau Continent,” vol. i.)

    No one can read these legends and doubt that the Flood watt an historical reality. It is impossible that in two different places in the Old World, remote from each other, religious ceremonies should have been established and perpetuated from age to age in memory of an event which never occurred. We have seen that at Athens and at Hierapolis, in Syria, pilgrims came from a distance to appease the god of the earthquake, by pouring offerings into fissures of the earth said to have been made at the time Atlantis was destroyed.

    More than this, we know from Plato’s history that the Athenians long preserved in their books the memory of a victory won over the Atlanteans in the early ages, and celebrated it by national festivals, with processions and religious ceremonies.

    It is too much to ask us to believe that Biblical history, Chaldean, Iranian, and Greek legends signify nothing, and that even religious pilgrimages and national festivities were based upon a myth.

    I would call attention to the farther fact that in the Deluge legend of the Isle of Cos the hero of the affair was Merops. Now we have seen that, according to Theopompus, one of the names of the people of Atlantis was “Meropes.”

    But we have not reached the end of our Flood legends. The Persian Magi possessed a tradition in which the waters issued from the oven of an old woman. Mohammed borrowed this story, and in the Koran he refers to the Deluge as coming from an oven. “All men were drowned save Noah and his family; and then God said, ‘O earth, swallow up thy waters;

    p. 93

    and thou, O heaven, withhold thy rain;’ and immediately the waters abated.”

    In the bardic poems of Wales we have a tradition of the Deluge which, although recent, under the concise forms of the triads, is still deserving of attention. As usual, the legend is localized in the country, and the Deluge counts among three terrible catastrophes of the island of Prydian, or Britain, the other two consisting of devastation by fire and by drought.

    “The first of these events,” it is said, “was the eruption of Llyn-llion, or ‘the lake of waves,’ and the inundation (bawdd) of the whole country, by which all mankind was drowned with the exception of Dwyfam and Dwyfach, who saved themselves in a vessel without rigging, and it was by them that the island of Prydian was repeopled.”

    Pictet here observes:

    “Although the triads in their actual form hardly date farther than the thirteenth or fourteenth century, some of them are undoubtedly connected with very ancient traditions, and nothing here points to a borrowing from Genesis.

    “But it is not so, perhaps, with another triad, speaking of the vessel Nefyddnaf-Neifion, which at the time of the overflow of Llyon-llion, bore a pair of all living creatures, and rather too much resembles the ark of Noah. The very name of the patriarch may have suggested this triple epithet, obscure as to its meaning, but evidently formed on the principle of Cymric alliteration. In the same triad we have the enigmatic story of the horned oxen (ychain banog) of Hu the mighty, who drew out of Llyon-llion the avanc (beaver or crocodile?), in order that the lake should not overflow. The meaning of these enigmas could only be hoped from deciphering the chaos of barbaric monuments of the Welsh middle age; but meanwhile we cannot doubt that the Cymri possessed an indigenous tradition of the Deluge.”

    We also find a vestige of the same tradition in the Scandinavian Ealda. Here the story is combined with a cosmogonic myth. The three sons of Borr–Othin, Wili, and We–grandsons of Buri, the first man, slay Ymir, the father of the Hrimthursar,

    p. 94

    or ice giants, and his body serves them for the construction of the world. Blood flows from his wounds in such abundance that all the race of giants is drowned in it except Bergelmir, who saves himself, with his wife, in a boat, and reproduces the race.

    In the Edda of S?mund, “The Vala’s Prophecy” (stz. 48-56, p. 9), we seem to catch traditional glimpses of a terrible catastrophe, which reminds us of the Chaldean legend:

    “Then trembles Yggdrasil’s ash yet standing, groans that ancient tree, and the Jötun Loki is loosed. The shadows groan on the ways of Hel (the goddess of death), until the fire of Surt has consumed the treeHyrm steers from the east, the waters rise, the mundane snake is coiled in jötun-rage. The worm beats the water and the eagle screams; the pale of beak tears carcasses; (the ship) Naglfar is loosed. Surt from the south comes with flickering flame; shines from his sword the Valgod’s sun. The stony hills are dashed together, the giantesses totter; men tread the path of Hel, and heaven is cloven. The sun darkens, earth in ocean sinks, fall from heaven the bright stars, fire’s breath assails the all-nourishing, towering fire plays against heaven itself.”

    Egypt does not contain a single allusion to the Flood. Lenormant says:

    “While the tradition of the Deluge holds so considerable a place in the legendary memories of all branches of the Aryan race, the monuments and original texts of Egypt, with their many cosmogonic speculations, have not afforded one, even distant, allusion to this cataclysm. When the Greeks told the Egyptian priests of the Deluge of Deucalion, their reply was that they had been preserved from it as well as from the conflagration produced by Phaëthon; they even added that the Hellenes were childish in attaching so much importance to that event, as there had been several other local catastrophes resembling it. According to a passage in Manetho, much suspected, however, of being an interpolation, Thoth, or Hermes Trismegistus, had himself, before the cataclysm, inscribed on stelæ, in hieroglyphical and sacred language, the principles of all knowledge. After it the second Thoth translated into the

    p. 95

    vulgar tongue the contents of these stelæ. This would be the only Egyptian mention of the Deluge, the same Manetho not speaking of it in what remains to us of his ‘Dynasties,’ his only complete authentic work. The silence of all other myths of the Pharaonic religion on this head render it very likely that the above is merely a foreign tradition, recently introduced, and no doubt of Asiatic and Chaldean origin.”

    To my mind the explanation of this singular omission is very plain. The Egyptians had preserved in their annals the precise history of the destruction of Atlantis, out of which the Flood legends grew; and, as they told the Greeks, there had been no universal flood, but only local catastrophes. Possessing the real history of the local catastrophe which destroyed Atlantis, they did not indulge in any myths about a universal deluge covering the mountain-tops of all the world. They had no Ararat in their neighborhood.

    The traditions of the early Christian ages touching the Deluge pointed to the

    THE WORLD, ACCORDING TO COSMOS
    THE WORLD, ACCORDING TO COSMOS

    quarter of the world in which Atlantis was situated.

    There was a quaint old monk named Cosmos, who, about one thousand years ago, published a book, “Topographia Christiana,” accompanied by a map, in which he gives his view of the world as it was then understood. It was a body surrounded by water, and resting on nothing. “The earth,” says Cosmos, “presses downward, but the igneous parts tend upward,” and between the conflicting forces the earth hangs suspended,, like Mohammed’s coffin in the old story. The accompanying illustration

    p. 96

    (page 95) represents the earth surrounded by the ocean, and beyond this ocean was “the land where men dwelt before the Deluge.”

    He then gives us a more accurate map, in detail, of the known world of his day.

    I copy this map, not to show how much more we know than poor Cosmos, but because be taught that all around this habitable world there was yet another world, adhering closely on all sides to the circumscribing walls of heaven. “Upon the eastern side of this transmarine land he judges man was created; and that there the paradise of gladness was located,

     

    09600
    MAP OF EUROPE, AFTER COSMOS.

     

    such as here on the eastern edge is described, where it received our first parents, driven out of Paradise to that extreme point of land on the sea-shore. Hence, upon the coming of the Deluge, Noah and his sons were borne by the ark to the earth we now inhabit. The four rivers he supposes to be gushing up the spouts of Paradise.” They are depicted on the above map: O is the Mediterranean Sea; P, the Arabian Gulf; L, the Caspian Sea; Q, the Tigris; M, the river Pison; “and J, the land where men dwelt before the Flood.”

    p. 97

    It will be observed that, while he locates Paradise in the east, he places the scene of the Deluge in the west; and he supposes that Noah came from the scene of the Deluge to Europe.

    This shows that the traditions in the time of Cosmos looked to the west as the place of the Deluge, and that after the Deluge Noah came to the shores of the Mediterranean. The fact, too, that there was land in the west beyond the ocean is recognized by Cosmos, and is probably a dim echo from Atlantean times.

    The following rude cut, from Cosmos, represents the high mountain in the north behind which the sun hid himself at night, thus producing the alternations of day and night. His solar majesty is just getting behind the mountain, while Luna looks calmly on at the operation. The mountain is as crooked as Culhuacan, the crooked mountain of Atzlan described by the Aztecs.

     

    09700
    THE MOUNTAIN THE SUN GOES BEHIND AT NIGHT.

    CHAPTER V

    THE DELUGE LEGENDS OF AMERICA.

    “IT is a very remarkable fact,” says Alfred Maury, “that we find in America traditions of the Deluge coming infinitely nearer to that of the Bible and the Chaldean religion than among any people of the Old World. It is difficult to suppose that the emigration that certainly took place from Asia into North America by the Kourile and Aleutian Islands, and still does so in our day, should have brought in these memories, since no trace is found of them among those Mongol or Siberian populations which were fused with the natives of the New World. . . . The attempts that have been made to trace the origin of Mexican civilization to Asia have not as vet led to any sufficiently conclusive facts. Besides, had Buddhism, which we doubt, made its way into America, it could not have introduced a myth not found in its own scriptures. The cause of these similarities between the diluvian traditions of the nations of the New World and that of the Bible remains therefore unexplained.”

    The cause of these similarities can be easily explained: the legends of the Flood did not pass into America by way of the Aleutian Islands, or through the Buddhists of Asia, but were derived from an actual knowledge of Atlantis possessed by the people of America.

    Atlantis and the western continent had from an immemorial age held intercourse with each other: the great nations of America were simply colonies from Atlantis, sharing in its civilization, language, religion, and blood. From Mexico to the peninsula of Yucatan, from the shores of Brazil to the heights of Bolivia and Peru, from the Gulf of Mexico to the head-waters of the Mississippi River, the colonies of Atlantis

    p. 99

    extended; and therefore it is not strange to find, as Alfred Maury says, American traditions of the Deluge coming nearer to that of the Bible and the Chaldean record than those of any people of the Old World.

    “The most important among the American traditions are the Mexican, for they appear to have been definitively fixed by symbolic and mnemonic paintings before any contact with Europeans. According to these documents, the Noah of the Mexican cataclysm was Coxcox, called by certain peoples Teocipactli or Tezpi. He had saved himself, together with his wife Xochiquetzal, in a bark, or, according to other traditions, on a raft made of cypress-wood (Cupressus disticha). Paintings retracing the deluge of Coxcox have been discovered among the Aztecs, Miztecs, Zapotecs, Tlascaltecs, and Mechoacaneses. The tradition of the latter is still more strikingly in conformity with the story as we have it in Genesis, and in Chaldean sources. It tells how Tezpi embarked in a spacious vessel with his wife, his children, and several animals, and grain, whose preservation was essential to the subsistence of the human race. When the great god Tezcatlipoca decreed that the waters should retire, Tezpi sent a vulture from the bark. The bird, feeding on the carcasses with which the earth was laden, did not return. Tezpi sent out other birds, of which the humming-bird only came back with a leafy branch in its beak. Then Tezpi, seeing that the country began to vegetate, left his bark on the mountain of Colhuacan.

    “The document, however, that gives the most valuable information,” says Lenormant, “as to the cosmogony of the Mexicans is one known as ‘Codex Vaticanus,’ from the library where it is preserved. It consists of four symbolic pictures, representing the four ages of the world preceding the actual one. They were copied at Chobula from a manuscript anterior to the conquest, and accompanied by the explanatory commentary of Pedro de los Rios, a Dominican monk, who, in 1566, less than fifty years after the arrival of Cortez, devoted himself to the research of indigenous traditions as being necessary to his missionary work.”

    There were, according to this document, four ages of the world. The first was an age of giants (the great mammalia?)

    p. 100

    who were destroyed by famine; the second age ended in a conflagration; the third age was an age of monkeys.

    “Then comes the fourth age, Atonatiuh, ‘Sun of Water,’ whose number is 10 X 400 + 8, or 4008. It ends by a great inundation, a veritable deluge. All mankind are changed into fish, with the exception of one man and his wife, who save themselves in a bark made of the trunk of a cypress-tree. The picture represents Matlalcueye, goddess of waters, and consort of Tlaloc, god of rain, as darting down toward earth. Coxcox and Xochiquetzal, the two human beings preserved, are seen seated on a tree-trunk and floating in the midst of the waters. This flood is represented as the last cataclysm that devastates the earth.”

    The learned Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg translates from the Aztec language of the “Codex Chimalpopoca” the following Flood legend:

    “This is the sun called Nahui-atl, ‘4 water.’ Now the water was tranquil for forty years, plus twelve, and men lived for the third and fourth times. When the sun Nahui-atl came there had passed away four hundred years, plus two ages, plus seventy-six years. Then all mankind was lost and drowned, and found themselves changed into fish. The sky came nearer the water. In a single day all was lost, and the day Nahui-xochitl, ‘4 flower,’ destroyed all our flesh.

    “And that year was that of cé-calli, ‘1 house,’ and the day Nahui-atl all was lost. Even the mountains sunk into the water, and the water remained tranquil for fifty-two springs.

    “Now at the end of the year the god Titlacahuan had warned Nata and his spouse Nena, saying, ‘Make no more wine of Agave, but begin to hollow out a great cypress, and you will enter into it when in the month Tozontli the water approaches the sky.’

    “Then they entered in, and when the god had closed the door, he said, ‘Thou shalt eat but one ear of maize, and thy wife one also.’

    “But as soon as they had finished they went out, and the water remained calm, for the wood no longer moved, and, on opening it, they began to see fish.

    p. 101

    “Then they lit a fire, by rubbing together pieces of wood, and they roasted fish.

    The gods Citlallinicué and Citlalatonac, instantly looking down said: ‘Divine Lord, what is that fire that is making there? Why do they thus smoke the sky?’ At once Titlacahuan-Tezcatlipoca descended. He began to chide, saying, ‘Who has made this fire here?’ And, seizing hold of the fish, he shaped their loins and heads, and they were transformed into dogs (chichime).”

    Here we note a remarkable approximation to Plato’s account of the destruction of Atlantis. “In one day and one fatal night,” says Plato, “there came mighty earthquakes and inundations that ingulfed that warlike people.” “In a single day all was lost,” says the Aztec legend. And, instead of a rainfall of forty days and forty nights, as represented in the Bible, here we see “in a single day. . . even the mountains sunk into the water;” not only the land on which the people dwelt who were turned into fish, but the very mountains of that land sunk into the water. Does not this describe the fate of Atlantis? In the Chaldean legend “the great goddess Ishtar wailed like a child,” saying, “I am the mother who gave birth to men, and, like to the race of fishes, they are filling the sea.”

    In the account in Genesis, Noah “builded an altar unto the Lord, and took of every clean beast, and of every clean fowl, and offered burnt offerings on the altar. And the Lord smelled a sweet savor; and the Lord said in his heart, ‘I will not again curse the ground any more for man’s sake.’” In the Chaldean legend we are told that Khasisatra also offered a sacrifice, a burnt offering, “and the gods assembled like flies above the master of the sacrifice.” But Bel came in a high state of indignation, just as the Aztec god did, and was about to finish the work of the Deluge, when the great god Ea took ”pity in his heart and interfered to save the remnant of mankind.

    These resemblances cannot be accidental; neither can they be the interpolations of Christian missionaries, for it will be observed the Aztec legends differ from the Bible in points

    p. 102

    where they resemble on the one hand Plato’s record, and on the other the Chaldean legend.

    The name of the hero of the Aztec story, Nata, pronounced with the broad sound of the a, is not far from the name of Noah or Noe. The Deluge of Genesis is a Ph?nician, Semitic, or Hebraic legend, and yet, strange to say, the name of Noah, which occurs in it, bears no appropriate meaning in those tongues, but is derived from Aryan sources; its fundamental root is Na, to which in all the Aryan language is attached the meaning of water–?????, to flow; ????, water; Nympha, Neptunus, water deities. (Lenormant and Chevallier, “Anc. Hist. of the East,” vol. i., p. 15.) We find the root Na repeated in the name of this Central American Noah, Na-ta, and probably in the word “Na-hui-atl”–the age of water.

    But still more striking analogies exist between the Chaldean legend and the story of the Deluge as told in the “Popul Vuh” (the Sacred Book) of the Central Americans:

    “Then the waters were agitated by the will of the Heart of Heaven (Hurakan), and a great inundation came upon the heads of these creatures. . . . They were ingulfed, and a resinous thickness descended from heaven; . . . the face of the earth was obscured, and a heavy darkening rain commenced-rain by day and rain by night. . . . There was beard a great noise above their heads, as if produced by fire. Then were men seen running, pushing each other, filled with despair; they wished to climb upon their houses, and the houses, tumbling down, fell to the ground; they wished to climb upon the trees, and the trees shook them off; they wished to enter into the grottoes (eaves), and the grottoes closed themselves before them. . . . Water and fire contributed to the universal ruin at the time of the last great cataclysm which preceded the fourth creation.”

    Observe the similarities here to the Chaldean legend. There is the same graphic description of a terrible event. The “black cloud” is referred to in both instances; also the dreadful noises. the rising water, the earthquake rocking the trees, overthrowing the houses, and crushing even the mountain caverns;

    p. 103

    [paragraph continues]“the men running and pushing each other, filled with despair,” says the “Popul Vuh;” “the brother no longer saw his brother,” says the Assyrian legend.

    And here I may note that this word hurakan–the spirit of the abyss, the god of storm, the hurricane–is very suggestive, and testifies to an early intercourse between the opposite shores of the Atlantic. We find in Spanish the word huracan; in Portuguese, furacan; in French,ouragan; in German, Danish, and Swedish, orcan–all of them signifying a storm; while in Latin furo, or furio, means to rage. And are not the old Swedish hurra, to be driven along; our own word hurried; the Icelandic word hurra, to be rattled over frozen ground, all derived from the same root from which the god of the abyss, Hurakan, obtained his name? The last thing a people forgets is the name of their god; we retain to this day, in the names of the days of the week, the designations of four Scandinavian gods and one Roman deity.

    It seems to me certain the above are simply two versions of the same event; that while ships from Atlantis carried terrified passengers to tell the story of the dreadful catastrophe to the people of the Mediterranean shores, other ships, flying from the tempest, bore similar awful tidings to the civilized races around the Gulf of Mexico.

    The native Mexican historian, Ixtlilxochitl, gave this as the Toltec legend of the Flood:

    “It is found in the histories of the Toltecs that this age and first world, as they call it, lasted 1716 years; that men were destroyed by tremendous rains and lightning from the sky, and even all the land, without the exception of anything, and the highest mountains, were covered up and submerged in water fifteen cubits (caxtolmolatli); and here they added other fables of how men came to multiply from the few who escaped from this destruction in a “toptlipetlocali;” that this word nearly signifies a close chest; and how, after men had multiplied, they erected a very high “zacuali,” which is to-day a tower of great height, in order to take refuge in it should the

    p. 104

    second world (age) be destroyed. Presently their languages were confused, and, not being able to understand each other, they went to different parts of the earth.

    “The Toltecs, consisting of seven friends, with their wives, who understood the same language, came to these parts, having first passed great land and seas, having lived in caves, and having endured great hardships in order to reach this land; . . . they wandered 104 years through different parts of the world before they reached Hue Hue Tlapalan, which was in Ce Tecpatl, 520 years after the Flood.” (“Ixtlilxochitl Relaciones,” in Kingsborough’s “Mex. Ant.,” vol. ix., pp. 321, 322.)

    It will of course be said that this account, in those particulars where it agrees with the Bible, was derived from the teachings of the Spanish priests; but it must be remembered that Ixtlilxochitl was an Indian, a native of Tezeuco, a son of the queen, and that his “Relaciones” were drawn from the archives of his family and the ancient writings of his nation: he had no motive to falsify documents that were probably in the hands of hundreds at that time.

    Here we see that the depth of the water over the earth, “fifteen cubits,” given in the Toltec legend, is precisely the same as that named in the Bible: “fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail.” (Gen., chap. vii., 20.)

    In the two curious picture-histories of the Aztecs preserved in the Boturini collection, and published by Gamelli Careri

     

     

    10400
    THE STARTING POINT OF THE AZTECS, ACCORDING TO THE GAMELLI CARERI PICUTRED MS.

    10401
    THE STARTING POINT OF THE AZTECS, ACCORDING TO THE BOTURINI PICTURED WRITING.

     

     

    p. 105

    and others, there is a record of their migrations from their original location through various parts of the North American continent until their arrival in Mexico. In both cases their starting-point is an island, from which they pass in a boat; and the island contains in one case a mountain, and in the other a high temple in the midst thereof. These things seem to be reminiscences of their origin in Atlantis.

    In each case we see the crooked mountain of the Aztec legends, the Calhuacan, looking not unlike the bent mountain of the monk, Cosmos.

    In the legends of the Chibchas of Bogota we seem to have distinct reminiscences of Atlantis. Bochica was their leading divinity. During two thousand years he employed himself in elevating his subjects. He lived in the sun, while his wife Chia occupied the moon. This would appear to be an allusion to the worship of the sun and moon. Beneath Bochica in their mythology was Chibchacum. In an angry mood he brought a deluge on the people of the table-land. Bochica punished him for this act, and obliged him ever after, like Atlas, to bear the burden of the earth on his back. Occasionally be shifts the earth from one shoulder to another, and this causes earthquakes!

    Here we have allusions to an ancient people who, during thousands of years, were elevated in the scale of civilization, and were destroyed by a deluge; and with this is associated an Atlantean god bearing the world on his back. We find even the rainbow appearing in connection with this legend. When Bochica appeared in answer to prayer to quell the deluge he is seated on a rainbow. He opened a breach in the earth at Tequendama, through which the waters of the flood escaped, precisely as we have seen them disappearing through the crevice in the earth near Bambyce, in Greece.

    The Toltecs traced their migrations back to a starting-point called “Aztlan,” or “Atlan.” This could be no other than, Atlantis. (Bancroft’s “Native Races,” vol. v., p. 221.) “The

    p. 106

    original home of the Nahuatlacas was Aztlan, the location of which has been the subject of much discussion. The causes that led to their exodus from that country can only be conjectured; but they may be supposed to have been driven out by their enemies, for Aztlan is described as a land too fair and beautiful to be left willingly in the mere hope of finding a better.” (Bancroft’s “Native Races,” vol. v., p. .306.) The Aztecs also claimed to have come originally from Aztlan. (Ibid., p. 321.) Their very name, Aztecs, was derived from Aztlan. (Ibid., vol. ii., p. 125). They were Atlanteans.

    The “Popul Vuh” tells us that after the migration from Aztlan three sons of the King of the Quiches, upon the death of their father, “determined to go as their fathers had ordered to the East, on the shores of the sea whence their fathers had come, to receive the royalty, ‘bidding adieu to their brothers and friends, and promising to return.’ Doubtless they passed over the sea when they went to the East to receive the royalty. Now this is the name of the lord, of the monarch of the people of the East where they went. And when they arrived before the lord Nacxit, the name of the great lord, the only judge, whose power was without limit, behold he granted them the sign of royalty and all that represents it . . . and the insignia of royalty . . . all the things, in fact, which they brought on their return, and which they went to receive from the other side of the sea–the art of painting from Tulan, a system of writing, they said, for the things recorded in their histories.” (Bancroft’s “Native Races,” vol. v., p. 553 “Popul Vuh,” p. 294.)

    This legend not only points to the East as the place of origin of these races, but also proves that this land of the East, this Aztlan, this Atlantis, exercised dominion over the colonies in Central America, and furnished them with the essentials of civilization. How completely does this agree with the statement of Plato that the kings of Atlantis held dominion over parts of “the great opposite continent!”

    p. 107

    Professor Valentini (“Maya Archæol.,” p. 23) describes an Aztec picture in the work of Gemelli (“Il giro del mondo,” vol. vi.) of the migration of the Aztecs from Aztlan:

    “Out of a sheet of water there projects the peak of a mountain; on it stands a tree, and on the tree a bird spreads its wings. At the foot of the mountain-peak there comes out of the water the heads of a man and a woman. The one wears on his head the symbol of his name, Coxcox, a pheasant. The other head bears that of a hand with a bouquet (xochitl, a flower, and quetzal, shining in green gold). In the foreground is a boat, out of which a naked man stretches out his hand imploringly to heaven. Now turn to the sculpture in the Flood tablet (on the great Calendar stone). There you will find represented the Flood, and with great emphasis, by the accumulation of all those symbols with which the ancient Mexicans conveyed the idea of water: a tub of standing water, drops springing out–not two, as heretofore in the symbol for Atl, water–but four drops; the picture for moisture, a snail; above, a crocodile, the king of

    CALENDAR STONE
    CALENDAR STONE

    the rivers. In the midst of these symbols you notice the profile of a man with a fillet, and a smaller one of a woman. There can be doubt these are the Mexican Noah, Coxcox, and his wife, Xochiquetzal; and at the same time it is evident (the Calendar stone, we know, was made in A.D., 1478) that the story of them, and the pictures representing the story, have not been invented by the Catholic clergy, but really existed among these nations long before the Conquest.”

    The above figure represents the Flood tablet on the great Calendar stone.

    When we turn to the uncivilized Indians of America, while we still find legends referring to the Deluge, they are, with one exception, in such garbled and uncouth forms that we can only see glimpses of the truth shining through a mass of fable.

    The following tradition was current among the Indians of the Great Lakes:

    p. 108

    “In former times the father of the Indian tribes dwelt toward the rising sun. Having been warned in a dream that a deluge was coming upon the earth, be built a raft, on which be saved himself, with his family and all the animals. He floated thus for several months. The animals, who at that time spoke, loudly complained and murmured against him. At last a new earth appeared, on which he landed with all the animals, who from that time lost the power of speech, as a punishment for their murmurs against their deliverer.”

    According to Father Charlevoix, the tribes of Canada and the valley of the Mississippi relate in their rude legends that all mankind was destroyed by a flood, and that the Good Spirit, to repeople the earth, had changed animals into men. It is to J. S. Kohl we owe our acquaintance with the version of the Chippeways–full of grotesque and perplexing touches–in which the man saved from the Deluge is called Menaboshu. To know if the earth be drying, he sends a bird, the diver, out of his bark; then becomes the restorer of the human race and the founder of existing society.

    A clergyman who visited the Indians north-west of the Ohio in 1764 met, at a treaty, a party of Indians from the west of the Mississippi.

    “They informed him that one of their most ancient traditions was that, a great while ago, they had a common father, who lived toward the rising of the sun, and governed the whole world; that all the white people’s heads were under his feet; that he had twelve sons, by whom he administered the government; that the twelve sons behaved very bad, and tyrannized over the people, abusing their power; that the Great Spirit, being thus angry with them, suffered the white people to introduce spirituous liquors among them, made them drunk, stole the special gift of the Great Spirit from them, and by this means usurped power over them; and ever since the Indians’ heads were under the white people’s feet.” (Boudinot’s “Star in the West,” p. 111.)

    Here we note that they looked “toward the rising sun”–toward Atlantis–for the original home of their race; that this

    p. 109

    region governed “the whole world;” that it contained white people, who were at first a subject race, but who subsequently rebelled, and acquired dominion over the darker races. We will see reason hereafter to conclude that Atlantis had a composite population, and that the rebellion of the Titans in Greek mythology was the rising up of a subject population.

    In 1836 C. S. Rafinesque published in Philadelphia, Pa., a work called “The American Nations,” in which he gives the historical songs or chants of the Lenni-Lenapi, or Delaware Indians, the tribe that originally dwelt along, the Delaware River. After describing a time “when there was nothing but sea-water on top of the land,” and the creation of sun, moon, stars, earth, and man, the legend depicts the Golden Age and the Fall in these words: “All were willingly pleased, all were easy-thinking, and all were well-happified. But after a while a snake-priest,Powako, brings on earth secretly the snake-worship (Initako) of the god of the snakes, Wakon. And there came wickedness, crime, and unhappiness. And bad weather was coming, distemper was coming, with death was coming. All this happened very long ago, at the first land, Netamaki, beyond the great ocean Kitahikau.” Then follows the Song of the Flood:

    “There was, long ago, a powerful snake, Maskanako, when the men had become bad beings, Makowini. This strong snake had become the foe of the Jins, and they became troubled, hating each other. Both were fighting, both were, spoiling, both were never peaceful. And they were fighting, least man Mattapewi with dead-keeper Nihaulowit. And the strong snake readily resolved to destroy or fight the beings or the men. The dark snake he brought, the monster (Amanyam) he brought, snake-rushing water he brought (it). Much water is rushing, much go to hills, much penetrate, much destroying. Meanwhile at Tula (this is the same Tula referred to in the Central American legends), at THAT ISLAND, Nana-Bush (the great hare Nana) becomes the ancestor of beings and men. Being born creeping, he is ready to move and dwell at Tula. The beings and men all go forth from the flood creeping in shallow water or

    p. 110

    swimming afloat, asking which is the way to the turtle-back, Tula-pin. But there are many monsters in the way, and some men were devoured by them. But the daughter of a spirit helped them in a boat, saying, ‘Come, come;’ they were coming and were helped. The name of the boat or raft is Mokol. . . . Water running off, it is drying; in the plains and the mountains, at the path of the cave, elsewhere went the powerful action or motion.” Then follows Song 3, describing the condition of mankind after the Flood. Like the Aryans, they moved into a cold country: “It freezes was there; it snows was there; it is cold was there.” They move to a milder region to hunt cattle; they divided their forces into tillers and hunters. “The good and the holy were the hunters;” they spread themselves north, south, east, and west.” Meantime all the snakes were afraid in their huts, and the Snake-priest Nakopowa said to all, ‘Let us go.’ Eastwardly they go forth at Snakeland (Akhokink), and they went away earnestly grieving.” Afterward the fathers of the Delawares, who “were always boating and navigating,” find that the Snake-people have taken possession of a fine country; and they collect together the people from north, south, east, and west, and attempt “to pass over the waters of the frozen sea to possess that land.” They seem to travel in the dark of an Arctic winter until they come to a gap of open sea. They can go no farther; but some tarry at Firland, while the rest return to where they started from, “the old turtle land.”

    Here we find that the land that was destroyed was the “first land;” that it was an island “beyond the great ocean.” In all early age the people were happy and peaceful; they became wicked; “snake worship” was introduced, and was associated, as in Genesis, with the “fall of man;” Nana-Bush became the ancestor of the new race; his name reminds us of the Toltec Nata and the Hebrew Noah. After the flood came a dispersing of the people, and a separation into hunters and tillers of the soil.

    Among the Mandan Indians we not only find flood legends, but, more remarkable still, we find an image of the ark preserved from generation to generation, and a religious ceremony performed

    p. 111

    which refers plainly to the destruction of Atlantis, and to the arrival of one of those who escaped from the Flood, bringing the dreadful tidings of the disaster. It must be remembered, as we will show hereafter, that many of these Mandan Indians were white men, with hazel, gray, and blue eyes, and all shades of color of the hair from black to pure white; that they dwelt in houses in fortified towns, and manufactured earthen-ware pots in which they could boil water–an art unknown to the ordinary Indians, who boiled water by putting heated stones into it.

    I quote the very interesting account of George Catlin, who visited the Mandans nearly fifty years ago, lately republished in London in the “North American Indians,” a very curious and valuable work. He says (vol. i., p. 88):

    “In the centre of the village is an open space, or public square, 150 feet in diameter and circular in form, which is used for all public games and festivals, shows and exhibitions. The lodges around this open space front in, with their doors toward. the centre; and in the middle of this stands an object of great religious veneration, on account of the importance it has in connection with the annual religious ceremonies. This object is in the form of a large hogshead, some eight or ten feet high, made of planks and hoops, containing within it some of their choicest mysteries or medicines. They call it the ‘Big Canoe.’”

    This is a representation of the ark; the ancient Jews venerated a similar image, and some of the ancient Greek States followed in processions a model of the ark of Deucalion. But it is indeed surprising to find this practice perpetuated, even to our own times, by a race of Indians in the heart of America. On page 158 of the first volume of the same work Catlin describes the great annual mysteries and religious ceremonials of which this image of the ark was the centre. He says:

    “On the day set apart for the commencement of the ceremonies a solitary figure is seen approaching the village.

    “During the deafening din and confusion within the pickets

    p. 112

    of the village the figure discovered on the prairie continued to approach with a dignified step, and in a right line toward the village; all eyes were upon him, and he at length made his appearance within the pickets, and proceeded toward the centre of the village, where all the chiefs and braves stood ready to receive him, which they did in a cordial manner by shaking hands, recognizing him as an old acquaintance, and pronouncing his name, Nu-mohk-muck-a-nah (the first or only man). The body of this strange personage, which was chiefly naked, was painted with white clay, so as to resemble at a distance a white man. He enters the medicine lodge, and goes through certain mysterious ceremonies.

    “During the whole of this day Nu-mohk-muck-a-nah (the first or only man) travelled through the village, stopping in front of each man’s lodge, and crying until the owner of the lodge came out and asked who he was, and what was the matter? To which be replied by narrating the sad catastrophe which had happened on the earth’s surface by the overflowing of the waters, saying that ‘he was the only person saved from the universal calamity; that he landed his big canoe on a high mountain in the west, where he now resides; that be has come to open the medicine lodge, which must needs receive a present of an edged tool from the owner of every wigwam, that it may be sacrificed to the water; for,’ he says, ‘if this is not done there will be another flood, and no one will be saved, as it was with such tools that the big canoe was made.’

    “Having visited every lodge in the village during the day, and having received such a present from each as a hatchet, a knife, etc. (which is undoubtedly always prepared ready for the occasion), be places them in the medicine lodge; and, on the last day of the ceremony, they are thrown into a deep place in the river–‘sacrificed to the Spirit of the Waters.”‘

    Among the sacred articles kept in the great medicine lodge are four sacks of water, called Eeh-teeh-ka, sewed together, each of them in the form of a tortoise lying on its back, with a bunch of eagle feathers attached to its tail. “These four tortoises,” they told me, “contained the waters from the four quarters of the world–that those waters had been contained therein ever since the settling down of the waters,” “I did

    p. 113

    not,” says Catlin, who knew nothing of an Atlantis theory, “think it best to advance anything against such a ridiculous belief.” Catlin tried to purchase one of these water-sacks, but could not obtain it for any price; he was told they were “a society property.”

    He then describes a dance by twelve men around the ark: “They arrange themselves according to the four cardinal points; two are painted perfectly black, two are vermilion color, some were painted partially white. They dance a dance called ‘Bel-lohck-na-pie,’” with horns on their heads, like those used in Europe as symbolical of Bel, or Baal.

    Could anything be more evident than the connection of these ceremonies with the destruction of Atlantis? Here we have the image of the ark; here we have a white man coming with the news that “the waters had overflowed the land,” and that all the people were destroyed except himself; here we have the sacrifice to appease the spirit that caused the Flood, just as we find the Flood terminating, in the Hebrew, Chaldean, and Central American legends, with a sacrifice. Here, too, we have the image of the tortoise, which we find in other flood legends of the Indians, and which is a very natural symbol for an island. As one of our own poets has expressed it,

     

    “Very fair and full of promise
    Lay the island of St. Thomas;
    Like a great green turtle slumbered
    On the sea which it encumbered.” 
    Here we have, too, the four quarters of Atlantis, divided by its four rivers, as we shall see a little farther on, represented in a dance, where the dancers arrange themselves according to the four cardinal points of the compass; the dancers are painted to represent the black and red races, while “the first and only man” represents the white race; and the name of the dance is a reminiscence of Baal, the ancient god of the races derived from Atlantis.

    But this is not all. The Mandans were evidently of the race

    p. 114

    of Atlantis. They have another singular legend, which we find in the account of Lewis and Clarke:

    “Their belief in a future state is connected with this theory of their origin: The whole nation resided in one large village, underground, near a subterranean lake. A grape-vine extended its roots down to their habitation, and gave them a view of the light. Some of the most adventurous climbed up the vine, and were delighted with the sight of the earth, which they found covered with buffalo, and rich with every kind of fruit. Returning with the grapes they had gathered, their countrymen were so pleased with the taste of them that the whole nation resolved to leave their dull residence for the charms of the upper region. Men, women, and children ascended by means of the vine, but, when about half the nation had reached the surface of the earth, a corpulent woman, who was clambering up the vine, broke it with her weight, and closed upon herself and the rest of the nation the light of the sun.”

    This curious tradition means. that the present nation dwelt in a large settlement underground, that is, beyond the land, in the sea; the sea being represented by “the subterranean lake.” At one time the people had free intercourse between this “large village” and the American continent, and they founded extensive colonies on this continent; whereupon some mishap cut them off from the mother country. This explanation is confirmed by the fact that in the legends of the Iowa Indians, who were a branch of the Dakotas, or Sioux Indians, and relatives of the Mandans (according to Major James W. Lynd), “all the tribes of Indians were formerly one, and all dwelt together on an island, or at least across a large water toward the east or sunrise. They crossed this water in skin canoes, or by swimming; but they know not how long they were in crossing, or whether the water was salt or fresh.” While the Dakotas, according to Major Lynd, who lived among them for nine years, possessed legends of “huge skiffs, in which the Dakotas of old floated for weeks, finally gaining dry land”–a reminiscence of ships and long sea-voyages.

    p. 115

    The Mandans celebrated their great religious festival above described in the season when the willow is first in leaf, and a dove is mixed up in the ceremonies; and they further relate a legend that “the world was once a great tortoise, borne on the waters, and covered with earth, and that when one day, in digging the soil, a tribe of white men, who had made holes in the earth to a great depth digging for badgers, at length pierced the shell of the tortoise, it sank, and the water covering it drowned all men with the exception of one, who saved himself in a boat; and when the earth re-emerged, sent out a dove, who returned with a branch of willow in its beak.”

    The holes dug to find badgers were a savage’s recollection of mining operations; and when the great disaster came, and the island sunk in the sea amid volcanic convulsions, doubtless men said it was due to the deep mines, which had opened the way to the central fires. But the recurrence of “white men” as the miners, and of a white man as “the last and only man,” and the presence of white blood in the veins of the people, all point to the same conclusion–that the Mandans were colonists from Atlantis.

    And here I might add that Catlin found the following singular resemblances between the Mandan tongue and the Welsh:

     

     

    English.

     

    Mandan.

     

    Welsh.

     

    Pronounced.

    I Me. Mi. Me.
    You. Ne. Chwi. Chwe.
    He. E. A. A.
    She. Ea. E. A.
    It. Ount. Hwynt. Hooynt.
    We. Noo. Ni. Ne.
    They. Eonah. Hona, fem. Hona.
    No; or there is not. Megosh. Nagoes. Nagosh.
    No. Na.
    Head. Pan. Pen. Pan.
    The Great Spirit. Maho Peneta. Mawr
    Penæthir.
    Mosoor
    Panæther.

     

     

    Major Lynd found the following resemblances between the Dakota tongue and the languages of the Old World:

    p. 116

     

    COMPARISON OF DAKOTA, OR SIOUX, WITH OTHER LANGUAGES.

     

     

    Latin. English. Saxon Sanscrit. German. Danish. Sioux. Other Languages. Primary Signification.
    See, seen Seon Sehen Sigt Sin Appearing, visible.
    Pinso Pound Punian Pau W., Pwynian Beating
    Vado Went
    Wend
    Wendan Winta Passage.
    Town Tun Zaun Tun Tonwe Gaelic, Dun
    Qui Who Hwa Kwas Wir Tuwe
    Weapon Wepn Wapen Vaapen Wipe Sioux dimin. Wipena
    Ego I Ic Agam Ich Jeg Mish
    Cor Core Co Gr., Kear Centre, heart
    Eight Achta Aute Acht Otte Shaktogan Gr., Okto
    Canna Cane Can Heb., Can
    W., Cawn
    Reed, weed, wood.
    Pock Pock Poc Pocke Pukkel Poka Dutch, Poca Swelling.
    With With Wider Wita Goth., Gewithan.
    Doughty Dohtig Taugen Digtig Dita
    Ditaya
    Hot, brave, daring.
    Tight Tian Dicht Digt Titan Strain.
    Tango
    Tactus
    Touch
    Take
    Taecan Ticken Tekkan Tan
    Htaka
    Touch, take.
    Child Cild Kind Kuld Cin Progeny.
    Work Wercan Woccas
    Hecon
    Dutch, Werk
    Span.,Hecho
    Labor, motion.
    Shackle Seoacul Shka Ar., Schakala,
    Dutch, Schakel
    Teton, Shakalan
    to bind (a link).
    Query Kuiva
    Shabby Schabig Schabbig Shabya

     

     

    p. 117

    According to Major Lynd, the Dakotas, or Sioux, belonged to the same race as the Mandans; hence the interest which .attaches to these verbal similarities.

    “Among the Iroquois there is a tradition that the sea and waters infringed upon the land, so that all human life was destroyed. The Chickasaws assert that the world was once destroyed by water, but that one family was saved, and two animals of every kind. The Sioux say there was a time when there was no dry land, and all men had disappeared from existence.” (See Lynd’s “MS. History of the Dakotas,” Library of Historical Society of Minnesota.)

    “The Okanagaus have a god, Skyappe, and also one called Chacha, who appear to be endowed with omniscience; but their principal divinity is their great mythical ruler and heroine, Scomalt. Long ago, when the sun was no bigger than a star, this strong medicine-woman ruled over what appears to have now become a lost island. At last the peace of the island was destroyed by war, and the noise of battle was heard, with which Scomalt was exceeding wroth, whereupon she rose up in her might and drove her rebellious subjects to one end of the island, and broke off the piece of land on which they were huddled and pushed it out to sea, to drift whither it would. This floating island was tossed to and fro and buffeted by the winds till all but two died. A man and woman escaped in a canoe, and arrived on the main-land; and from these the Okanagaus are descended.” (Bancroft’s “Native Races,” vol. iii., p. 149.)

    Here we have the Flood legend clearly connected with a lost island.

    The Nicaraguans believed “that ages ago the world was destroyed by a flood, in which the most part of mankind perished. Afterward theteotes, or gods, restored the earth as at the beginning.” (Ibid., p. 75.) The wild Apaches, “wild from their natal hour,” have a legend that “the first days of the world were happy and peaceful days;” then came a great flood, from which Montezuma and the coyote alone escaped. Montezuma became then very wicked, and attempted to build a house that would reach to heaven, but the Great

    p. 118

    Spirit destroyed it with thunderbolts. (Bancroft’s “Native Races,” vol. iii., p. 76.)

    The Pimas, an Indian tribe allied to the Papagos, have a peculiar flood legend. The son of the Creator was called Szeu-kha (Ze-us?). An eagle prophesied the deluge to the prophet of the people three times in succession, but his warning was despised; “then in the twinkling of an eye there came a peal of thunder and an awful crash, and a green mound of water reared itself over the plain. It seemed to stand upright for a second, then, cut incessantly by the lightning, goaded on like a great beast, it flung itself upon the prophet’s hut. When the morning broke there was nothing to be seen alive but one man–if indeed be were a man; Szeu-kha, the son of the Creator, had saved himself by floating on a ball of gum or resin.” This instantaneous catastrophe reminds one forcibly of the destruction of Atlantis. Szeu-kha killed the eagle, restored its victims to life, and repeopled the earth with them, as Deucalion repeopled the earth with the stones.


    The Fountains of the Great Deep.–As Atlantis perished in a volcanic convulsion, it must have possessed volcanoes. This is rendered the more probable when we remember that the ridge of land of which it was a part, stretching from north to south, from Iceland to St. Helena, contains even now great volcanoes–as in Iceland, the Azores, the Canaries, etc.–and that the very sea-bed along the line of its original axis is, to this day, as we have shown, the scene of great volcanic disturbances.

    If, then, the mountains of Atlantis contained volcanoes, of which the
    peaks of the Azores are the surviving representatives, it is not
    improbable that the convulsion which drowned it in the sea was
    accompanied by great discharges of water. We have seen that such
    discharges occurred in the island of Java, when four thousand people
    perished. “Immense columns of hot water and boiling mud were thrown out”
    of the volcano of Galung Gung; the water was projected from the mountain
    “like a water-spout.” When a volcanic island was created near Sicily in
    1831, it was accompanied by “a waterspout sixty feet high.”

    In the island of Dominica, one of the islands constituting the Leeward
    group of the West Indies, and nearest to the site of Atlantis, on the
    4th of January, 1880, occurred a series of convulsions which reminds us
    forcibly of the destruction of Plato’s island; and the similarity
    extends to another particular: Dominica contains, like Atlantis, we are
    told, numerous hot and sulphur springs. I abridge the account given by
    the New York Herald of January 28th, 1880:

    “A little after 11 o’clock A.M., soon after high-mass in the Roman
    Catholic cathedral, and while divine service was still going on in the
    Anglican and Wesleyan chapels, all the indications of an approaching
    thunder-storm suddenly showed themselves; the atmosphere, which just
    previously had been cool and pleasant–slight showers falling since
    early morning–became at once nearly stifling hot; the rumbling of
    distant thunder was heard, and the light-blue and fleecy white of the
    sky turned into a heavy and lowering black. Soon the thunder-peals came
    near and loud, the lightning flashes, of a blue and red color, more
    frequent and vivid; and the rain, first with a few heavy drops,
    commenced to pour as if the floodgates of heaven were open. In a moment
    it darkened, as if night had come; a strong, nearly overpowering smell
    of sulphur announced itself; and people who happened to be out in the
    streets felt the rain-drops falling on their heads, backs, and shoulders
    like showers of hailstones. The cause of this was to be noted by looking
    at the spouts, from which the water was rushing like so many cataracts
    of molten lead, while the gutters below ran swollen streams of thick
    gray mud, looking like nothing ever seen in them before. In the mean
    time the Roseau River had worked itself into a state of mad fury,
    overflowing its banks, carrying down rocks and large trees, and
    threatening destruction to the bridges over it and the houses in its
    neighborhood. When the storm ceased–it lasted till twelve, mid-day–the
    roofs and walls of the buildings in town, the street pavement, the
    door-steps and back-yards were found covered with a deposit of volcanic
    débris, holding together like clay, dark-gray in color, and in some
    places more than an inch thick, with small, shining metallic particles
    on the surface, which could be easily identified as iron pyrites.
    Scraping up some of the stuff, it required only a slight examination to
    determine its main constituents–sandstone and magnesia, the pyrites
    being slightly mixed, and silver showing itself in even smaller
    quantity. This is, in fact, the composition of the volcanic mud thrown
    up by the soufrières at Watton Waven and in the Boiling Lake country,
    and it is found in solution as well in the lake water. The Devil’s
    Billiard-table, within half a mile of the Boiling Lake, is composed
    wholly of this substance, which there assumes the character of stone in
    formation. Inquiries instituted on Monday morning revealed the fact
    that, except on the south-east, the mud shower had not extended beyond
    the limits of the town. On the north-west, in the direction of Fond Colo
    and Morne Daniel, nothing but pure rain-water had fallen, and neither
    Loubière nor Pointe Michel had seen any signs of volcanic disturbance. .
    . .

    “But what happened at Pointe Mulâtre enables us to spot the locale of
    the eruption. Pointe Mulâtre lies at the foot of the range of mountains
    on the top of which the Boiling Lake frets and seethes. The only outlet
    of the lake is a cascade which falls into one of the branches of the
    Pointe Mulâtre River, the color and temperature of which, at one time
    and another, shows the existence or otherwise of volcanic activity in
    the lake-country. We may observe, en passant, that the fall of the water
    from the lake is similar in appearance to the falls on the sides of
    Roairama, in the interior of British Guiana; there, is no continuous
    stream, but the water overleaps its basin like a kettle boiling over,
    and comes down in detached cascades from the top. May there not be a
    boiling lake on the unapproachable summit of Roairama? The phenomena
    noted at Pointe Mulâtre on Sunday were similar to what we witnessed in
    Roseau, but with every feature more strongly marked. The fall of mud was
    heavier, covering all the fields; the atmospheric disturbance was
    greater, and the change in the appearance of the running water about the
    place more surprising. The Pointe Mulâtre River suddenly began to run
    volcanic mud and water; then the mud predominated, and almost buried the
    stream under its weight, and the odor of sulphur in the air became
    positively oppressive. Soon the fish in the water–brochet, camoo, meye,
    crocro, mullet, down to the eel, the crawfish, the loche, the tétar, and
    the dormer–died, and were thrown on the banks. The mud carried down by
    the river has formed a bank at the month which nearly dams up the
    stream, and threatens to throw it back over the low-lying lands of the
    Pointe Mulâtre estate. The reports from the Laudat section of the
    Boiling Lake district are curious. The Bachelor and Admiral rivers, and
    the numerous mineral springs which arise in that part of the island, are
    all running a thick white flood, like cream milk. The face of the entire
    country, from the Admiral River to the Solfatera Plain, has undergone
    some portentous change, which the frightened peasants who bring the news
    to Roseau seem unable clearly and connectedly to describe, and the
    volcanic activity still continues.”

    From this account it appears that the rain of water and mud came from a
    boiling lake on the mountains; it must have risen to a great height,
    “like a water-spout,” and then fallen in showers over the face of the
    country. We are reminded, in this Boiling Lake of Dominica, of the Welsh
    legend of the eruption of the Llyn-llion, “the Lake of Waves,” which
    “inundated the whole country.” On the top of a mountain in the county of
    Kerry, Ireland, called Mangerton, there is a deep lake known as
    Poulle-i-feron, which signifies Hell-hole; it frequently overflows, and
    rolls down the mountain in frightful torrents. On Slieve-donart, in the
    territory of Mourne, in the county of Down, Ireland, a lake occupies the
    mountain-top, and its overflowings help to form rivers.

    If we suppose the destruction of Atlantis to have been, in like manner,
    accompanied by a tremendous outpour of water from one or more of its
    volcanoes, thrown to a great height, and deluging the land, we can
    understand the description in the Chaldean legend of “the terrible
    water-spout,” which even “the gods grew afraid of,” and which “rose to
    the sky,” and which seems to have been one of the chief causes, together
    with the earthquake, of the destruction of the country. And in this view
    we are confirmed by the Aramæan legend of the Deluge, probably derived
    at an earlier age from the Chaldean tradition. In it we are told, “All
    on a sudden enormous volumes of water issued from the earth, and rains
    of extraordinary abundance began to fall; the rivers left their beds,
    and the ocean overflowed its banks.” The disturbance in Dominica
    duplicates this description exactly: “In a moment” the water and mud
    burst from the mountains, “the floodgates of heaven were opened,” and
    “the river overflowed its banks.”

    And here, again, we are reminded of the expression in Genesis, “the same
    day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up” (chap. vii.,
    11). That this does not refer to the rain is clear from the manner in
    which it is stated: “The same day were all the fountains of the great
    deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was
    upon the earth,” etc. And when the work of destruction is finished, we
    are told “the fountains also of the deep and the windows of heaven were
    stopped.” This is a reminiscence by an inland people, living where such
    tremendous volcanic disturbances were nearly unknown, of “the terrible
    water-spout which “rose to the sky,” of the Chaldean legend, and of “the
    enormous volumes of water issuing from the earth” of the Aramæan
    tradition. The Hindoo legend of the Flood speaks of “the marine god
    Hayagriva, who dwelt in the abyss,” who produced the cataclysm. This is
    doubtless “the archangel of the abyss” spoken of in the Chaldean
    tradition.

    The Mountains of the North.–We have in Plato the following reference to
    the mountains of Atlantis:

    “The whole country was described as being very lofty and precipitous on
    the side of the sea. . . . The whole region of the island lies toward
    the south, and is sheltered from the north. . . . The surrounding
    mountains exceeded all that are to be seen now anywhere.”

    These mountains were the present Azores. One has but to contemplate
    their present elevation, and remember the depth to which they descend in
    the ocean, to realize their tremendous altitude and the correctness of
    the description given by Plato.

    In the Hindoo legend we find the fish-god, who represents Poseidon,
    father of Atlantis, helping Mann over “the Mountain of the North.” In
    the Chaldean legend Khasisatra’s vessel is stopped by “the Mountain of
    Nizir” until the sea goes down.

    The Mud which Stopped Navigation.–We are told by Plato, “Atlantis
    disappeared beneath the sea, and then that sea became inaccessible, so
    that navigation on it ceased, on account of the quantity of mud which
    the ingulfed island left in its place.” This is one of the points of
    Plato’s story which provoked the incredulity and ridicule of the
    ancient, and even of the modern, world. We find in the Chaldean legend
    something of the same kind: Khasisatra says, “I looked at the sea
    attentively, observing, and the whole of humanity had returned to mud.”
    In the “Popol Vuh” we are told that a “resinous thickness descended from
    heaven,” even as in Dominica the rain was full of “thick gray mud,”
    accompanied by an “overpowering smell of sulphur.”

    The explorations of the ship Challenger show that the whole of the
    submerged ridge of which Atlantis is a part is to this day thickly
    covered with volcanic débris.

    We have but to remember the cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum, which
    were covered with such a mass of volcanic ashes from the eruption of
    A.D. 79 that for seventeen centuries they remained buried at a depth of
    from fifteen to thirty feet; a new population lived and labored above
    them; an aqueduct was constructed over their heads; and it was only when
    a farmer, in digging for a well, penetrated the roof of a house, that
    they were once more brought to the light of day and the knowledge of
    mankind.

    We have seen that, in 1783, the volcanic eruption in Iceland covered the
    sea with pumice for a distance of one hundred and fifty miles, “and
    ships were considerably impeded in their course.”

    The eruption in the island of Sumbawa, in April, 1815, threw out such
    masses of ashes as to darken the air. “The floating cinders to the west
    of Sumatra formed, on the 12th of April, a mass two feet thick and
    several miles in extent, through which ships with difficulty forced
    their way.”

    It thus appears that the very statement of Plato which has provoked the
    ridicule of scholars is in itself one of the corroborating features of
    his story. It is probable that the ships of the Atlanteans, when they
    returned after the tempest to look for their country, found the sea
    impassable from the masses of volcanic ashes and pumice. They returned
    terrified to the shores of Europe; and the shock inflicted by the
    destruction of Atlantis upon the civilization of the world probably led
    to one of those retrograde periods in the history of our race in which
    they lost all intercourse with the Western continent.

    The Preservation of a Record.–There is a singular coincidence in the
    stories of the Deluge in another particular.

    The legends of the Ph?nicians, preserved by Sanchoniathon, tell us that
    Taautos, or Taut, was the inventor of the alphabet and of the art of
    writing.

    Now, we find in the Egyptian legends a passage of Manetho, in which
    Thoth (or Hermes Trismegistus), before the Deluge, inscribed on stelæ,
    or tablets, in hieroglyphics, or sacred characters, the principles of
    all knowledge. After the Deluge the second Thoth translated the contents
    of these stelæ into the vulgar tongue.

    Josephus tells us that “The patriarch Seth, in order that wisdom and
    astronomical knowledge should not perish, erected, in prevision of the
    double destruction by fire and water predicted by Adam, two columns, one
    of brick, the other of stone, on which this knowledge was engraved, and
    which existed in the Siriadic country.”

    In the Chaldean legends the god Ea ordered Khasisatra to inscribe the
    divine learning, and the principles of all sciences, on tables of
    terra-cotta, and bury them, before the Deluge, “in the City of the Sun
    at Sippara.”

    Berosus, in his version of the Chaldean flood, says:

    “The deity, Chronos, appeared to him (Xisuthros) in a vision, and warned
    him that, upon the 15th day of the month D?sius, there would be a flood
    by which mankind would be destroyed. He therefore enjoined him to write
    a history of the beginning, procedure, and conclusion of all things, and
    to bury it in the City of the Sun at Sippara, and to build a vessel,”
    etc.

    The Hindoo Bhâgavata-Purâna tells us that the fish-god, who warned
    Satyravata of the coming of the Flood, directed him to place the sacred
    Scriptures in a safe place, “in order to preserve them from Hayagriva, a
    marine horse dwelling in the abyss.”

    Are we to find the original of these legends in the following passage
    from Plato’s history of Atlantis?

    “Now, the relations of their governments to one another were regulated
    by the injunctions of Poseidon, as the law had handed them down. These
    were inscribed by the first then on a column of orichalcum, which was
    situated in the middle of the island, at the Temple of Poseidon, whither
    the people were gathered together. . . . They received and gave
    judgments, and at daybreak they wrote down their sentences on a golden
    tablet, and deposited them as memorials with their robes. There were
    many special laws which the several kings had inscribed about the
    temples.” (Critias, p. 120.)

    A Succession of Disasters.–The Central American books, translated by De
    Bourbourg, state that originally a part of the American continent
    extended far into the Atlantic Ocean. This tradition is strikingly
    confirmed by the explorations of the ship Challenger, which show that
    the “Dolphin’s Ridge” was connected with the shore of South America
    north of the mouth of the Amazon. The Central American books tell us
    that this region of the continent was destroyed by a succession of
    frightful convulsions, probably at long intervals apart; three of these
    catastrophes are constantly mentioned, and sometimes there is reference
    to one or two more.

    “The land,” in these convulsions, “was shaken by frightful earthquakes,
    and the waves of the sea combined with volcanic fires to overwhelm and
    ingulf it. . . . Each convulsion swept away portions of the land until
    the whole disappeared, leaving the line of coast as it now is. Most of
    the inhabitants, overtaken amid their regular employments, were
    destroyed; but some escaped in ships, and some fled for safety to the
    summits of high mountains, or to portions of the land which for a time
    escaped immediate destruction.” (Baldwin’s “Ancient America,” p. 176.)

    This accords precisely with the teachings of geology. We know that the
    land from which America and Europe were formed once covered nearly or
    quite the whole space now occupied by the Atlantic between the
    continents; and it is reasonable to believe that it went down piecemeal,
    and that Atlantis was but the stump of the ancient continent, which at
    last perished from the same causes and in the same way.

    The fact that this tradition existed among the inhabitants of America is
    proven by the existence of festivals, “especially one in the month
    Izcalli, which were instituted to commemorate this frightful destruction
    of land and people, and in which, say the sacred books, ‘princes and
    people humbled themselves before the divinity, and besought him to
    withhold a return of such terrible calamities.’”

    Can we doubt the reality of events which we thus find confirmed by
    religious ceremonies at Athens, in Syria, and on the shores of Central
    America?

    And we find this succession of great destructions of the Atlantic
    continent in the triads of Wales, where traditions are preserved of
    “three terrible catastrophes.” We are told by the explorations of the
    ship Challenger that the higher lands reach in the direction of the
    British Islands; and the Celts had traditions that a part of their
    country once extended far out into the Atlantic, and was subsequently
    destroyed.

    And the same succession of destructions is referred to in the Greek
    legends, where a deluge of Ogyges–“the most ancient of the kings of
    B?otia or Attica, a quite mythical person, lost in the night of
    ages”–preceded that of Deucalion.

    We will find hereafter the most ancient hymns of the Aryans praying God
    to hold the land firm. The people of Atlantis, having seen their country
    thus destroyed, section by section, and judging that their own time must
    inevitably come, must have lived under a great and perpetual terror,
    which will go far to explain the origin of primeval religion, and the
    hold which it took upon the minds of men; and this condition of things
    may furnish us a solution of the legends which have come down to us of
    their efforts to perpetuate their learning on pillars, and also an
    explanation of that other legend of the Tower of Babel, which, as I will
    show hereafter, was common to both continents, and in which they sought
    to build a tower high enough to escape the Deluge.

    All the legends of the preservation of a record prove that the united
    voice of antiquity taught that the antediluvians had advanced so far in
    civilization as to possess an alphabet and a system of writing; a
    conclusion which, as we will see hereafter, finds confirmation in the
    original identity of the alphabetical signs used in the old world and
    the new.

    PART III

    THE CIVILIZATION OF THE OLD WORLD AND NEW COMPARED.

    CHAPTER I.

    CIVILIZATION AN INHERITANCE.

    Material civilization might be defined to be the result of a series of
    inventions and discoveries, whereby man improves his condition, and
    controls the forces of nature for his own advantage.

    The savage man is a pitiable creature; as Menabosbu says, in the
    Chippeway legends, he is pursued by a “perpetual hunger;” he is exposed
    unprotected to the blasts of winter and the heats of summer. A great
    terror sits upon his soul; for every manifestation of nature–the storm,
    the wind, the thunder, the lightning, the cold, the heat–all are
    threatening and dangerous demons. The seasons bring him neither
    seed-time nor harvest; pinched with hunger, appeasing in part the
    everlasting craving of his stomach with seeds, berries, and creeping
    things, he sees the animals of the forest dash by him, and he has no
    means to arrest their flight. He is powerless and miserable in the midst
    of plenty. Every step toward civilization is a step of conquest over
    nature. The invention of the bow and arrow was, in its time, a far
    greater stride forward for the human race than the steam-engine or the
    telegraph. The savage could now reach his game–his insatiable hunger
    could be satisfied; the very eagle, “towering in its pride of place,”
    was not beyond the reach of this new and wonderful weapon. The discovery
    of fire and the art of cooking was another immense step forward. The
    savage, having nothing but wooden vessels in which to cook, covered the
    wood with clay; the day hardened in the fire. The savage gradually
    learned that he could dispense with the wood, and thus pottery was
    invented. Then some one (if we are to believe the Chippeway legends, on
    the shores of Lake Superior) found fragments of the pure copper of that
    region, beat them into shape, and the art of metallurgy was begun; iron
    was first worked in the same way by shaping meteoric iron into
    spear-heads.

    But it must not be supposed that these inventions followed one another
    in rapid succession. Thousands, and perhaps tens of thousands, of years
    intervened between each step; many savage races have not to this day
    achieved some of these steps. Prof. Richard Owen says, “Unprepossessed
    and sober experience teaches that arts, language, literature are of slow
    growth, the results of gradual development.”

    I shall undertake to show hereafter that nearly all the arts essential
    to civilization which we possess date back to the time of
    Atlantis–certainly to that ancient Egyptian civilization which was
    coeval with, and an outgrowth from, Atlantis.

    In six thousand years the world made no advance on the civilization
    which it received from Atlantis.

    Ph?nicia, Egypt, Chaldea, India, Greece, and Rome passed the torch of
    civilization from one to the other; but in all that lapse of time they
    added nothing to the arts which existed at the earliest period of
    Egyptian history. In architecture, sculpture, painting, engraving,
    mining, metallurgy, navigation, pottery, glass-ware, the construction of
    canals, roads, and aqueducts, the arts of Ph?nicia and Egypt extended,
    without material change or improvement, to a period but two or three
    hundred years ago. The present age has entered upon a new era; it has
    added a series of wonderful inventions to the Atlantean list; it has
    subjugated steam and electricity to the uses of man. And its work has
    but commenced: it will continue until it lifts man to a plane as much
    higher than the present as the present is above the barbaric condition;
    and in the future it will be said that between the birth of civilization
    in Atlantis and the new civilization there stretches a period of many
    thousands of years, during which mankind did not invent, but simply
    perpetuated.

    Herodotus tells us (“Euterpe,” cxlii.) that, according to the
    information he received from the Egyptian priests, their written history
    dated back 11,340 years before his era, or nearly 14,000 years prior to
    this time. They introduced him into a spacious temple, and showed him
    the statues of 341 high-priests who had in turn succeeded each other;
    and yet the age of Columbus possessed no arts, except that of printing
    (which was ancient in China), which was not known to the Egyptians; and
    the civilization of Egypt at its first appearance was of a higher order
    than at any subsequent period of its history, thus testifying that it
    drew its greatness from a fountain higher than itself. It was in its
    early days that Egypt worshipped one only God; in the later ages this
    simple and sublime belief was buried under the corruptions of
    polytheism. The greatest pyramids were built by the Fourth Dynasty, and
    so universal was education at that time among the people that the stones
    with which they were built retain to this day the writing of the
    workmen. The first king was Menes.

    “At the epoch of Menes,” says Winchell, “the Egyptians were already a
    civilized and numerous people. Manetho tells us that Athotis, the son of
    this first king, Menes, built the palace at Memphis; that he was a
    physician, and left anatomical books. All these statements imply that
    even at this early period the Egyptians were in a high state of
    civilization.” (Winchell’s “Preadamites,” p. 120.) “In the time of Menes
    the Egyptians had long been architects, sculptors, painters,
    mythologists, and theologians.” Professor Richard Owen says, “Egypt is
    recorded to have been a civilized and governed community before the time
    of Menes. The pastoral community of a group of nomad families, as
    portrayed in the Pentateuch, may be admitted as an early step in
    civilization. But how far in advance of this stage is a nation
    administered by a kingly government, consisting of grades of society,
    with divisions of labor, of which one kind, assigned to the priesthood,
    was to record or chronicle the names and dynasties of the kings, the
    duration and chief events of their reigns!” Ernest Renan points out that
    “Egypt at the beginning appears mature, old, and entirely without
    mythical and heroic ages, as if the country had never known youth. Its
    civilization has no infancy, and its art no archaic period. The
    civilization of the Old Monarchy did not begin with infancy. It was
    already mature.”

    We shall attempt to show that it matured in Atlantis, and that the
    Egyptian people were unable to maintain it at the high standard at which
    they had received it, as depicted in the pages of Plato. What king of
    Assyria, or Greece, or Rome, or even of these modern nations, has ever
    devoted himself to the study of medicine and the writing of medical
    books for the benefit of mankind? Their mission has been to kill, not to
    heal the people; yet here, at the very dawn of Mediterranean history, we
    find the son of the first king of Egypt recorded “as a physician, and as
    having left anatomical books.”

    I hold it to be incontestable that, in some region of the earth,
    primitive mankind must have existed during vast spaces of time, and
    under most favorable circumstances, to create, invent, and discover
    those arts and things which constitute civilization. When we have it
    before our eyes that for six thousand years mankind in Europe, Asia, and
    Africa, even when led by great nations, and illuminated by marvellous
    minds, did not advance one inch beyond the arts of Egypt, we may
    conceive what lapses, what aeons, of time it must have required to bring
    savage man to that condition of refinement and civilization possessed by
    Egypt when it first comes within the purview of history.

    That illustrious Frenchman, H. A. Taine (” History of English
    Literature,” p. 23), sees the unity of the Indo-European races manifest
    in their languages, literature, and philosophies, and argues that these
    pre-eminent traits are “the great marks of an original model,” and that
    when we meet with them “fifteen, twenty, thirty centuries before our
    era, in an Aryan, an Egyptian, a Chinese, they represent the work of a
    great many ages, perhaps of several myriads of centuries. . . . Such is
    the first and richest source of these master faculties from which
    historical events take their rise; and one sees that if it be powerful
    it is because this is no simple spring, but a kind of lake, a deep
    reservoir, wherein other springs have, for a multitude of centuries,
    discharged their several streams.” In other words, the capacity of the
    Egyptian, Aryan, Chaldean, Chinese, Saxon, and Celt to maintain
    civilization is simply the result of civilized training during “myriads
    of centuries” in some original home of the race.

    I cannot believe that the great inventions were duplicated
    spontaneously, as some would have us believe, in different countries;
    there is no truth in the theory that men pressed by necessity will
    always hit upon the same invention to relieve their wants. If this were
    so, all savages would have invented the boomerang; all savages would
    possess pottery, bows and arrows, slings, tents, and canoes; in short,
    all races would have risen to civilization, for certainly the comforts
    of life are as agreeable to one people as another.

    Civilization is not communicable to all; many savage tribes are
    incapable of it. There are two great divisions of mankind, the civilized
    and the savage; and, as we shall show, every civilized race in the world
    has had something of civilization from the earliest ages; and as “all
    roads lead to Rome,” so all the converging lines of civilization lead to
    Atlantis. The abyss between the civilized man and the savage is simply
    incalculable; it represents not alone a difference in arts and methods
    of life, but in the mental constitution, the instincts, and the
    predispositions of the soul. The child of the civilized races in his
    sports manufactures water-wheels, wagons, and houses of cobs; the savage
    boy amuses himself with bows and arrows: the one belongs to a building
    and creating race; the other to a wild, hunting stock. This abyss
    between savagery and civilization has never been passed by any nation
    through its own original force, and without external influences, during
    the Historic Period; those who were savages at the dawn of history are
    savages still; barbarian slaves may have been taught something of the
    arts of their masters, and conquered races have shared some of the
    advantages possessed by their conquerors; but we will seek in vain for
    any example of a savage people developing civilization of and among
    themselves. I may be reminded of the Gauls, Goths, and Britons; but
    these were not savages, they possessed written languages, poetry,
    oratory, and history; they were controlled by religious ideas; they
    believed in God and the immortality of the soul, and in a state of
    rewards and punishments after death. Wherever the Romans came in contact
    with Gauls, or Britons, or German tribes, they found them armed with
    weapons of iron. The Scots, according to Tacitus, used chariots and iron
    swords in the battle of the Grampians–“enormes gladii sine mucrone.”
    The Celts of Gaul are stated by Diodorus Siculus to have used
    iron-headed spears and coats-of-mail, and the Gauls who encountered the
    Roman arms in B.C. 222 were armed with soft iron swords, as well as at
    the time when Caesar conquered their country. Among the Gauls men would
    lend money to be repaid in the next world, and, we need not add, that no
    Christian people has yet reached that sublime height of faith; they
    cultivated the ground, built houses and walled towns, wove cloth, and
    employed wheeled vehicles; they possessed nearly all the cereals and
    domestic animals we have, and they wrought in iron, bronze, and steel.
    The Gauls had even invented a machine on wheels to cut their grain, thus
    anticipating our reapers and mowers by two thousand years. The
    difference between the civilization of the Romans under Julius Caesar
    and the Gauls under Vercingetorix was a difference in degree and not in
    kind. The Roman civilization was simply a development and perfection of
    the civilization possessed by all the European populations; it was drawn
    from the common fountain of Atlantis.

    If we find on both sides of the Atlantic precisely the same arts,
    sciences, religious beliefs, habits, customs, and traditions, it is
    absurd to say that the peoples of the two continents arrived separately,
    by precisely the same steps, at precisely the same ends. When we
    consider the resemblance of the civilizations of the Mediterranean
    nations to one another, no man is silly enough to pretend that Rome,
    Greece, Egypt, Assyria, Ph?nicia, each spontaneously and separately
    invented the arts, sciences, habits, and opinions in which they agreed;
    but we proceed to trace out the thread of descent or connection from one
    to another. Why should a rule of interpretation prevail, as between the
    two sides of the Atlantic, different from that which holds good as to
    the two sides of the Mediterranean Sea? If, in the one case, similarity
    of origin has unquestionably produced similarity of arts, customs, and
    condition, why, in the other, should not similarity of arts, customs,
    and condition prove similarity of origin? Is there any instance in the
    world of two peoples, without knowledge of or intercourse with each
    other, happening upon the same invention, whether that invention be an
    arrow-head or a steam-engine? If it required of mankind a lapse of at
    least six thousand years before it began anew the work of invention, and
    took up the thread of original thought where Atlantis dropped it, what
    probability is there of three or four separate nations all advancing at
    the same speed to precisely the same arts and opinions? The proposition
    is untenable.

    If, then, we prove that, on both sides of the Atlantic, civilizations
    were found substantially identical, we have demonstrated that they must
    have descended one from the other, or have radiated from some common
    source.

    CHAPTER II

    THE IDENTITY OF THE CIVILIZATIONS OF THE OLD WORLD AND THE NEW

    MOSAICS AT MITLA, MEXICO

    Architecture.–Plato tells us that the Atlanteans possessed
    architecture; that they built walls, temples, and palaces.

    We need not add that this art was found in Egypt and all the civilized
    countries of Europe, as well as in Peru, Mexico, and Central America.
    Among both the Peruvians and Egyptians the walls receded inward, and the
    doors were narrower at, the top than at the threshold.

    The obelisks of Egypt, covered with hieroglyphics, are paralleled by the
    round columns of Central America, and both are supposed to have
    originated in Phallus-worship. “The usual symbol of the Phallus was an
    erect stone, often in its rough state, sometimes sculptured.” (Squier,
    “Serpent Symbol,” p. 49; Bancroft’s “Native Races,” vol. iii., p. 504.)
    The worship of Priapus was found in Asia, Egypt, along the European
    shore of the Mediterranean, and in the forests of Central America.

    The mounds of Europe and Asia were made in the same way and for the same
    purposes as those of America. Herodotus describes the burial of a
    Scythian king; he says, “After this they set to work to raise a vast
    mound above the grave, all of them vying with each other, and seeking to
    make it as tall as possible.” “It must be confessed,” says Foster
    (“Prehistoric Races,” p. 193), “that these Scythic burial rites have a
    strong resemblance to those of the Mound Builders.” Homer describes the
    erection of a great symmetrical mound over Achilles, also one over
    Hector. Alexander the Great raised a great mound over his friend
    Hephæstion, at a cost of more than a million dollars; and Semiramis
    raised a similar mound over her husband. The pyramids of Egypt, Assyria,
    and Ph?nicia had their duplicates in Mexico and Central America.

    CARVING ON THE BUDDHIST TOWER, SARNATH, INDIA

    The grave-cists made of stone of the American mounds are exactly like
    the stone chests, or kistvaen for the dead, found in the British mounds.
    (Fosters “Prehistoric Races,” p. 109.) Tumuli have been found in
    Yorkshire enclosing wooden coffins, precisely as in the mounds of the
    Mississippi Valley. (Ibid., p. 185.) The articles associated with the
    dead are the same in both continents: arms, trinkets, food, clothes, and
    funeral urns. In both the Mississippi Valley and among the Chaldeans
    vases were constructed around the bones, the neck of the vase being too
    small to permit the extraction of the skull. (Foster’s “Prehistoric
    Races,” p. 200.)

    The use of cement was known alike to the European and American nations.

    The use of the arch was known on both sides of the Atlantic.

    The manufacture of bricks was known in both the Old and New Worlds.

    The style of ornamentation in architecture was much the same on both
    hemispheres, as shown in the preceding designs, pages 137, 139.

    Metallurgy.–The Atlanteans mined ores, and worked in metals; they used
    copper, tin, bronze, gold, and silver, and probably iron.

    The American nations possessed all these metals. The age of bronze, or
    of copper combined with tin, was preceded in America, and nowhere else,
    by a simpler age of copper; and, therefore, the working of metals
    probably originated in America, or in some region to which it was
    tributary. The Mexicans manufactured bronze, and the Incas mined iron
    near Lake Titicaca; and the civilization of this latter region, as we
    will show, probably dated back to Atlantean times. The Peruvians called
    gold the tears of the sun: it was sacred to, the sun, as silver was to
    the moon.

    Sculpture.–The Atlanteans possessed this art; so did the American and
    Mediterranean nations.

    Dr. Arthur Schott (“Smith. Rep.,” 1869, p. 391), in describing the “Cara
    Gigantesca,” or gigantic face, a monument of Yzamal, in Yucatan, says,
    “Behind and on both sides, from under the mitre, a short veil falls upon
    the shoulders, so as to protect the back of the head and the neck. This
    particular appendage vividly calls to mind the same feature in the
    symbolic adornments of Egyptian and Hindoo priests, and even those of
    the Hebrew hierarchy.” Dr. Schott sees in the orbicular wheel-like
    plates of this statue the wheel symbol of Kronos and Saturn; and, in
    turn, it may be supposed that the wheel of Kronos was simply the cross
    of Atlantis, surrounded by its encircling ring.

    Painting.–This art was known on both sides of the Atlantic. The
    paintings upon the walls of some of the temples of Central America
    reveal a state of the art as high as that of Egypt.

    Engraving.–Plato tells us that the Atlanteans engraved upon pillars.
    The American nations also had this art in common with Egypt, Ph?nicia,
    and Assyria.

    Agriculture.–The people of Atlantis were pre-eminently an agricultural
    people; so were the civilized nations of America and the Egyptians. In
    Egypt the king put his hand to the plough at an annual festival, thus
    dignifying and consecrating the occupation of husbandry. In Peru
    precisely the same custom prevailed. In both the plough was known; in
    Egypt it was drawn by oxen, and in Peru by men. It was drawn by men in
    the North of Europe down to a comparatively recent period.

    Public Works.–The American nations built public works as great as or
    greater than any known in Europe. The Peruvians had public roads, one
    thousand five hundred to two thousand miles long, made so thoroughly as
    to elicit the astonishment of the Spaniards. At every few miles taverns
    or hotels were established for the accommodation of travellers. Humboldt
    pronounced these Peruvian roads “among the most useful and stupendous
    works ever executed by man.” They built aqueducts for purposes of
    irrigation some of which were five hundred miles long. They constructed
    magnificent bridges of stone, and had even invented suspension bridges
    thousands of years before they were introduced into Europe. They had,
    both in Peru and Mexico, a system of posts, by means of which news was
    transmitted hundreds of miles in a day, precisely like those known among
    the Persians in the time of Herodotus, and subsequently among the
    Romans. Stones similar to mile-stones were placed along the roads in
    Peru. (See Prescott’s “Peru,”)

    Navigation.–Sailing vessels were known to the Peruvians and the Central
    Americans. Columbus met, in 1502, at an island near Honduras, a party of
    the Mayas in a large vessel, equipped with sails, and loaded with a
    variety of textile fabrics of divers colors.

    ANCIENT IRISH VASE OF THE BRONZE AGE

    Manufactures.–The American nations manufactured woollen and cotton
    goods; they made pottery as beautiful as the wares of Egypt; they
    manufactured glass; they engraved gems and precious stones. The
    Peruvians had such immense numbers of vessels and ornaments of gold that
    the Inca paid with them a ransom for himself to Pizarro of the value of
    fifteen million dollars.

    Music.–It has been pointed out that there is great resemblance between
    the five-toned music of the Highland Scotch and that of the Chinese and
    other Eastern nations. (“Anthropology,” p. 292.)

    Weapons.–The weapons of the New World were identically the same as
    those of the Old World; they consisted of bows and arrows, spears,
    darts, short swords, battle-axes, and slings; and both peoples used
    shields or bucklers, and casques of wood or hide covered with metal. If
    these weapons had been derived from separate sources of invention, one
    country or the other would have possessed implements not known to the
    other, like the blow-pipe, the boomerang, etc. Absolute identity in so
    many weapons strongly argues identity of origin.

    Religion.–The religion of the Atlanteans, as Plato tells us, was pure
    and simple; they made no regular sacrifices but fruits and flowers; they
    worshipped the sun.

    In Peru a single deity was worshipped, and the sun, his most glorious
    work, was honored as his representative. Quetzalcoatl, the founder of
    the Aztecs, condemned all sacrifice but that of fruits and flowers. The
    first religion of Egypt was pure and simple; its sacrifices were fruits
    and flowers; temples were erected to the sun, Ra, throughout Egypt. In
    Peru the great festival of the sun was called Ra-mi. The Ph?nicians
    worshipped Baal and Moloch; the one represented the beneficent, and the
    other the injurious powers of the sun.

    Religious Beliefs.–The Guanches of the Canary Islands, who were
    probably a fragment of the old Atlantean population, believed in the
    immortality of the soul and the resurrection of the body, and preserved
    their dead as mummies. The Egyptians believed in the immortality of the
    soul and the resurrection of the body, and preserved the bodies of the
    dead by embalming them. The Peruvians believed in the immortality of the
    soul and the resurrection of the body, and they too preserved the bodies
    of their dead by embalming them. “A few mummies in remarkable
    preservation have been found among the Chinooks and Flatheads.”
    (Schoolcraft, vol. v., p. 693.) The embalmment of the body was also
    practised in Central America and among the Aztecs. The Aztecs, like the
    Egyptians, mummified their dead by taking out the bowels and replacing
    them with aromatic substances. (Dorman, “Origin Prim. Superst.,” p.
    173.) The bodies of the kings of the Virginia Indians were preserved by
    embalming. (Beverly, p. 47.)

    Here are different races, separated by immense distances of land and
    ocean, uniting in the same beliefs, and in the same practical and
    logical application of those beliefs.

    The use of confession and penance was known in the religious ceremonies
    of some of the American nations. Baptism was a religious ceremony with
    them, and the bodies of the dead were sprinkled with water.

    Vestal virgins were found in organized communities on both sides of the
    Atlantic; they were in each case pledged to celibacy, and devoted to
    death if they violated their vows. In both hemispheres the recreant were
    destroyed by being buried alive. The Peruvians, Mexicans, Central
    Americans, Egyptians, Ph?nicians, and Hebrews each had a powerful
    hereditary priesthood.

    The Ph?nicians believed in an evil spirit called Zebub; the Peruvians
    had a devil called Cupay. The Peruvians burnt incense in their temples.
    The Peruvians, when they sacrificed animals, examined their entrails,
    and from these prognosticated the future.

    I need not add that all these nations preserved traditions of the
    Deluge; and all of them possessed systems of writing.

    The Egyptian priest of Sais told Solon that the myth of Phaëthon, the
    son of Helios, having attempted to drive the chariot of the sun, and
    thereby burning up the earth, referred to “a declination of the bodies
    moving round the earth and in the heavens” (comets), which caused a
    “great conflagration upon the earth,” from which those only escaped who
    lived near rivers and seas. The “Codex Chimalpopoca”–a Nahua, Central
    American record–tells us that the third era of the world, or “third
    sun,” is called, Quia Tonatiuh, or sun of rain, “because in this age
    there fell a rain of fire, all which existed burned, and there fell a
    rain of gravel;” the rocks “boiled with tumult, and there also arose the
    rocks of vermilion color.” In other words, the traditions of these
    people go back to a great cataclysm of fire, when the earth possibly
    encountered, as in the Egyptian story, one of “the bodies moving round
    the earth and in the heavens;” they had also memories of “the Drift
    Period,” and of the outburst of Plutonic rocks. If man has existed on
    the earth as long as science asserts, he must have passed through many
    of the great catastrophes which are written upon the face of the planet;
    and it is very natural that in myths and legends he should preserve some
    recollection of events so appalling and destructive.

    Among the early Greeks Pan was the ancient god; his wife was Maia. The
    Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg calls attention to the fact that Pan was
    adored in all parts of Mexico and Central America; and at Panuco, or
    Panca, literally Panopolis, the Spaniards found, upon their entrance
    into Mexico, superb temples and images of Pan. (Brasseur’s Introduction
    in Landa’s “Relacion.”) The names of both Pan and Maya enter extensively
    into the Maya vocabulary, Maia being the same as Maya, the principal
    name of the peninsula; and pan, added to Maya, makes the name of the
    ancient capital Mayapan. In the Nahua language pan, or pani, signifies
    “equality to that which is above,” and Pentecatl was the progenitor of
    all beings. (“North Americans of Antiquity,” p. 467.)

    The ancient Mexicans believed that the sun-god would destroy the world
    in the last night of the fifty-second year, and that he would never come
    back. They offered sacrifices to him at that time to propitiate him;
    they extinguished all the fires in the kingdom; they broke all their
    household furniture; they bung black masks before their faces; they
    prayed and fasted; and on the evening of the last night they formed a
    great procession to a neighboring mountain. A human being was sacrificed
    exactly at midnight; a block of wood was laid at once on the body, and
    fire was then produced by rapidly revolving another piece of wood upon
    it; a spark was carried to a funeral pile, whose rising flame proclaimed
    to the anxious people the promise of the god not to destroy the world
    for another fifty-two years. Precisely the same custom obtained among
    the nations of Asia Minor and other parts of the continent of Asia,
    wherever sun-worship prevailed, at the periodical reproduction of the
    sacred fire, but not with the same bloody rites as in Mexico.
    (Valentini, “Maya Archaeology,” p. 21.)

    To this day the Brahman of India “churns” his sacred fire out of a board
    by boring into it with a stick; the Romans renewed their sacred fire in
    the same way; and in Sweden even now a “need-fire is kindled in this
    manner when cholera or other pestilence is about.” (Tylor’s
    “Anthropology,” p. 262.)

    A belief in ghosts is found on both continents. The American Indians
    think that the spirits of the dead retain the form and features which
    they wore while living; that there is a hell and a heaven; that hell is
    below the earth, and heaven above the clouds; that the souls of the
    wicked sometimes wander the face of the earth, appearing occasionally to
    mortals. The story of Tantalus is found among the Chippewayans, who
    believed that bad souls stand up to their chins in water in sight of the
    spirit-land, which they can never enter. The dead passed to heaven
    across a stream of water by means of a narrow and slippery bridge, from
    which many were lost. The Zuñis set apart a day in each year which they
    spent among the graves of their dead, communing with their spirits, and
    bringing them presents–a kind of All-souls-day. (Dorman, “Prim.
    Superst.,” p. 35.) The Stygian flood, and Scylla and Charybdis, are
    found among the legends of the Caribs. (Ibid., p. 37.) Even the boat of
    Charon reappears in the traditions of the Chippewayans.

    The Oriental belief in the transmigration of souls is found in every
    American tribe. The souls of men passed into animals or other men.
    (Schoolcraft, vol. i., p. 33.) The souls of the wicked passed into toads
    and wild beasts. (Dorman, “Prim. Superst.,” p. 50.)

    Among both the Germans and the American Indians lycanthropy, or the
    metamorphosis of men into wolves, was believed in. In British Columbia
    the men-wolves have often been seen seated around a fire, with their
    wolf-hides hung upon sticks to dry! The Irish legend of hunters pursuing
    an animal which suddenly disappears, whereupon a human being appears in
    its place is found among all the American tribes.

    That timid and harmless animal, the hare, was, singularly enough, an
    object of superstitious reverence and fear in Europe, Asia, and America.
    The ancient Irish killed all the hares they found on May-day among their
    cattle, believing them to be witches. Cæsar gives an account of the
    horror in which this animal was held by the Britons. The Calmucks
    regarded the rabbit with fear and reverence. Divine honors were paid to
    the hare in Mexico. Wabasso was changed into a white rabbit, and
    canonized in that form.

    The white bull, Apis, of the Egyptians, reappears in the Sacred white
    buffalo of the Dakotas, which was supposed to possess supernatural
    power, and after death became a god. The white doe of European legend
    had its representative in the white deer of the Housatonic Valley, whose
    death brought misery to the tribe. The transmission of spirits by the
    laying on of hands, and the exorcism of demons, were part of the
    religion of the American tribes.

    The witches of Scandinavia, who produced tempests by their incantations,
    are duplicated in America. A Cree sorcerer sold three days of fair
    weather for one pound of tobacco! The Indian sorcerers around Freshwater
    Bay kept the winds in leather bags, and disposed of them as they pleased.

    Among the American Indians it is believed that those who are insane or
    epileptic are “possessed of devils.” (Tylor, “Prim. Cult.,” vol. ii.,
    pp. 123-126.) Sickness is caused by evil spirits entering into the sick
    person. (Eastman’s “Sioux.”) The spirits of animals are much feared, and
    their departure out of the body of the invalid is a cause of
    thanksgiving. Thus an Omaha, after an eructation, says, “Thank you,
    animal.” (Dorman, “Prim. Superst.,” p. 55.) The confession of their sins
    was with a view to satisfy the evil spirit and induce him to leave them.
    (Ibid., p. 57.)

    In both continents burnt-offerings were sacrificed to the gods. In both
    continents the priests divined the future from the condition of the
    internal organs of the man or animal sacrificed. (Ibid., pp. 214, 226.)
    In both continents the future was revealed by the flight of birds and by
    dreams. In Peru and Mexico there were colleges of augurs, as in Rome,
    who practised divination by watching the movements and songs of birds.
    (Ibid., p. 261.)

    Animals were worshipped in Central America and on the banks of the Nile.
    (Ibid., p. 259.)

    The Ojibbeways believed that the barking of a fox was ominous of ill.
    (Ibid., p. 225). The peasantry of Western Europe have the same belief as
    to the howling of a dog.

    The belief in satyrs, and other creatures half man and half animal,
    survived in America. The Kickapoos are Darwinians. “They think their
    ancestors had tails, and when they lost them the impudent fox sent every
    morning to ask how their tails were, and the bear shook his fat sides at
    the joke.” (Ibid., p. 232.) Among the natives of Brazil the father cut a
    stick at the wedding of his daughter; “this was done to cut off the
    tails of any future grandchildren.” (Tylor, vol. i., p. 384.)

    Jove, with the thunder-bolts in his hand, is duplicated in the Mexican god of thunder, Mixcoatl, who is represented holding a bundle of arrows. “He rode upon a tornado, and scattered the lightnings.” (Dorman, “Prim. Superst.,” p. 98.)

    Dionysus, or Bacchus, is represented by the Mexican god Texcatzoncatl, the god of wine. (Bancroft, vol. iii., p. 418.)

    Atlas reappears in Chibchacum, the deity of the Chibchas; he bears the world on his shoulders, and when be shifts the burden from one shoulder to another severe earthquakes are produced. (Bollært, pp. 12, 13.)

    Deucalion repeopling the world is repeated in Xololt, who, after the
    destruction of the world, descended to Mictlan, the realm of the dead,
    and brought thence a bone of the perished race. This, sprinkled with
    blood, grew into a youth, the father of the present race. The Quiche
    hero-gods, Hunaphu and Xblanque, died; their bodies were burnt, their
    bones ground to powder and thrown into the waters, whereupon they
    changed into handsome youths, with the same features as before. (Dorman,
    “Prim. Superst.,” p. 193.)

    Witches and warlocks, mermaids and mermen, are part of the mythology of the American tribes, as they were of the European races. (Ibid., p. 79.) The mermaid of the Ottawas was “woman to the waist and fair;” thence fish-like. (Ibid., p. 278.)

    The snake-locks of Medusa are represented in the snake-locks of At-otarho, an ancient culture-hero of the Iroquois.

    A belief in the incarnation of gods in men, and the physical translation
    of heroes to heaven, is part of the mythology of the Hindoos and the
    American races. Hiawatha, we are told, rose to heaven in the presence of
    the multitude, and vanished from sight in the midst of sweet music.

    The vocal statues and oracles of Egypt and Greece were duplicated in America. In Peru, in the valley of Rimac, there was an idol which answered questions and became famous as an oracle. (Dorman, “Prim. Superst.,” p. 124.)

    The Peruvians believed that men were sometimes metamorphosed into stones.

    The Oneidas claimed descent from a stone, as the Greeks from the stones
    of Deucalion. (Ibid., p. 132.)

    Witchcraft is an article of faith among all the American races. Among
    the Illinois Indians “they made small images to represent those whose
    days they have a mind to shorten, and which they stab to the heart,”
    whereupon the person represented is expected to die. (Charlevoix, vol.
    ii., p. 166.) The witches of Europe made figures of wax of their
    enemies, and gradually melted them at the fire, and as they diminished
    the victim was supposed to sicken and die.

    A writer in the Popular Science Monthly (April, 1881, p. 828) points out
    the fact that there is an absolute identity between the folk-lore of the
    negroes on the plantations of the South and the myths and stories of
    certain tribes of Indians in South America, as revealed by Mr. Herbert
    Smith’s “Brazil, the Amazons, and the Coast.” (New York: Scribner,
    1879.) Mr. Harris, the author of a work on the folk-lore of the negroes,
    asks this question, “When did the negro or the North American Indian
    come in contact with the tribes of South America?”

    Customs.–Both peoples manufactured a fermented, intoxicating drink, the
    one deriving it from barley, the other from maize. Both drank toasts.
    Both had the institution of marriage, an important part of the ceremony
    consisting in the joining of hands; both recognized divorce, and the
    Peruvians and Mexicans established special courts to decide cases of
    this kind. Both the Americans and Europeans erected arches, and had
    triumphal processions for their victorious kings, and both strewed the
    ground before them with leaves and flowers. Both celebrated important
    events with bonfires and illuminations; both used banners, both invoked
    blessings. The Ph?nicians, Hebrews, and Egyptians practised
    circumcision. Palacio relates that at Azori, in Honduras, the natives
    circumcised boys before an idol called Icelca. (“Carta,” p. 84.) Lord
    Kingsborough tells us the Central Americans used the same rite, and
    McKenzie (quoted by Retzius) says he saw the ceremony performed by the
    Chippeways. Both had bards and minstrels, who on great festivals sung
    the deeds of kings and heroes. Both the Egyptians and the Peruvians held
    agricultural fairs; both took a census of the people. Among both the
    land was divided per capita among the people; in Judea a new division
    was made every fifty years. The Peruvians renewed every year all the
    fires of the kingdom from the Temple of the Sun, the new fire being
    kindled from concave mirrors by the sun’s rays. The Romans under Numa
    had precisely the same custom. The Peruvians had theatrical plays. They
    chewed the leaves of the coca mixed with lime, as the Hindoo to-day
    chews the leaves of the betel mixed with lime. Both the American and
    European nations were divided into castes; both practised
    planet-worship; both used scales and weights and mirrors. The Peruvians,
    Egyptians, and Chaldeans divided the year into twelve months, and the
    months into lesser divisions of weeks. Both inserted additional days, so
    as to give the year three hundred and sixty-five days. The Mexicans
    added five intercalary days; and the Egyptians, in the time of Amunoph
    I., had already the same practice.

    Humboldt, whose high authority cannot be questioned, by an elaborate
    discussion (“Vues des Cordilleras,” p. 148 et. seq., ed. 1870), has
    shown the relative likeness of the Nahua calendar to that of Asia. He
    cites the fact that the Chinese, Japanese, Calmucks, Mongols, Mantchou,
    and other hordes of Tartars have cycles of sixty years’ duration,
    divided into five brief periods of twelve years each. The method of
    citing a date by means of signs and numbers is quite similar with
    Asiatics and Mexicans. He further shows satisfactorily that the majority
    of the names of the twenty days employed by the Aztecs are those of a
    zodiac used since the most remote antiquity among the peoples of Eastern
    Asia.

    Cabera thinks he finds analogies between the Mexican and Egyptian
    calendars. Adopting the view of several writers that the Mexican year
    began on the 26th of February, he finds the date to correspond with the
    beginning of the Egyptian year.

    The American nations believed in four great primeval ages, as the Hindoo
    does to this day.

    “In the Greeks of Homer,” says Volney, “I find the customs, discourse,
    and manners of the Iroquois, Delawares, and Miamis. The tragedies of
    Sophocles and Euripides paint to me almost literally the sentiments of
    the red men respecting necessity, fatality, the miseries of human life,
    and the rigor of blind destiny.” (Volney’s “View of the United States.”)

    The Mexicans represent an eclipse of the moon as the moon being devoured
    by a dragon; and the Hindoos have precisely the same figure; and both
    nations continued to use this expression long after they had discovered
    the real meaning of an eclipse.

    The Tartars believe that if they cut with an axe near a fire, or stick a
    knife into a burning stick, or touch the fire with a knife, they will
    “cut the top off the fire.” The Sioux Indians will not stick an awl or a
    needle into a stick of wood on the fire, or chop on it with an axe or a
    knife.

    Cremation was extensively practised in the New World. The dead were
    burnt, and their ashes collected and placed in vases and urns, as in
    Europe. Wooden statues of the dead were made.

    There is a very curious and apparently inexplicable custom, called the
    “Couvade,” which extends from China to the Mississippi Valley; it
    demands “that, when a child is born, the father must take to his bed,
    while the mother attends to all the duties of the household.” Marco Polo
    found the custom among the Chinese in the thirteenth century.

    The widow tells Hudibras–

    “Chineses thus are said To lie-in in their ladies’ stead.”

    The practice remarked by Marco Polo continues to this day among the
    hill-tribes of China. “The father of a new-born child, as soon as the
    mother has become strong enough to leave her couch, gets into bed
    himself, and there receives the congratulations Of his acquaintances.”
    (Max Müller’s “Chips from a German Workshop,” vol. ii., p. 272.) Strabo
    (vol. iii., pp. 4, 17) mentions that, among the Iberians of the North of
    Spain, the women, after the birth of a child, tend their husbands,
    putting them to bed instead of going themselves. The same custom existed
    among the Basques only a few years ago. “In Biscay,” says M. F. Michel,
    “the women rise immediately after childbirth and attend to the duties of
    the household, while the husband goes to bed, taking the baby with him,
    and thus receives the neighbors’ compliments.” The same custom was found
    in France, and is said to exist to this day in some cantons of Béarn.
    Diodorus Siculus tells us that among the Corsicans the wife was
    neglected, and the husband put to bed and treated as the patient.
    Apollonius Rhodius says that among the Tibereni, at the south of the
    Black Sea, “when a child was born the father lay groaning, with his head
    tied up, while the mother tended him with food and prepared his baths.”
    The same absurd custom extends throughout the tribes of North and South
    America. Among the Caribs in the West Indies (and the Caribs, Brasseur
    de Bourbourg says, were the same as the ancient Carians of the
    Mediterranean Sea) the man takes to his bed as soon as a child is born,
    and kills no animals. And herein we find an explanation of a custom
    otherwise inexplicable. Among the American Indians it is believed that,
    if the father kills an animal during the infancy of the child, the
    spirit of the animal will revenge itself by inflicting some disease upon
    the helpless little one. “For six months the Carib father must not eat
    birds or fish, for what ever animals he eats will impress their likeness
    on the child, or produce disease by entering its body.” (Dorman, “Prim.
    Superst.,” p. 58.) Among the Abipones the husband goes to bed, fasts a
    number of days, “and you would think,” says Dobrizboffer, “that it was
    he that had had the child.” The Brazilian father takes to his hammock
    during and after the birth of the child, and for fifteen days eats no
    meat and hunts no game. Among the Esquimaux the husbands forbear hunting
    during the lying-in of their wives and for some time thereafter.

    Here, then, we have a very extraordinary and unnatural custom, existing
    to this day on both sides of the Atlantic, reaching back to a vast
    antiquity, and finding its explanation only in the superstition of the
    American races. A practice so absurd could scarcely have originated
    separately in the two continents; its existence is a very strong proof
    of unity of origin of the races on the opposite sides of the Atlantic;
    and the fact that the custom and the reason for it are both found in
    America, while the custom remains in Europe without the reason, would
    imply that the American population was the older of the two.

    The Indian practice of depositing weapons and food with the dead was universal in ancient Europe, and in German villages nowadays a needle and thread is placed in the coffin for the dead to mend their torn clothes with; “while all over Europe the dead man had a piece of money put in his hand to pay his way with.” (“Anthropology,” p. 347.)

    The American Indian leaves food with the dead; the Russian peasant puts
    crumbs of bread behind the saints’ pictures on the little iron shelf,
    and believes that the souls of his forefathers creep in and out and eat
    them. At the cemetery of Père-la-Chaise, Paris, on All-souls-day, they
    “still put cakes and sweetmeats on the graves; and in Brittany the
    peasants that night do not forget to make up the fire and leave the
    fragments of the supper on the table for the souls of the dead.” (Ibid..
    p. 351.)

    The Indian prays to the spirits of his forefathers; the Chinese religion is largely “ancestor-worship;” and the rites paid to the dead ancestors, or lares, held the Roman family together.” (“Anthropology,” p. 351.)

    We find the Indian practice of burying the dead in a sitting posture in
    use among the Nasamonians, tribe of Libyans. Herodotus, speaking of the
    wandering tribes of Northern Africa, says, “They bury their dead
    according to the fashion of the Greeks. . . . They bury them sitting,
    and are right careful, when the sick man is at the point of giving up
    the ghost, to make him sit, and not let him die lying down.”

    The dead bodies of the caciques of Bogota were protected from
    desecration by diverting the course of a river and making the grave in
    its bed, and then letting the stream return to its natural course.
    Alaric, the leader of the Goths, was secretly buried in the same way.
    (Dorman, “Prim. Superst.,” p. 195.)

    Among the American tribes no man is permitted to marry a wife of the
    same clan-name or totem as himself. In India a Brahman is not allowed to
    marry a wife whose clan-name (her “cow-stall,” as they say) is the same
    as his own; nor may a Chinaman take a wife of his own surname.
    (“Anthropology,” p. 403.) “Throughout India the hill-tribes are divided
    into septs or clans, and a man may not marry a woman belonging to his
    own clan. The Calmucks of Tartary are divided into hordes, and a man may
    not marry a girl of his own horde. The same custom prevails among the
    Circassians and the Samoyeds of Siberia. The Ostyaks and Yakuts regard
    it as a crime to marry a woman of the same family, or even of the same
    name.” (Sir John Lubbock, “Smith. Rep.,” p. 347, 1869.)

    Sutteeism–the burning of the widow upon the funeral-pile of the
    husband–was extensively practised in America (West’s “Journal,” p.
    141); as was also the practice of sacrificing warriors, servants, and
    animals at the funeral of a great chief (Dorman, pp. 210-211.) Beautiful
    girls were sacrificed to appease the anger of the gods, as among the
    Mediterranean races. (Bancroft, vol. iii., p. 471.) Fathers offered up
    their children for a like purpose, as among the Carthaginians.

    The poisoned arrows of America had their representatives in Europe. Odysseus went to Ephyra for the man-slaying drug with which to smear his bronze-tipped arrows. (Tylor’s “Anthropology,” p. 237.)

    “The bark canoe of America was not unknown in Asia and Africa” (Ibid.,
    p. 254), while the skin canoes of our Indians and the Esquimaux were
    found on the shores of the Thames and the Euphrates. In Peru and on the
    Euphrates commerce was carried on upon rafts supported by inflated
    skins. They are still used on the Tigris.

    The Indian boils his meat by dropping red-hot stones into a water-vessel made of hide; and Linnæus found the Both land people brewing beer in this way–“and to this day the rude Carinthian boor drinks such stone-beer, as it is called.” (Ibid., p. 266.)

    In the buffalo dance of the Mandan Indians the dancers covered their
    heads with a mask made of the head and horns of the buffalo. To-day in
    the temples of India, or among the lamas of Thibet, the priests dance
    the demons out, or the new year in, arrayed in animal masks (Ibid., p.
    297 ); and the “mummers” at Yule-tide, in England, are a survival of the
    same custom. (Ibid., p. 298.) The North American dog and bear dances,
    wherein the dancers acted the part of those animals, had their prototype
    in the Greek dances at the festivals of Dionysia. (Ibid., p. 298.)

    Tattooing was practised in both continents. Among the Indians it was
    fetichistic in its origin; “every Indian had the image of an animal
    tattooed on his breast or arm, to charm away evil spirits.” (Dorman,
    “Prim. Superst.,” p. 156.) The sailors of Europe and America preserve to
    this day a custom which was once universal among the ancient races.
    Banners, flags, and armorial bearings are supposed to be survivals of
    the old totemic tattooing. The Arab woman still tattoos her face, arms,
    and ankles. The war-paint of the American savage reappeared in the woad
    with which the ancient Briton stained his body; and Tylor suggests that
    the painted stripes on the circus clown are a survival of a custom once
    universal. (Tylor’s “Anthropology,” p. 327.)

    In America, as in the Old World, the temples of worship were built over
    the dead., (Dorman, “Prim. Superst.,” p. 178.) Says Prudentius, the
    Roman bard, “there were as many temples of gods as sepulchres.”

    The Etruscan belief that evil spirits strove for the possession of the
    dead was found among the Mosquito Indians. (Bancroft, “Native Races,”
    vol. i., p. 744.)

    The belief in fairies, which forms so large a part of the folklore of
    Western Europe, is found among the American races. The Ojibbeways see
    thousands of fairies dancing in a sunbeam; during a rain myriads of them
    bide in the flowers. When disturbed they disappear underground. They
    have their dances, like the Irish fairies; and, like them, they kill the
    domestic animals of those who offend them. The Dakotas also believe in
    fairies. The Otoes located the “little people” in a mound at the mouth
    of Whitestone River; they were eighteen inches high, with very large
    heads; they were armed with bows and arrows, and killed those who
    approached their residence. (See Dorman’s “Origin of Primitive
    Superstitions,” p. 23.) “The Shoshone legends people the mountains of
    Montana with little imps, called Nirumbees, two feet long, naked, and
    with a tail.” They stole the children of the Indians, and left in their
    stead the young of their own baneful race, who resembled the stolen
    children so much that the mothers were deceived and suckled them,
    whereupon they died. This greatly resembles the European belief in
    “changelings.” (Ibid., p. 24.)

    In both continents we find tree-worship. In Mexico and Central America
    cypresses and palms were planted near the temples, generally in groups
    of threes; they were tended with great care, and received offerings of
    incense and gifts. The same custom prevailed among the Romans–the
    cypress was dedicated to Pluto, and the palm to Victory.

    Not only infant baptism by water was found both in the old Babylonian
    religion and among the Mexicans, but an offering of cakes, which is
    recorded by the prophet Jeremiah as part of the worship of the
    Babylonian goddess-mother, “the Queen of Heaven,” was also found in the
    ritual of the Aztecs. (“Builders of Babel,” p. 78.)

    In Babylonia, China, and Mexico the caste at the bottom of the social
    scale lived upon floating islands of reeds or rafts, covered with earth,
    on the lakes and rivers.

    In Peru and Babylonia marriages were made but once a year, at a public
    festival.

    Among the Romans, the Chinese, the Abyssinians, and the Indians of
    Canada the singular custom prevails of lifting the bride over the
    door-step of her husband’s home. (Sir John Lubbock, “Smith. Rep.,” 1869,
    p. 352.)

    “The bride-cake which so invariably accompanies a wedding among
    ourselves, and which must always be cut by the bride, may be traced back
    to the old Roman form of marriage by ‘conferreatio,’ or eating together.
    So, also, among the Iroquois the bride and bridegroom used to partake
    together of a cake of sagamite, which the bride always offered to her
    husband.” (Ibid.)

    Among many American tribes, notably in Brazil, the husband captured the
    wife by main force, as the men of Benjamin carried off the daughters of
    Shiloh at the feast, and as the Romans captured the Sabine women.
    “Within a few generations the same old habit was kept up in Wales, where
    the bridegroom and his friends, mounted and armed as for war, carried
    off the bride; and in Ireland they used even to hurl spears at the
    bride’s people, though at such a distance that no one was hurt, except
    now and then by accident–as happened when one Lord Hoath lost an eye,
    which mischance put an end to this curious relic of antiquity.” (Tylor’s
    “Anthropology,” p. 409.)

    Marriage in Mexico was performed by the priest. He exhorted them to
    maintain peace and harmony, and tied the end of the man’s mantle to the
    dress of the woman; he perfumed them, and placed on each a shawl on
    which was painted a skeleton, “as a symbol that only death could now
    separate them from one another.” (Dorman, “Prim. Superst.,” p. 379.)

    The priesthood was thoroughly organized in Mexico and Peru. They were
    prophets as well as priests. “They brought the newly-born infant into
    the religious society; they directed their training and education; they
    determined the entrance of the young men into the service of the state;
    they consecrated marriage by their blessing; they comforted the sick and
    assisted the dying.” (Ibid., p. 374.) There were five thousand priests
    in the temples of Mexico. They confessed and absolved the sinners,
    arranged the festivals, and managed the choirs in the churches. They
    lived in conventual discipline, but were allowed to marry; they
    practised flagellation and fasting, and prayed at regular hours. There
    were great preachers and exhorters among them. There were also convents
    into which females were admitted. The novice had her hair cut off and
    took vows of celibacy; they lived holy and pious lives. (Ibid., pp. 375,
    376.) The king was the high-priest of the religious orders. A new king
    ascended the temple naked, except his girdle; he was sprinkled four
    times with water which had been blessed; he was then clothed in a
    mantle, and on his knees took an oath to maintain the ancient religion.
    The priests then instructed him in his royal duties. (Ibid., p. 378.)
    Besides the regular priesthood there were monks who were confined in
    cloisters. (Ibid., p. 390.) Cortes says the Mexican priests were very
    strict in the practice of honesty and chastity, and any deviation was
    punished with death. They wore long white robes and burned incense.
    (Dorman, “Prim. Superst.,” p. 379.) The first fruits of the earth were
    devoted to the support of the priesthood. (Ibid., p. 383.) The priests
    of the Isthmus were sworn to perpetual chastity.

    The American doctors practised phlebotomy. They bled the sick man
    because they believed the evil spirit which afflicted him would come
    away with the blood. In Europe phlebotomy only continued to a late
    period, but the original superstition out of which it arose, in this
    case as in many others, was forgotten.

    There is opportunity here for the philosopher to meditate upon the
    perversity of human nature and the persistence of hereditary error. The
    superstition of one age becomes the science of another; men were first
    bled to withdraw the evil spirit, then to cure the disease; and a
    practice whose origin is lost in the night of ages is continued into the
    midst of civilization, and only overthrown after it has sent millions of
    human beings to untimely graves. Dr. Sangrado could have found the
    explanation of his profession only among the red men of America.


    Folk-lore.–Says Max Müller: “Not only do we find the same words and the same terminations in Sanscrit and Gothic; not only do we find the same name for Zeus in Sanscrit, Latin, and German; not only is the abstract Dame for God the same in India, Greece, and Italy; but these very stories, these ‘Mährchen’ which nurses still tell, with almost the same words, in the Thuringian forest and in the Norwegian villages, and to which crowds of children listen under the Pippal-trees of India–these stories, too, belonged to the common heirloom of the Indo-European race, and their origin carries us back to the same distant past, when no Greek had set foot in Europe, no Hindoo had bathed in the sacred waters of the Ganges.”

    And we find that an identity of origin can be established between the folk-lore or fairy tales of America and those of the Old World, precisely such as exists between the, legends of Norway and India.

    Mr. Tylor tells us the story of the two brothers in Central America who,
    starting on their dangerous journey to the land of Xibalba, where their
    father had perished, plant each a cane in the middle of their
    grandmother’s house, that she may know by its flourishing or withering
    whether they are alive or dead. Exactly the same conception occurs in
    Grimm’s “Mährchen,” when the two gold-children wish to see the world and
    to leave their father; and when their father is sad, and asks them how
    he shall bear news of them, they tell him, “We leave you the two golden
    lilies; from these you can see how we fare. If they are fresh, we are
    well; if they fade, we are ill; if they fall, we are dead.” Grimm traces
    the same idea in Hindoo stories. “Now this,” says Max Müller, “is
    strange enough, and its occurrence in India, Germany, and Central
    America is stranger still.”

    Compare the following stories, which we print in parallel columns, one from the Ojibbeway Indians, the other from Ireland:

    +———————————-+————————————+
    | THE OJIBBEWAY STORY.             | THE IRISH STORY.                   |
    |                                  |                                    |
    | The birds met together one day   | The birds all met together one     |
    | to try which could fly the       | day, and settled among themselves  |
    | highest. Some flew up very       | that whichever of them could fly   |
    | swift, but soon got tired, and   | highest was to be the king of      |
    | were passed by others of         | all. Well, just as they were on    |
    | stronger wing. But the eagle     | the hinges of being off, what      |
    | went up beyond them all, and     | does the little rogue of a wren    |
    | was ready to claim the victory,  | do but hop up and perch himself    |
    | when the gray linnet, a very     | unbeknown on the eagle’s tail. So  |
    | small bird, flew from the        | they flew and flew ever so high,   |
    | eagle’s back, where it had       | till the eagle was miles above     |
    | perched unperceived, and, being  | all the rest, and could not fly    |
    | fresh and unexhausted,           | another stroke, he was so tired.   |
    | succeeded in going the highest.  | “Then,” says he, “I’m king of the  |
    | When the birds came down and     | birds.” “You lie!” says the wren,  |
    | met in council to award the      | darting up a perch and a half      |
    | prize it was given to the        | above the big fellow. Well, the    |
    | eagle, because that bird had     | eagle was so mad to think how he   |
    | not only gone up nearer to the   | was done, that when the wren was   |
    | sun than any of the larger       | coming down he gave him a stroke   |
    | birds, but it had carried the    | of his wing, and from that day to  |
    | linnet on its back.              | this the wren was never able to    |
    |                                  | fly farther than a hawthorn-bush.  |
    | For this reason the eagle’s      |                                    |
    | feathers became the most         |                                    |
    | honorable marks of distinction   |                                    |
    | a warrior could bear.            |                                    |
    +———————————-+————————————+

    Compare the following stories:

    +————————————+———————————-+
    | THE ASIATIC STORY.                 | THE AMERICAN STORY.              |
    |                                    |                                  |
    | In Hindoo mythology Urvasi came    | Wampee, a great hunter, once     |
    | down from heaven and became the    | came to a strange prairie,       |
    | wife of the son of Buddha only on  | where he heard faint sounds of   |
    | condition that two pet rams        | music, and looking up saw a      |
    | should never be taken from her     | speck in the sky, which proved   |
    | bedside, and that she should       | itself to be a basket            |
    | never behold her lord undressed.   | containing twelve most           |
    | The immortals, however, wishing    | beautiful maidens, who, on       |
    | Urvasi back in heaven, contrived   | reaching the earth, forthwith    |
    | to steal the rams; and, as the     | set themselves to dance. He      |
    | king pursued the robbers with his  | tried to catch the youngest,     |
    | sword in the dark, the lightning   | but in vain; ultimately he       |
    | revealed his person, the compact   | succeeded by assuming the        |
    | was broken, and Urvasi             | disguise of a mouse. He was      |
    | disappeared. This same story is    | very attentive to his new wife,  |
    | found in different forms among     | who was really a daughter of     |
    | many people of Aryan and Turanian  | one of the stars, but she        |
    | descent, the central idea being    | wished to return home, so she    |
    | that of a man marrying some one    | made a wicker basket secretly,   |
    | of an aerial or aquatic origin,    | and, by help of a charm she      |
    | and living happily with her till   | remembered, ascended to her      |
    | he breaks the condition on which   | father.                          |
    | her residence with him depends,    |                                  |
    | stories exactly parallel to that   |                                  |
    | of Raymond of Toulouse, who        |                                  |
    | chances in the hunt upon the       |                                  |
    | beautiful Melusina at a fountain,  |                                  |
    | and lives with her happily until   |                                  |
    | he discovers her fish-nature and   |                                  |
    | she vanishes.                      |                                  |
    +————————————+———————————-+

    If the legend of Cadmus recovering Europa, after she has been carried
    away by the white bull, the spotless cloud, means that “the sun must
    journey westward until he sees again the beautiful tints which greeted
    his eyes in the morning,” it is curious to find a story current in North
    America to the effect that a man once had a beautiful daughter, ‘whom he
    forbade to leave the lodge lest she should be carried off by the king of
    the buffaloes; and that as she sat, notwithstanding, outside the house
    combing her hair, “all of a sudden the king of the buffaloes came
    dashing on, with his herd of followers, and, taking her between his
    horns, away be cantered over plains, plunged into a river which bounded
    his land, and carried her safely to his lodge on the other side,” whence
    she was finally recovered by her father.

    Games.–The same games and sports extended from India to the shores of
    Lake Superior. The game of the Hindoos, called pachisi, is played upon a
    cross-shaped board or cloth; it is a combination of checkers and
    draughts, with the throwing of dice, the dice determining the number of
    moves; when the Spaniards entered Mexico they found the Aztecs playing a
    game called patolli, identical with the Hindoo pachisi, on a similar
    cross-shaped board. The game of ball, which the Indians of America were
    in the habit of playing at the time of the discovery of the country,
    from California to the Atlantic, was identical with the European chueca,
    crosse, or hockey.

    One may well pause, after reading this catalogue, and ask himself,
    wherein do these peoples differ? It is absurd to pretend that all these
    similarities could have been the result of accidental coincidences.

    These two peoples, separated by the great ocean, were baptized alike in
    infancy with blessed water; they prayed alike to the gods; they
    worshipped together the sun, moon, and stars; they confessed their sins
    alike; they were instructed alike by an established priesthood; they
    were married in the same way and by the joining of hands; they armed
    themselves with the same weapons; when children came, the man, on both
    continents, went to bed and left his wife to do the honors of the
    household; they tattooed and painted themselves in the same fashion;
    they became intoxicated on kindred drinks; their dresses were alike;
    they cooked in the same manner; they used the same metals; they employed
    the same exorcisms and bleedings for disease; they believed alike in
    ghosts, demons, and fairies; they listened to the same stories; they
    played the same games; they used the same musical instruments; they
    danced the same dances, and when they died they were embalmed in the
    same way and buried sitting; while over them were erected, on both
    continents, the same mounds, pyramids, obelisks, and temples. And yet we
    are asked to believe that there was no relationship between them, and
    that they had never had any ante-Columbian intercourse with each other.

    If our knowledge of Atlantis was more thorough, it would no doubt appear
    that, in every instance wherein the people of Europe accord with the
    people of America, they were both in accord with the people of Atlantis;
    and that Atlantis was the common centre from which both peoples derived
    their arts, sciences, customs, and opinions. It will be seen that in
    every case where Plato gives us any information in this respect as to
    Atlantis, we find this agreement to exist. It existed in architecture,
    sculpture, navigation, engraving, writing, an established priesthood,
    the mode of worship, agriculture, the construction of roads and canals;
    and it is reasonable to suppose that the, same correspondence extended
    down to all the minor details treated of in this chapter.


    CHAPTER III.

    AMERICAN EVIDENCES OF INTERCOURSE WITH EUROPE OR ATLANTIS.


    1. ON the monuments of Central America there are representations of
    bearded men. How could the beardless American Indians have imagined a
    bearded race?

    2. All the traditions of the civilized races of Central America point to
    an Eastern origin.

    The leader and civilizer of the Nahua family was Quetzalcoatl. This is
    the legend respecting him:

    “From the distant East, from the fabulous Hue Hue Tlapalan, this
    mysterious person came to Tula, and became the patron god and
    high-priest of the ancestors of the Toltecs. He is described as having
    been a white man, with strong formation of body, broad forehead, large
    eyes, and flowing beard. He wore a mitre on his head, and was dressed in
    a long white robe reaching to his feet, and covered with red crosses. In
    his hand he held a sickle. His habits were ascetic, he never married,
    was most chaste and pure in life, and is said to have endured penance in
    a neighboring mountain, not for its effects upon himself, but as a
    warning to others. He condemned sacrifices, except of fruits and
    flowers, and was known as the god of peace; for, when addressed on the
    subject of war, he is reported to have stopped his ears with his
    fingers.” (“North Amer. of Antiq.,” p. 268.)

    “He was skilled in many arts: he invented” (that is, imported)
    “gem-cutting and metal-casting; he originated letters, and invented the
    Mexican calendar. He finally returned to the land in the East from which
    he came: leaving the American coast at Vera Cruz, he embarked in a canoe
    made of serpent-skins, and ‘sailed away into the east.’” (Ibid., p. 271.)

    Dr. Le Plongeon says of the columns at Chichen:

    “The base is formed by the head of Cukulcan, the shaft of the body of
    the serpent, with its feathers beautifully carved to the very chapiter.
    On the chapiters of the columns that support the portico, at the
    entrance of the castle in Chichen Itza, may be seen the carved figures
    of long-bearded men, with upraised hands, in the act of worshipping
    sacred trees. They forcibly recall to mind the same worship in Assyria.”

    In the accompanying cut of an ancient vase from Tula, we see a bearded
    figure grasping a beardless man.

    In the cut given below we see a face that might be duplicated among the
    old men of any part of Europe.

    The Cakchiquel MS. says: “Four persons came from Tulan, from the
    direction of the rising sun–that is one Tulan. There is another Tulan
    in Xibalbay, and another where the sun sets, and it is there that we
    came; and in the direction of the setting sun there is another, where is
    the god; so that there are four Tulans; and it is where the sun sets
    that we came to Tulan, from the other side of the sea, where this Tulan
    is; and it is there that we were conceived and begotten by our mothers
    and fathers.”

    That is to say, the birthplace of the race was in the East, across the
    sea, at a place called Tulan and when they emigrated they called their
    first stopping-place on the American continent Tulan also; and besides
    this there were two other Tulans.

    “Of the Nahua predecessors of the Toltecs in Mexico the Olmecs and
    Xicalaucans were the most important. They were the forerunners of the
    great races that followed. According to Ixtlilxochitl, these
    people-which are conceded to be one occupied the world in the third age;
    they came from the East in ships or barks to the land of Potonchan,
    which they commenced to populate.”

    3. The Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg, in one of the notes of the
    Introduction of the “Popol Vuh,” presents a very remarkable analogy
    between the kingdom of Xibalba, described in that work, and Atlantis. He
    says:

    “Both countries are magnificent, exceedingly fertile, and abound in the
    precious metals. The empire of Atlantis was divided into ten kingdoms,
    governed by five couples of twin sons of Poseidon, the eldest being
    supreme over the others; and the ten constituted a tribunal that managed
    the affairs of the empire. Their descendants governed after them. The
    ten kings of Xibalba, who reigned (in couples) under Hun-Came and
    Vukub-Came (and who together constituted a grand council of the
    kingdom), certainly furnish curious points of comparison. And there is
    wanting neither a catastrophe–for Xibalba had a terrific
    inundation–nor the name of Atlas, of which the etymology is found only
    in the Nahuatl tongue: it comes from atl, water; and we know that a city
    of Atlan (near the water) still existed on the Atlantic side of the
    Isthmus of Panama at the time of the Conquest.”

    “In Yucatan the traditions all point to an Eastern and foreign origin
    for the race. The early writers report that the natives believe their
    ancestors to have crossed the sea by a passage which was opened for
    them.” (Landa’s “Relacion,” p. 28.)

    “It was also believed that part of the population came into the country
    from the West. Lizana says that the smaller portion, ‘the little
    descent,’ came from the East, while the greater portion, ‘the great
    descent,’ came from the West. Cogolluda considers the Eastern colony to
    have been the larger. . . . The culture-hero Zamna, the author of all
    civilization in Yucatan, is described as the teacher of letters, and the
    leader of the people from their ancient home. . . . He was the leader of
    a colony from the East.” (“North Amer. of Antiq.,” p. 229.)

    The ancient Mexican legends say that, after the Flood, Coxcox and his
    wife, after wandering one hundred and four years, landed at Antlan, and
    passed thence to Capultepec, and thence to Culhuacan, and lastly to
    Mexico.

    Coming from Atlantis, they named their first landing-place Antlan.

    All the races that settled Mexico, we are told, traced their origin back
    to an Aztlan (Atlan-tis). Duran describes Aztlan as “a most attractive
    land.” (“North Amer. of Antiq.,” p. 257.)

    Samé, the great name of Brazilian legend, came across the ocean from the
    rising sun. He had power over the elements and tempests; the trees of
    the forests would recede to make room for him (cutting down the trees);
    the animals used to crouch before him (domesticated animals); lakes and
    rivers became solid for him (boats and bridges); and he taught the use
    of agriculture and magic. Like him, Bochica, the great law-giver of the
    Muyscas, and son of the sun–he who invented for them the calendar and
    regulated their festivals–had a white beard, a detail in which all the
    American culture-heroes agree. The “Samé” of Brazil was probably the
    “Zamna” of Yucatan.

    ELEPHANT MOUND, WISCONSIN.

    4. We find in America numerous representations of the elephant. We are
    forced to one of two conclusions: either the monuments date back to the
    time of the mammoth in North America, or these people held intercourse
    at some time in the past with races who possessed the elephant, and from
    whom they obtained pictures of that singular animal. Plato tells us that
    the Atlanteans possessed great numbers of elephants.

    There are in Wisconsin a number of mounds of earth representing different animals-men, birds, and quadrupeds.

    ELEPHANT PIPE, LOISA COUNTY, IOWA.

    Among the latter is a mound representing an elephant, “so perfect in its proportions, and complete in its representation of an elephant, that its builders must have been well acquainted with all the physical characteristics of the animal which they delineated.” We copy the representation of this mound on page 168.

    On a farm in Louisa County, Iowa, a pipe was ploughed up which also
    represents an elephant. We are indebted to the valuable work of John T.
    Short (“The North Americans of Antiquity,” p. 530) for a picture of this
    singular object. It was found in a section where the ancient mounds were
    very abundant and rich in relics. The pipe is of sandstone, of the
    ordinary Mound-Builder’s type, and has every appearance of age and
    usage. There can be no doubt of its genuineness. The finder had no
    conception of its archæological value.

    In the ruined city of Palenque we find, in one of the palaces, a stucco
    bass-relief of a priest. His elaborate head-dress or helmet represents
    very faithfully the head of an elephant. The cut on page 169 is from a
    drawing made by Waldeck.

    The decoration known as “elephant-trunks” is found in many parts of the
    ancient ruins of Central America, projecting from above the door-ways of
    the buildings.

    In Tylor’s “Researches into the Early History of Mankind,” p. 313, I find a remarkable representation of an elephant, taken from an ancient Mexican manuscript. It is as follows:


    MEXICAN REPRESENTATION OF ELEPHANT.

    CHAPTER IV.

    CORROBORATING CIRCUMSTANCES.


    1. Lenormant insists that the human race issued from Ups Merou, and adds
    that some Greek traditions point to “this locality–particularly the
    expression me’ropes a?’nðwpoi, which can only mean ‘the men sprung from
    Merou.’” (“Manual,” p.21.)

    Theopompus tells us that the people who inhabited Atlantis were the
    Meropes, the people of Merou.

    2. Whence comes the word Atlantic? The dictionaries tell us that the
    ocean is named after the mountains of Atlas; but whence did the Atlas
    mountains get their name?

    “The words Atlas and Atlantic have no satisfactory etymology in any
    language known to Europe. They are not Greek, and cannot be referred to
    any known language of the Old World. But in the Nahuatl language we find
    immediately the radical a, atl, which signifies water, war, and the top
    of the head. (Molina, “Vocab. en lengua Mexicana y Castellana.”) From
    this comes a series of words, such as atlan–on the border of or amid
    the water–from which we ‘have the adjective Atlantic. We have also
    atlaça, to combat, or be in agony; it means likewise to hurl or dart
    from the water, and in the preterit makes Atlaz. A city named Atlan
    existed when the continent was discovered by Columbus, at the entrance
    of the Gulf of Uraba, in Darien. With a good harbor, it is now reduced
    to an unimportant pueblo named Acla.” (Baldwin’s “Ancient America,” p.
    179.)

    Plato tells us that Atlantis and the Atlantic Ocean were named after
    Atlas, the eldest son of Poseidon, the founder of the kingdom.

    3. Upon that part of the African continent nearest to the site of
    Atlantis we find a chain of mountains, known from the most ancient times
    as the Atlas Mountains. Whence this name Atlas, if it be not from the
    name of the great king of Atlantis? And if this be not its origin, how
    comes it that we find it in the most north-western corner of Africa? And
    how does it happen that in the time of Herodotus there dwelt near this
    mountain-chain a people called the Atlantes, probably a remnant of a
    colony from Solon’s island? How comes it that the people of the Barbary
    States were known to the Greeks, Romans, and Carthaginians as the
    “Atlantes,” this name being especially applied to the inhabitants of
    Fezzan and Bilma? Where did they get the name from? There is no
    etymology for it east of the Atlantic Ocean. (Lenormants “Anc. Hist. of
    the East,” p. 253.)

    Look at it! An “Atlas” mountain on the shore of Africa; an “Atlan” town
    on the shore of America; the “Atlantes” living along the north and west
    coast of Africa; an Aztec people from Aztlan, in Central America; an
    ocean rolling between the two worlds called the “Atlantic;” a
    mythological deity called “Atlas” holding the world on his shoulders;
    and an immemorial tradition of an island of Atlantis. Can all these
    things be the result of accident?

    4. Plato says that there was a “passage west from Atlantis to the rest
    of the islands, as well as from these islands to the whole opposite
    continent that surrounds that real sea.” He calls it a real sea, as
    contradistinguished from the Mediterranean, which, as he says, is not a
    real sea (or ocean) but a landlocked body of water, like a harbor.

    Now, Plato might have created Atlantis out of his imagination; but how
    could he have invented the islands beyond (the West India Islands), and
    the whole continent (America) enclosing that real sea? If we look at the
    map, we see that the continent of America does “surround” the ocean in a
    great half-circle. Could Plato have guessed all this? If there had been
    no Atlantis, and no series of voyages from it that revealed the
    half-circle of the continent from Newfoundland to Cape St. Roche, how
    could Plato have guessed it? And how could he have known that the
    Mediterranean was only a harbor compared with the magnitude of the great
    ocean surrounding Atlantis? Long sea-voyages were necessary to establish
    that fact, and the Greeks, who kept close to the shores in their short
    journeys, did not make such voyages.

    5. How can we, without Atlantis, explain the presence of the Basques in Europe, who have no lingual affinities with any other race on the continent of Europe, but whose language is similar to the languages of America?

    Plato tells us that the dominion of Gadeirus, one of the kings of
    Atlantis, extended “toward the pillars of Heracles (Hercules) as far as
    the country which is still called the region of Gades in that part of
    the world.” Gades is the Cadiz of today, and the dominion of Gadeirus
    embraced the land of the Iberians or Basques, their chief city taking
    its name from a king of Atlantis, and they themselves being Atlanteans.

    Dr. Farrar, referring to the Basque language, says:

    “What is certain about it is, that its structure is polysynthetic, like
    the languages of America. Like them, it forms its compounds by the
    elimination of certain radicals in the simple words; so that ilhun, the
    twilight, is contracted from hill, dead, and egun, day; and belhaur, the
    knee, from belhar, front, and oin, leg. . . . The fact is indisputable,
    and is eminently noteworthy, that while the affinities of the Basque
    roots have never been conclusively elucidated, there has never been any
    doubt that this isolated language, preserving its identity in a western
    corner of Europe, between two mighty kingdoms, resembles, in its
    grammatical structure, the aboriginal languages of the vast opposite
    continent (America), and those alone.” (“Families of Speech,” p. 132.)

    If there was an Atlantis, forming, with its connecting ridges, a
    continuous bridge of land from America to Africa, we can understand how
    the Basques could have passed from one continent to another; but if the
    wide Atlantic rolled at all times unbroken between the two continents,
    it is difficult to conceive of such an emigration by an uncivilized
    people.

    6. Without Atlantis, how can we explain the fact that the early
    Egyptians were depicted by themselves as red men on their own monuments?
    And, on the other hand, how can we account for the representations of
    negroes on the monuments of Central America?

    Dêsirè Charnay, now engaged in exploring those monuments, has published in the North American Review for December, 1880, photographs of a number of idols exhumed at San Juan de Teotihuacan, from which I select the following strikingly negroid faces:

    NEGRO IDOLS FOUND IN MEXICO.

    Dr. Le Plongeon says:

    “Besides the sculptures of long-bearded men seen by the explorer at
    Chichen Itza, there were tall figures of people with small heads, thick
    lips, and curly short hair or wool, regarded as negroes. ‘We always see
    them as standard or parasol bearers, but never engaged in actual
    warfare.’” (“Maya Archæology,” p. 62.)

    The following cut is from the court of the Palace of Palenque, figured by Stephens. The face is strongly Ethiopian.

    The figure below represents a gigantic granite head, found near the
    volcano of Tuxtla, in the Mexican State of Vera Cruz, at Caxapa. The
    features are unmistakably negroid.

    As the negroes have never been a sea-going race, the presence of these
    faces among the antiquities of Central America proves one of two things,
    either the existence of a land connection between America and Africa via
    Atlantis, as revealed by the deep-sea soundings of the Challenger, or
    commercial relations between America and Africa through the ships of the
    Atlanteans or some other civilized race, whereby the negroes were
    brought to America as slaves at a very remote epoch.

    And we find some corroboration of the latter theory in that singular
    book of the Quiches, the “Popol Vuh,” in which, after describing the
    creation of the first men “in the region of the rising sun” (Bancroft’s
    “Native Races,” vol. v., p. 548), and enumerating their first
    generations, we are told, “All seem to have spoken one language, and to
    have lived in great peace, black men and white together. Here they
    awaited the rising of the sun, and prayed to the Heart of Heaven.”
    (Bancroft’s “Native Races,” p. 547.) How did the red men of Central
    America know anything about “black men and white men?” The conclusion
    seems inevitable that these legends of a primitive, peaceful, and happy
    land, an Aztlan in the East, inhabited by black and white men, to which
    all the civilized nations of America traced their origin, could only
    refer to Atlantis–that bridge of land where the white, dark, and red
    races met. The “Popol Vuh” proceeds to tell how this first home of the
    race became over-populous, and how the people under Balam-Quitze
    migrated; how their language became “confounded,” in other words, broken
    up into dialects, in consequence of separation; and how some of the
    people “went to the East, and many came hither to Guatemala.” (Ibid., p.
    547.)

    M. A. de Quatrefages (“Human Species,” p. 200) says, “Black populations
    have been found in America in very small numbers only, as isolated
    tribes in the midst of very different populations. Such are the
    Charruas, of Brazil, the Black Carribees of Saint Vincent, in the Gulf
    of Mexico; the Jamassi of Florida, and the dark-complexioned
    Californians. . . . Such, again, is the tribe that Balboa saw some
    representatives of in his passage of the Isthmus of Darien in 1513; . .
    . they were true negroes.”

    7. How comes it that all the civilizations of the Old World radiate from
    the shores of the Mediterranean? The Mediterranean is a cul de sac, with
    Atlantis opposite its mouth. Every civilization on its shores possesses
    traditions that point to Atlantis. We hear of no civilization coming to
    the Mediterranean from Asia, Africa, or Europe–from north, south, or
    west; but north, south, east, and west we find civilization radiating
    from the Mediterranean to other lands. We see the Aryans descending upon
    Hindostan from the direction of the Mediterranean; and we find the
    Chinese borrowing inventions from Hindostan, and claiming descent from a
    region not far from the Mediterranean.

    The Mediterranean has been the centre of the modern world, because it
    lay in the path of the extension of an older civilization, whose ships
    colonized its shores, as they did also the shores .of America. Plato
    says, “the nations are gathered around the shores of the Mediterranean
    like frogs around a marsh.”

    Dr. McCausland says:

    “The obvious conclusion from these facts is, that at some time previous
    to these migrations a people speaking a language of a superior and
    complicated structure broke up their society, and, under some strong
    impulse, poured out in different directions, and gradually established
    themselves in all the lands now inhabited by the Caucasian race. Their
    territories extend from the Atlantic to the Ganges, and from Iceland to
    Ceylon, and are bordered on the north and east by the Asiatic Mongols,
    and on the south by the negro tribes of Central Africa. They present all
    the appearances of a later race, expanding itself between and into the
    territories of two pre-existing neighboring races, and forcibly
    appropriating the room required for its increasing population.”
    (McCausland’s “Adam and the Adamites,” p. 280.)

    Modern civilization is Atlantean. Without the thousands of years of
    development which were had in Atlantis modern civilization could not
    have existed. The inventive faculty of the present age is taking up the
    great delegated work of creation where Atlantis left it thousands of
    years ago.

    8. How are we to explain the existence of the Semitic race in Europe
    without Atlantis? It is an intrusive race; a race colonized on
    sea-coasts. Where are its Old World affinities?

    9. Why is it that the origin of wheat, barley, oats, maize, and rye–the
    essential plants of civilization–is totally lost in the mists of a vast
    antiquity? We have in the Greek mythology legends of the introduction of
    most of these by Atlantean kings or gods into Europe; but no European
    nation claims to have discovered or developed them, and it has been
    impossible to trace them to their wild originals. Out of the whole flora
    of the world mankind in the last seven thousand years has not developed
    a single food-plant to compare in importance to the human family with
    these. If a wise and scientific nation should propose nowadays to add to
    this list, it would have to form great botanical gardens, and, by
    systematic and long-continued experiments, develop useful plants from
    the humble productions of the field and forest. Was this done in the
    past on the island of Atlantis?

    10. Why is it that we find in Ptolemy’s “Geography of Asia Minor,” in a
    list of cities in Armenia Major in A.D. 140, the names of five cities
    which have their counterparts in the names of localities in Central
    America?

    +——————+——————————+
    | Armenian Cities. | Central American Localities. |
    +——————+——————————+
    | Chol.            | Chol-ula                     |
    +——————+——————————+
    | Colua.           | Colua-can.                   |
    +——————+——————————+
    | Zuivana.         | Zuivan.                      |
    +——————+——————————+
    | Cholima.         | Colima.                      |
    +——————+——————————+
    | Zalissa.         | Xalisco.                     |
    +——————+——————————+

    (Short’s “North Americans of Antiquity,” p. 497.)

    11. How comes it that the sandals upon the feet of the statue of
    Chacmol, discovered at Chichen Itza, are “exact representations of those
    found on the feet of the Guanches, the early inhabitants of the Canary
    Islands, whose mummies are occasionally discovered in the eaves of
    Teneriffe?” Dr. Merritt deems the axe or chisel heads dug up at
    Chiriqui, Central America, “almost identical in form as well as material
    with specimens found in Suffolk County, England.” (Bancroft’s Native
    Races,” vol. iv., p. 20.) The rock-carvings of Chiriqui are pronounced
    by Mr. Seemann to have a striking resemblance to the ancient incised
    characters found on the rocks of Northumberland, England. (Ibid.)

    “Some stones have recently been discovered in Hierro and Las Palmas
    (Canary Islands), bearing sculptured symbols similar to those found on
    the shores of Lake Superior; and this has led M. Bertholet, the
    historiographer of the Canary Islands, to conclude that the first
    inhabitants of the Canaries and those of the great West were one in
    race.” (Benjamin, “The Atlantic Islands,” p. 130.)

    12. How comes it that that very high authority, Professor Retzius
    (“Smithsonian Report,” 1859, p. 266), declares, “With regard to the
    primitive dolichocephalæ of America I entertain a hypothesis still more
    bold, namely, that they are nearly related to the Guanches in the Canary
    Islands, and to the Atlantic populations of Africa, the Moors, Tuaricks,
    Copts, etc., which Latham comprises under the name of
    Egyptian-Atlantidæ. We find one and the same form of skull in the Canary
    Islands, in front of the African coast, and in the Carib Islands, on the
    opposite coast, which faces Africa. The color of the skin on both sides
    of the Atlantic is represented in these populations as being of a
    reddish-brown.”

    13. The Barbarians who are alluded to by Homer and Thucydides were a
    race of ancient navigators and pirates called Cares, or Carians, who
    occupied the isles of Greece before the Pelasgi, and antedated the
    Ph?nicians in the control of the sea. The Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg
    claims that these Carians were identical with the Caribs of the West
    Indies, the Caras of Honduras, and the Gurani of South America. (Landa’s
    “Relacion,” pp. 52-65.)

    14. When we consider it closely, one of the most extraordinary customs
    ever known to mankind is that to which I have already alluded in a
    preceding chapter, to wit, the embalming of the body of the dead man,
    with a purpose that the body itself may live again in a future state. To
    arrive at this practice several things must coexist:

    a. The people must be highly religious, and possessed of an organized and influential priesthood, to perpetuate so troublesome a custom from age to age.

    b. They must believe implicitly in the immortality of the soul; and this implies a belief in rewards and punishments after death; in a heaven and a hell.

    c. They must believe in the immortality of the body, and its resurrection from the grave on some day of judgment in the distant future.

    d. But a belief in the immortality of the soul and the resurrection of
    the body is not enough, for all Christian nations hold to these beliefs;
    they must supplement these with a determination that the body shall not
    perish; that the very flesh and blood in which the man died shall rise
    with him on the last day, and not a merely spiritual body.

    Now all these four things must coexist before a people proceed to embalm
    their dead for religious purposes. The probability that all these four
    things should coexist by accident in several widely separated races is
    slight indeed. The doctrine of chances is all against it. There is here
    no common necessity driving men to the same expedient, with which so
    many resemblances have been explained; the practice is a religious
    ceremony, growing out of religious beliefs by no means common or
    universal, to wit, that the man who is dead shall live again, and live
    again in the very body in which he died. Not even all the Jews believed
    in these things.

    If, then, it should appear that among the races which we claim were
    descended from Atlantis this practice of embalming the dead is found,
    and nowhere else, we have certainly furnished evidence which can only be
    explained by admitting the existence of Atlantis, and of some great
    religious race dwelling on Atlantis, who believed in the immortality of
    soul and body, and who embalmed their dead. We find, as I have shown:

    First. That the Guanches of the Canary Islands, supposed to be a remnant
    of the Atlantean population, preserved their dead as mummies.

    Second. That the Egyptians, the oldest colony of Atlantis, embalmed
    their dead in such vast multitudes that they are now exported by the ton
    to England, and ground up into manures to grow English turnips.

    Third. That the Assyrians, the Ethiopians, the Persians, the Greeks, and
    even the Romans embalmed their dead.

    Fourth. On the American continents we find that the Peruvians, the
    Central Americans, the Mexicans, and some of the Indian tribes, followed
    the same practice.

    Is it possible to account for this singular custom, reaching through a
    belt of nations, and completely around the habitable world, without
    Atlantis?

    15. All the traditions of the Mediterranean races look to the ocean as
    the source of men and gods. Homer sings of

    “Ocean, the origin of gods and Mother Tethys.”

    Orpheus says, “The fair river of Ocean was the first to marry, and he
    espoused his sister Tethys, who was his mothers daughter.” (Plato’s
    “Dialogues,” Cratylus, p. 402.) The ancients always alluded to the ocean
    as a river encircling the earth, as in the map of Cosmos (see page 95
    ante); probably a reminiscence of the great canal described by Plato
    which surrounded the plain of Atlantis. Homer (Iliad, book xviii.)
    describes Tethys, “the mother goddess,” coming to Achilles “from the
    deep abysses of the main:”

    “The circling Nereids with their mistress weep,
    And all the sea-green sisters of the deep.”

    Plato surrounds the great statue of Poseidon in Atlantis with the images
    of one hundred Nereids.

    16. in the Deluge legends of the Hindoos (as given on page 87 ante), we
    have seen Manu saving a small fish, which subsequently grew to a great
    size, and warned him of the coming of the Flood. In this legend all the
    indications point to an ocean as the scene of the catastrophe. It says:
    “At the close of the last calpa there was a general destruction, caused
    by the sleep of Brahma, whence his creatures, in different worlds, were
    drowned in a vast ocean. . . . A holy king, named Satyavrata, then
    reigned, a servant of the spirit which moved on the waves” (Poseidon?),
    “and so devout that water was his only sustenance. . . . In seven days
    the three worlds” (remember Poseidon’s trident) “shall be plunged in an
    ocean of death.” . . . “‘Thou shalt enter the spacious ark, and continue
    in it secure from the Flood on one immense ocean.’ . . . The sea
    overwhelmed its shores, deluged the whole earth, augmented by showers
    from immense clouds.” (“Asiatic Researches,” vol. i., p. 230.)

    All this reminds us of “the fountains of the great deep and the
    flood-gates of heaven,” and seems to repeat precisely the story of Plato
    as to the sinking of Atlantis in the ocean.

    17. While I do not attach much weight to verbal similarities in the
    languages of the two continents, nevertheless there are some that are
    very remarkable. We have seen the Pan and Maia of the Greeks reappearing
    in the Pan and Maya of the Mayas of Central America. The god of the
    Welsh triads, “Hu the mighty,” is found in the Hu-nap-bu, the hero-god
    of the Quiches; in Hu-napu, a hero-god; and in Hu-hu-nap-hu, in Hu-ncam,
    in Hu-nbatz, semi-divine heroes of the Quiches. The Ph?nician deity El
    “was subdivided into a number of hypostases called the Baalim, secondary
    divinities, emanating from the substance of the deity” (“Anc. Hist.
    East,” vol. ii., p. 219); and this word Baalim we find appearing in the
    mythology of the Central Americans, applied to the semi-divine
    progenitors of the human race, Balam-Quitze, Balam-Agab, and Iqui-Balam.


    CHAPTER V.

    THE QUESTION OF COMPLEXION.


    The tendency of scientific thought in ethnology is in the direction of
    giving more and more importance to the race characteristics, such as
    height, color of the hair, eyes and skin, and the formation of the skull
    and body generally, than to language. The language possessed by a people
    may be merely the result of conquest or migration. For instance, in the
    United States to-day, white, black, and red men, the descendants of
    French, Spanish, Italians, Mexicans, Irish, Germans, Scandinavians,
    Africans, all speak the English language, and by the test of language
    they are all Englishmen; and yet none of them are connected by birth or
    descent with the country where that language was developed.

    There is a general misconception as to the color of the European and
    American races. Europe is supposed to be peopled exclusively by white
    men; but in reality every shade of color is represented on that
    continent, from the fair complexion of the fairest of the Swedes to the
    dark-skinned inhabitants of the Mediterranean coast, only a shade
    lighter than the Berbers, or Moors, on the opposite side of that sea.
    Tacitus spoke of the “Black Celts,” and the term, so far as complexion
    goes, might not inappropriately be applied to some of the Italians,
    Spaniards, and Portuguese, while the Basques are represented as of a
    still darker hue. Tylor says (“Anthropology,” p. 67), “On the whole, it
    seems that the distinction of color, from the fairest Englishman to the
    darkest African, has no hard and fast lines, but varies gradually from
    one tint to another.”

    And when we turn to America we find that the popular opinion that all Indians are “red men,” and of the same hue from Patagonia to Hudson’s Bay, is a gross error.

    Prichard says (“Researches into the Physical History of Mankind,” vol. i., p. 269, 4th ed., 1841):

    “It will be easy to show that the American races show nearly as great a
    variety in this respect as the nations of the old continent; there are
    among them white races with a florid complexion, and tribes black or of
    a very dark hue; that their stature, figure, and countenance are almost
    equally diversified.”

    John T. Short says (“North Americans of Antiquity,” p. 189):

    “The Menominees, sometimes called the ‘White Indians,’ formerly occupied
    the region bordering on Lake Michigan, around Green Bay. The whiteness
    of these Indians, which is compared to that of white mulattoes, early
    attracted the attention of the Jesuit missionaries, and has often been
    commented on by travellers. While it is true that hybridy has done much
    to lighten the color of many of the tribes, still the peculiarity of the
    complexion of this people has been marked since the first time a
    European encountered them. Almost every shade, from the ash-color of the
    Menominees through the cinnamon-red, copper, and bronze tints, may be
    found among the tribes formerly occupying the territory cast of the
    Mississippi, until we reach the dark-skinned Kaws of Kansas, who are
    nearly as black as the negro. The variety of complexion is as great in
    South America as among the tribes of the northern part of the continent.”

    In foot-note of p. 107 of vol. iii. of “U. S. Explorations for a
    Railroad Route to the Pacific Ocean,” we are told,

    “Many of the Indians of Zuni (New Mexico) are white. They have a fair
    skin, blue eyes, chestnut or auburn hair, and are quite good-looking.
    They claim to be full-blooded Zunians, and have no tradition of
    intermarriage with any foreign race. The circumstance creates no
    surprise among this people, for from time immemorial a similar class of
    people has existed among the tribe.”

    Winchell says:

    “The ancient Indians of California, in the latitude of forty-two
    degrees, were as black as the negroes of Guinea, while in Mexico were
    tribes of an olive or reddish complexion, relatively light. Among the
    black races of tropical regions we find, generally, some light-colored
    tribes interspersed. These sometimes have light hair and blue eyes. This
    is the case with the Tuareg of the Sahara, the Afghans of India, and the
    aborigines of the banks of the Oronoco and the Amazon.” (Winchell’s
    “Preadamites,” p. 185.)

    William Penn said of the Indians of Pennsylvania, in his letter of
    August, 1683:

    “The natives . . . are generally tall, straight, well-built, and of
    singular proportion; they tread strong and clever, and mostly walk with
    a lofty chin. . . . Their eye is little and black, not unlike a
    straight-looked Jew. . . . I have seen among them as comely
    European-like faces of both sexes as on your side of the sea; and truly
    an Italian complexion hath not much more of the white, and the noses of
    several of them have as much of the Roman. . . . For their original, I
    am ready to believe them to be of the Jewish race–I mean of the stock
    of the ten tribes–and that for the following reasons: first, in the
    next place, I find them to be of the like countenance, and their
    children of so lively a resemblance that a man would think himself in
    Duke’s Place or Berry Street in London when he seeth them. But this is
    not all: they agree in rites, they reckon by moons, they offer their
    first-fruits, they have a kind of feast of tabernacles, they are said to
    lay their altars upon twelve stones, their mourning a year, customs of
    women, with many other things that do not now occur.”

    Upon this question of complexion Catlin, in his “Indians of North
    America,” vol. i., p. 95, etc., gives us some curious information. We
    have already seen that the Mandans preserved an image of the ark, and
    possessed legends of a clearly Atlantean character. Catlin says:

    “A stranger in the Mandan village is first struck with the different
    shades of complexion and various colors of hair which he sees in a crowd
    about him, and is at once disposed to exclaim, ‘These are not Indians.’
    There are a great many of these people whose complexions appear as light
    as half-breeds; and among the women particularly there are many whose
    skins are almost white, with the most pleasing symmetry and proportion
    of feature; with hazel, with gray, and with blue eyes; with mildness and
    sweetness of expression and excessive modesty of demeanor, which render
    them exceedingly pleasing and beautiful. Why this diversity of
    complexion I cannot tell, nor can they themselves account for it. Their
    traditions, so far as I can learn them, afford us no information of
    their having had any knowledge of white men before the visit of Lewis
    and Clarke, made to their village thirty-three years ago. Since that
    time until now (1835) there have been very few visits of white men to
    this place, and surely not enough to have changed the complexions and
    customs of a nation. And I recollect perfectly well that Governor Clarke
    told me, before I started for this place, that I would find the Mandans
    a strange people and half white.

    “Among the females may be seen every shade and color of hair that can be
    seen in our own country except red or auburn, which is not to be found.
    . . . There are very many of both sexes, and of every age, from infancy
    to manhood and old age, with hair of a bright silvery-gray, and in some
    instances almost perfectly white. This unaccountable phenomenon is not
    the result of disease or habit, but it is unquestionably an hereditary
    characteristic which runs in families, and indicates no inequality in
    disposition or intellect. And by passing this hair through my hands I
    have found it uniformly to be as coarse and harsh as a horse’s mane,
    differing materially from the hair of other colors, which, among the
    Mandans, is generally as fine and soft as silk.

    “The stature of the Mandans is rather below the ordinary size of man,
    with beautiful symmetry of form and proportion, and wonderful suppleness
    and elasticity.”

    Catlin gives a group (54) showing this great diversity in complexion: one of the figures is painted almost pure white, and with light hair. The faces are European.

    GOVERNOR AND OTHER INDIANS OF THE PUEBLO OF SAN DOMINGO, NEW MEXICO.

    Major James W. Lynd, who lived among the Dakota Indians for nine years,
    and was killed by them in the great outbreak of 1862, says (MS. “Hist.
    of Dakotas,” Library, Historical Society, Minnesota, p. 47), after
    calling attention to the fact that the different tribes of the Sioux
    nation represent several different degrees of darkness of color:

    “The Dakota child is of lighter complexion than the young brave; this
    one lighter than the middle-aged man, and the middle-aged man lighter
    than the superannuated homo, who, by smoke, paint, dirt, and a drying up
    of the vital juices, appears to be the true copper-colored Dakota. The
    color of the Dakotas varies with the nation, and also with the age and
    condition of the individual. It may be set down, however, as a shade
    lighter than olive; yet it becomes still lighter by change of condition
    or mode of life, and nearly vanishes, even in the child, under constant
    ablutions and avoiding of exposure. Those children in the Mission at
    Hazlewood, who are taken very young, and not allowed to expose
    themselves, lose almost entirely the olive shade, and become quite as
    white as the American child. The Mandans are as light as the peasants of
    Spain, while their brothers, the Crows, are as dark as the Arabs. Dr.
    Goodrich, in the ‘Universal Traveller,’ p. 154, says that the modern
    Peruvians, in the warmer regions of Peru, are as fair as the people of
    the south of Europe.”

    The Aymaras, the ancient inhabitants of the mountains of Peru and
    Bolivia, are described as having an olive-brown complexion, with regular
    features, large heads, and a thoughtful and melancholy cast of
    countenance. They practised in early times the deformation of the skull.

    Professor Wilson describes the hair of the ancient Peruvians, as found
    upon their mummies, as “a lightish brown, and of a fineness of texture
    which equals that of the Anglo-Saxon race.” “The ancient Peruvians,”
    says Short (“North Americans of Antiquity,” p. 187), “appear, from
    numerous examples of hair found in their tombs, to have been an
    auburn-haired race.” Garcilasso, who had an opportunity of seeing the
    body of the king, Viracocha, describes the hair of that monarch as
    snow-white. Haywood tells us of the discovery, at the beginning of this
    century, of three mummies in a cave on the south side of the Cumberland
    River (Tennessee), who were buried in baskets, as the Peruvians were
    occasionally buried, and whose skin was fair and white, and their hair
    auburn, and of a fine texture. (“Natural and Aboriginal History of
    Tennessee,” p. 191.)

    CHOCTAW.

    Neither is the common opinion correct which asserts all the American
    Indians to be of the same type of features. The portraits on this page
    and on pages 187 and 191, taken from the “Report of the U. S. Survey for
    a Route for a Pacific Railroad,” present features very much like those
    of Europeans; in fact, every face here could be precisely matched among
    the inhabitants of the southern part of the old continent.

    SHAWNEES.

    On the other hand, look at the portrait of the great Italian orator and
    reformer, Savonarola, on page 193. It looks more like the hunting
    Indians of North-western America than any of the preceding faces. In
    fact, if it was dressed with a scalp-lock it would pass muster anywhere
    as a portrait of the “Man-afraid-of-his-horses,” or “Sitting Bull.”

    SAVONAROLA.

    Adam was, it appears, a red man. Winchell tells us that Adam is derived
    from the red earth. The radical letters ÂDâM are found in ADaMaH,
    “something out of which vegetation was made to germinate,” to wit, the
    earth. ÂDôM and ÂDOM signifies red, ruddy, bay-colored, as of a horse,
    the color of a red heifer. “ÂDâM, a man, a human being, male or female,
    red, ruddy.” (“Preadamites,” p.161.)

    “The Arabs distinguished mankind into two races, one red, ruddy, the other black.” (Ibid.) They classed themselves among the red men.

    Not only was Adam a red man, but there is evidence that, from the
    highest antiquity, red was a sacred color; the gods of the ancients were
    always painted red. The Wisdom of Solomon refers to this custom: “The
    carpenter carved it elegantly, and formed it by the skill of his
    understanding, and fashioned it to the shape of a man, or made it like
    some vile beast, laying it over with vermilion, and with paint, coloring
    it red, and covering every spot therein.”

    The idols of the Indians were also painted red, and red was the religious color. (Lynd’s MS. “Hist. of Dakotas,” Library, Hist. Society, Minn.)

    The Cushites and Ethiopians, early branches of the Atlantean stock, took their name from their “sunburnt” complexion; they were red men.

    The name of the Ph?nicians signified red. Himyar, the prefix of the Himyaritic Arabians, also means red, and the Arabs were painted red on the Egyptian monuments.

    The ancient Egyptians were red men. They recognized four races of
    men–the red, yellow, black, and white men. They themselves belonged to
    the “Rot,” or red men; the yellow men they called “Namu”–it included
    the Asiatic races; the black men were called “Nahsu,” and the white men
    “Tamhu.” The following figures are copied from Nott and Gliddon’s “Types
    of Mankind,” p. 85, and were taken by them from the great works of
    Belzoni, Champollion, and Lepsius.

    In later ages so desirous were the Egyptians of preserving, the
    aristocratic distinction of the color of their skin, that they
    represented themselves on the monuments as of a crimson hue–an
    exaggeration of their original race complexion.

    In the same way we find that the ancient Aryan writings divided mankind
    into four races–the white, red, yellow, and black: the four castes of
    India were founded upon these distinctions in color; in fact, the word
    for color in Sanscrit (varna) means caste. The red men, according to the
    Mahâbhârata, were the Kshatriyas–the warrior caste-who were afterward
    engaged in a fierce contest with the whites–the Brahmans–and were
    nearly exterminated, although some of them survived, and from their
    stock Buddha was born. So that not only the Mohammedan and Christian but
    the Buddhistic religion seem to be derived from branches of the Hamitic
    or red stock. The great Manu was also of the red race.

    THE RACES OF MEN ACCORDING TO THE EGYPTIANS.

    The Egyptians, while they painted themselves red-brown, represented the
    nations of Palestine as yellow-brown, and the Libyans yellow-white. The
    present inhabitants of Egypt range from a yellow color in the north
    parts to a deep bronze. Tylor is of opinion (“Anthropology,” p. 95) that
    the ancient Egyptians belonged to a brown race, which embraced the
    Nubian tribes and, to some extent, the Berbers of Algiers and Tunis. He
    groups the Assyrians, Ph?nicians, Persians, Greeks, Romans, Andalusians,
    Bretons, dark Welshmen, and people of the Caucasus into one body, and
    designates them as “dark whites.” The Himyarite Arabs, as I have shown,
    derived their name originally from their red color, and they were
    constantly depicted on the Egyptian monuments as red or light brown.
    Herodotus tells us that there was a nation of Libyans, called the
    Maxyans, who claimed descent from the people of Troy (the walls of Troy,
    we shall see, were built by Poseidon; that is to say, Troy was an
    Atlantean colony). These Maxyans painted their whole bodies red. The
    Zavecians, the ancestors of the Zuavas of Algiers (the tribe that gave
    their name to the French Zouaves), also painted themselves red. Some of
    the Ethiopians were “copper-colored.” (“‘Amer. Cyclop.,” art. Egypt, p.
    464.) Tylor says (“Anthropology,” p. 160): “The language of the ancient
    Egyptians, though it cannot be classed in the Semitic family with
    Hebrew, has important points of correspondence, whether due to the long
    intercourse between the two races in Egypt or to some deeper ancestral
    connection; and such analogies also appear in the Berber languages of
    North Africa.”

    These last were called by the ancients the Atlanteans.

    “If a congregation of twelve representatives from Malacca, China, Japan,
    Mongolia, Sandwich Islands, Chili, Peru, Brazil, Chickasaws, Comanches,
    etc., were dressed alike, or undressed and unshaven, the most skilful
    anatomist could not, from their appearance, separate them.” (Fontaine’s
    “How the World was Peopled,” pp. 147, 244.)

    Ferdinand Columbus, in his relation of his father’s voyages, compares
    the inhabitants of Guanaani to the Canary Islanders (an Atlantean race),
    and describes the inhabitants of San Domingo as still more beautiful and
    fair. In Peru the Charanzanis, studied by M. Angraud, also resemble the
    Canary Islanders. L’Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg imagined himself
    surrounded by Arabs when all his Indians of Rabinal were around him; for
    they had, he said, their complexion, features, and beard. Pierre Martyr
    speaks of the Indians of the Parian Gulf as having fair hair. (“The
    Human Species,” p. 201.) The same author believes that tribes belonging
    to the Semitic type are also found in America. He refers to “certain
    traditions of Guiana, and the use in the country of a weapon entirely
    characteristic of the ancient Canary Islanders.”

    When science is able to disabuse itself of the Mortonian theory that the
    aborigines of America are all red men, and all belong to one race, we
    may hope that the confluence upon the continent of widely different
    races from different countries may come to be recognized and
    intelligently studied. There can be no doubt that red, white, black, and
    yellow men have united to form the original population of America. And
    there can be as little doubt that the entire population of Europe and
    the south shore of the Mediterranean is a mongrel race–a combination,
    in varying proportions, of a dark-brown or red race with a white race;
    the characteristics of the different nations depending upon the
    proportions in which the dark and light races are mingled, for peculiar
    mental and moral characteristics go with these complexions. The
    red-haired people are a distinct variety of the white stock; there were
    once whole tribes and nations with this color of hair; their blood is
    now intermingled with all the races of men, from Palestine to Iceland.
    Everything in Europe speaks of vast periods of time and long, continued
    and constant interfusion of bloods, until there is not a fair-skinned
    man on the Continent that has not the blood of the dark-haired race in
    his veins; nor scarcely a dark-skinned man that is not lighter in hue
    from intermixture with the white stock.


    CHAPTER VI.

    GENESIS CONTAINS A HISTORY OF ATLANTIS


    The Hebrews are a branch of the great family of which that powerful
    commercial race, the Ph?nicians, who were the merchants of the world
    fifteen hundred years before the time of Christ, were a part. The
    Hebrews carried out from the common storehouse of their race a mass of
    traditions, many of which have come down-to us in that oldest and most
    venerable of human compositions, the Book of Genesis. I have shown that
    the story of the Deluge plainly refers to the destruction of Atlantis,
    and that it agrees in many important particulars with the account given
    by Plato. The people destroyed were, in both instances, the ancient race
    that had created civilization; they had formerly been in a happy and
    sinless condition; they had become great and wicked; they were destroyed
    for their sins–they were destroyed by water.

    But we can go farther, and it can be asserted that there is scarcely a
    prominent fact in the opening chapters of the Book of Genesis that
    cannot be duplicated from the legends of the American nations, and
    scarcely a custom known to the Jews that does not find its counterpart
    among the people of the New World.

    Even in the history of the Creation we find these similarities:

    The Bible tells us (Gen. i., 2) that in the beginning the earth was
    without form and void, and covered with water. In the Quiche legends we
    are told, “at first all was sea–no man, animal, bird, or green
    herb–there was nothing to be seen but the sea and the heavens.”

    The Bible says (Gen. i., 2), “And the Spirit of God moved upon the face
    of the waters.” The Quiche legend says, “The Creator–the Former, the
    Dominator–the feathered serpent–those that give life, moved upon the
    waters like a glowing light.”

    The Bible says (Gen. i., 9), “And God said, Let the waters under the
    heaven be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry land appear:
    and it was so.” The Quiche legend says, “The creative spirits cried out
    ‘Earth!’ and in an instant it was formed, and rose like a vapor-cloud;
    immediately the plains and the mountains arose, and the cypress and pine
    appeared.”

    The Bible tells us, “And God saw that it was good.” The Quiche legend
    says, “Then Gucumatz was filled with joy, and cried out, ‘Blessed be thy
    coming, O Heart of Heaven, Hurakan, thunder-bolt.’”

    The order in which the vegetables, animals, and man were formed is the
    same in both records.

    In Genesis (chap. ii., 7) we are told, “And the Lord God formed man of
    the dust of the ground.” The Quiche legend says. “The first man was made
    of clay; but he had no intelligence, and was consumed in the water.”

    In Genesis the first man is represented as naked. The Aztec legend says,
    “The sun was much nearer the earth then than now, and his grateful
    warmth rendered clothing unnecessary.”

    Even the temptation of Eve reappears in the American legends. Lord
    Kingsborough says: “The Toltecs had paintings of a garden, with a single
    tree standing in the midst; round the root of the tree is entwined a
    serpent, whose head appearing above the foliage displays the face of a
    woman. Torquemada admits the existence of this tradition among them, and
    agrees with the Indian historians, who affirm that this was the first
    woman in the world, who bore children, and from whom all mankind are
    descended.” (“Mexican Antiquities,” vol. viii., p. 19.) There is also a
    legend of Suchiquecal, who disobediently gathered roses from a tree, and
    thereby disgraced and injured herself and all her posterity. (“Mexican
    Antiquities,” vol. vi., p. 401.)

    The legends of the Old World which underlie Genesis, and were used by
    Milton in the “Paradise Lost,” appear in the Mexican legends of a war of
    angels in heaven, and the fall of Zou-tem-que (Soutem, Satan–Arabic,
    Shatana?) and the other rebellious spirits.

    We have seen that the Central Americans possessed striking parallels to
    the account of the Deluge in Genesis.

    There is also a clearly established legend which singularly resembles
    the Bible record of the Tower of Babel.

    Father Duran, in his MS. “Historia Antiqua de la Nueva Espana,” A.D.
    1585, quotes from the lips of a native of Cholula, over one hundred
    years old, a version of the legend as to the building of the great
    pyramid of Cholula. It is as follows:

    “In the beginning, before the light of the sun had been created, this
    land (Cholula) was in obscurity and darkness, and void of any created
    thing; all was a plain, without hill or elevation, encircled in every
    part by water, without tree or created thing; and immediately after the
    light and the sun arose in the east there appeared gigantic men of
    deformed stature and possessed the land, and desiring to see the
    nativity of the sun, as well as his occident, proposed to go and seek
    them. Dividing themselves into two parties, some journeyed to the west
    and others toward the east; these travelled; until the sea cut off their
    road, whereupon they determined to return to the place from which they
    started, and arriving at this place (Cholula), not finding the means of
    reaching the sun, enamored of his light and beauty, they determined to
    build a tower so high that its summit should reach the sky. Having
    collected materials for the purpose, they found a very adhesive clay and
    bitumen, with which they speedily commenced to build the tower; and
    having reared it to the greatest possible altitude, so that they say it
    reached to the sky, the Lord of the Heavens, enraged, said to the
    inhabitants of the sky, ‘Have you observed how they of the earth have
    built a high and haughty tower to mount hither, being enamored of the
    light of the sun and his beauty? Come and confound them, because it is
    not right that they of the earth, living in the flesh, should mingle
    with us.’ Immediately the inhabitants of the sky sallied forth like
    flashes of lightning; they destroyed the edifice, and divided and
    scattered its builders to all parts of the earth.”

    RUINS OF THE TEMPLE OF CHOLULA.

    One can recognize in this legend the recollection, by a ruder race, of a
    highly civilized people; for only a highly civilized people would have
    attempted such a vast work. Their mental superiority and command of the
    arts gave them the character of giants who arrived from the East; who
    had divided into two great emigrations, one moving eastward (toward
    Europe), the other westward (toward America). They were sun-worshippers;
    for we are told “they were enamored of the light and beauty of the sun,”
    and they built a high place for his worship.

    The pyramid of Cholula is one of the greatest constructions ever erected
    by human hands. It is even now, in its ruined condition, 160 feet high,
    1400 feet square at the base, and covers forty-five acres; we have only
    to remember that the greatest pyramid of Egypt, Cheops, covers but
    twelve or thirteen acres, to form some conception of the magnitude of
    this American structure.

    It must not be forgotten that this legend was taken down by a Catholic
    priest, shortly after the conquest of Mexico, from the lips of an old
    Indian who was born before Columbus sailed from Spain.

    Observe the resemblances between this legend and the Bible account of
    the building of the Tower of Babel:

    “All was a plain without hill or elevation,” says the Indian legend.
    “They found a plain in the land of Shinar, and they dwelt there,” says
    the Bible. They built of brick in both cases. “Let us build us a tower
    whose top may reach unto heaven,” says the Bible. “They determined to
    build a tower so high that its summit should reach the sky,” says the
    Indian legend. “And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower
    which the children of men had builded. And the Lord said, Behold . . .
    nothing will be restrained from them which they have imagined to do. Go
    to, let us go down and confound them,” says the Bible record. “The Lord
    of the Heavens, enraged, said to the inhabitants of the sky, ‘Have you
    observed,’ etc. Come and confound them,” says the Indian record. “And
    the Lord scattered them abroad from thence on all the face of the
    earth,” says the Bible. “They scattered its builders to all parts of the
    earth,” says the Mexican legend.

    Can any one doubt that these two legends must have sprung in some way
    from one another, or from some common source? There are enough points of
    difference to show that the American is not a servile copy of the Hebrew
    legend. In the former the story comes from a native of Cholula: it is
    told under the shadow of the mighty pyramid it commemorates; it is a
    local legend which he repeats. The men who built it, according to his
    account, were foreigners. They built it to reach the sun–that is to
    say, as a sun-temple; while in the Bible record Babel was built to
    perpetuate the glory of its architects. In the Indian legend the gods
    stop the work by a great storm, in the Bible account by confounding the
    speech of the people.

    Both legends were probably derived from Atlantis, and referred to some
    gigantic structure of great height built by that people; and when the
    story emigrated to the east and west, it was in the one case affixed to
    the tower of the Chaldeans, and in the other to the pyramid of Cholula,
    precisely as we find the ark of the Deluge resting upon separate
    mountain-chains all the way from Greece to Armenia. In one form of the
    Tower of Babel legend, that of the Toltecs, we are told that the pyramid
    of Cholula was erected “as a means of escape from a second flood, should
    another occur.”

    But the resemblances between Genesis and the American legends do not
    stop here.

    We are told (Gen. ii., 21) that “the Lord God caused a deep sleep to
    fall upon Adam,” and while he slept God made Eve out of one of his ribs.
    According to the Quiche tradition, there were four men from whom the
    races of the world descended (probably a recollection of the red, black,
    yellow, and white races); and these men were without wives, and the
    Creator made wives for them “while they slept.”

    Some wicked misanthrope referred to these traditions when he said, “And
    man’s first sleep became his last repose.”

    In Genesis (chap. iii., 22), “And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is
    become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth
    his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever:”
    therefore God drove him out of the garden. In the Quiche legends we are
    told, “The gods feared that they had made men too perfect, and they
    breathed a cloud of mist over their vision.”

    When the ancestors of the Quiches migrated to America the Divinity
    parted the sea for their passage, as the Red Sea was parted for the
    Israelites.

    The story of Samson is paralleled in the history of a hero named
    Zipanca, told of in the “Popol Vuh,” who, being captured by his enemies
    and placed in a pit, pulled down the building in which his captors had
    assembled, and killed four hundred of them.

    “There were giants in those days,” says the Bible. A great deal of the Central American history is taken up with the doings of an ancient race of giants called Quinames.

    This parallelism runs through a hundred particulars:

    Both the Jews and Mexicans worshipped toward the east.

    Both called the south “the right hand of the world.”

    Both burnt incense toward the four corners of the earth.

    Confession of sin and sacrifice of atonement were common to both peoples.

    Both were punctilious about washings and ablutions.

    Both believed in devils, and both were afflicted with leprosy.

    Both considered women who died in childbirth as worthy of honor as soldiers who fell in battle.

    Both punished adultery with stoning to death.

    As David leaped and danced before the ark of the Lord, so did the Mexican monarchs before their idols.

    Both had an ark, the abiding-place of an invisible god.

    Both had a species of serpent-worship.

    GREAT SERPENT MOUND, OHIO.

    Compare our representation of the great serpent-mound in Adams County, Ohio, with the following description of a great serpent-mound in Scotland:

    “Serpent-worship in the West.–Some additional light appears to have
    been thrown upon ancient serpent-worship in the West by the recent
    archaeological explorations of Mr. John S. Phené, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., in
    Scotland. Mr. Phené has just investigated a curious earthen mound in
    Glen Feechan, Argyleshire, referred to by him, at the late meeting of
    the British Association in Edinburgh, as being in the form of a serpent
    or saurian. The mound, says the Scotsman, is a most perfect one. The
    head is a large cairn, and the body of the earthen reptile 300 feet
    long; and in the centre of the head there were evidences, when Mr. Phené
    first visited it, of an altar having been placed there. The position
    with regard to Ben Cruachan is most remarkable. The three peaks are seen
    over the length of the reptile when a person is standing on the head, or
    cairn. The shape can only be seen so as to be understood when looked
    down upon from an elevation, as the outline cannot be understood unless
    the whole of it can be seen. This is most perfect when the spectator is
    on the head of the animal form, or on the lofty rock to the west of it.
    This mound corresponds almost entirely with one 700 feet long in
    America, an account of which was lately published, after careful survey,
    by Mr. Squier. The altar toward the head in each case agrees. In the
    American mound three rivers (also objects of worship with the ancients)
    were evidently identified. The number three was a sacred number in all
    ancient mythologies. The sinuous winding and articulations of the
    vertebral spinal arrangement are anatomically perfect in the Argyleshire
    mound. The gentlemen present with Mr. Phené during his investigation
    state that beneath the cairn forming the head of the animal was found a
    megalithic chamber, in which was a quantity of charcoal and burnt earth
    and charred nutshells, a flint instrument, beautifully and minutely
    serrated at the edge, and burnt bones. The back or spine of the serpent,
    which, as already stated, is 300 feet long, was found, beneath the peat
    moss, to be formed by a careful adjustment of stones, the formation of
    which probably prevented the structure from being obliterated by time
    and weather.” (Pall Mall Gazette.)

    STONE IMPLEMENTS OF EUROPE AND AMERICA

    We find a striking likeness between the works of the Stone Age in
    America and Europe, as shown in the figures here given.

    The same singular custom which is found among the Jews and the Hindoos,
    for “a man to raise up seed for his deceased brother by marrying his
    widow,” was found among the Central American nations. (Las Casas, MS.
    “Hist. Apoloq.,” cap. ccxiii., ccxv. Torquemada, “Monarq. Ind.,” tom.
    ii., 377-8.)

    No one but the Jewish high-priest might enter the Holy of Holies. A
    similar custom obtained in Peru. Both ate the flesh of the sacrifices of
    atonement; both poured the blood of the sacrifice on the earth; they
    sprinkled it, they marked persons with it, they smeared it upon walls
    and stones. The Mexican temple, like the Jewish, faced the east. “As
    among the Jews the ark was a sort of portable temple, in which the Deity
    was supposed to be continually present, so among the Mexicans, the
    Cherokees, and the Indians of Michoacan and Honduras, an ark was held in
    the highest veneration, and was considered an object too sacred to be
    touched by any but the priests.” (Kingsborough, “Mex. Antiq., “vol.
    viii., p.258.)

    The Peruvians believed that the rainbow was a sign that the earth would
    not be again destroyed by a deluge. (Ibid., p. 25.)

    The Jewish custom of laying the sins of the people upon the head of an
    animal, and turning him out into the wilderness, had its counterpart
    among the Mexicans, who, to cure a fever, formed a dog of maize paste
    and left it by the roadside, saying the first passer-by would carry away
    the illness. (Dorman, “Prim. Super.,” p. 59.) Jacob’s ladder had its
    duplicate in the vine or tree of the Ojibbeways, which led from the
    earth to heaven, up and down which the spirits passed. (Ibid., p. 67.)

    Both Jews and Mexicans offered water to a stranger that he might wash
    his feet; both ate dust in token of humility; both anointed with oil;
    both sacrificed prisoners; both periodically separated the women, and
    both agreed in the strong and universal idea of uncleanness connected
    with that period.

    Both believed in the occult power of water, and both practised baptism.

    “Then the Mexican midwife gave the child to taste of the water, putting
    her moistened fingers in its mouth, and said, ‘Take this; by this thou
    hast to live on the earth, to grow and to flourish; through this we get
    all things that support existence on the earth; receive it.’ Then with
    moistened fingers she touched the breast of the child, and said, ‘Behold
    the pure water that washes and cleanses thy heart, that removes all
    filthiness; receive it: may the goddess see good to purify And cleanse
    thine heart.’ Then the midwife poured water upon the head of the child,
    saying, ‘O my grandson–my son–take this water of the Lord of the
    world, which is thy life, invigorating and refreshing, washing and
    cleansing. I pray that this celestial water, blue and light blue, may
    enter into thy body, and there live; I pray that it may destroy in thee
    and put away from thee all the things evil and adverse that were given
    thee before the beginning of the world. . . . Wheresoever thou art in
    this child, O thou hurtful thing, begone! leave it, put thyself apart;
    for now does it live anew, and anew is it born; now again is it purified
    and cleansed; now again is it shaped and engendered by our mother, the
    goddess of water.” (Bancroft’s “Native Races,” vol. iii., p. 372.)

    Here we find many resemblances to the Christian ordinance of baptism:
    the pouring of the water on the head, the putting of the fingers in the
    mouth, the touching of the breast, the new birth, and the washing away
    of the original sin. The Christian rite, we know, was not a Christian
    invention, but was borrowed from ancient times, from the great
    storehouse of Asiatic traditions and beliefs.

    The Mexicans hung up the heads of their sacrificed enemies; this was
    also a Jewish custom:

    “And the Lord said unto Moses, Take all the heads of the people, and
    hang them up before the Lord against the sun, that the fierce anger of
    the Lord may be turned away from Israel. And Moses said unto the judges
    of Israel, Slay ye every one his men that were joined unto Baal-peor.”
    (Numb., xxv., 4, 5.)

    The Scythians, Herodotus tells us, scalped their enemies, and carried
    the scalp at the pommel of their saddles; the Jews probably scalped
    their enemies:

    “But God shall wound the head of his enemies, and the hairy scalp of
    such a one as goeth on still in his trespasses.” (Psa., lxviii., 21.)

    The ancient Scandinavians practised scalping. When Harold Harefoot
    seized his rival, Alfred, with six hundred followers, he “had them
    maimed, blinded, hamstrung, scalped, or embowelled.” (Taine’s “Hist.
    Eng. Lit.,” p. 35.)

    Herodotus describes the Scythian mode of taking the scalp: “He makes a
    cut round the head near the ears, and shakes the skull out.” This is
    precisely the Indian custom. “The more scalps a man has,” says
    Herodotus, “the more highly he is esteemed among them.”

    The Indian scalp-lock is found on the Egyptian monuments as one of the
    characteristics of the Japhetic Libyans, who shaved all the head except
    one lock in the middle.

    The Mantchoos of Tartary wear a scalp-lock, as do the modern Chinese.

    Byron describes the heads of the dead Tartars under the walls of Corinth, devoured by the wild dogs:

    “Crimson and green were the shawls of their wear, And each scalp had a single long tuft of hair, All the rest was shaven and bare.”

    These resemblances are so striking and so numerous that repeated
    attempts have been made to prove that the inhabitants of America are the
    descendants of the Jews; some have claimed that they represented “the
    lost tribes” of that people. But the Jews were never a maritime or
    emigrating people; they formed no colonies; and it is impossible to
    believe (as has been asserted) that they left their flocks and herds,
    marched across the whole face of Asia, took ships and sailed across the
    greatest of the oceans to a continent of the existence of which they had
    no knowledge.

    If we seek the origin of these extraordinary coincidences in opinions
    and habits, we must go far back of the time of the lost tribes. We must
    seek it in the relationship of the Jews to the family of Noah, and in
    the identity of the Noachic race destroyed in the Deluge with the people
    of the drowned Atlantis.

    Nor need it surprise us to find traditions perpetuated for thousands upon thousands of years, especially among a people having a religious priesthood.

    The essence of religion is conservatism; little is invented; nothing
    perishes; change comes from without; and even when one religion is
    supplanted by another its gods live on as the demons of the new faith,
    or they pass into the folk-lore and fairy stories of the people. We see
    Votan, a hero in America, become the god Odin or Woden in Scandinavia;
    and when his worship as a god dies out Odin survives (as Dr. Dasent has
    proved) in the Wild Huntsman of the Hartz, and in the Robin Hood (Oodin)
    of popular legend. The Hellequin of France becomes the Harlequin of our
    pantomimes. William Tell never existed; he is a myth; a survival of the
    sun-god Apollo, Indra, who was worshipped on the altars of Atlantis.

    “Nothing here but it doth change into something rich and strange.”

    The rite of circumcision dates back to the first days of Ph?nicia,
    Egypt, and the Cushites. It, too, was probably an Atlantean custom,
    invented in the Stone Age. Tens of thousands of years have passed since
    the Stone Age; the ages of copper, bronze, and iron bare intervened; and
    yet to this day the Hebrew rabbi performs the ceremony of circumcision
    with a stone knife.

  • Lemuria – A Reflection

    Lemuria – A Reflection


    Germane, a group consciousness energy, states that “his” orientation is from a realm of integration that does not have a clear-cut density/dimensional level. The term “germane” in the English language means “significant relevance” or “coming from the same source”. Germane therefore chose this term to somewhat personify his energy. Neither male nor female, he views us as evolving to become him as we begin the process of physical, emotional, mental and spiritual integration, which leads us back to the Source of All.

    Note: This tape was from a session for a Japanese tour group touring both Sedona and Santa Fe. This is an excerpt from the complete tape which includes a Japanese translation.

    Germane: Greetings to you. This is Germane. We’re going to tell you a little story. Approximately 14,000 years ago, the culture known as Lemuria was thriving. There were also other cultures on Earth, such as Atlantis, which were thriving as well. The holy people or the prophets of the Lemurian culture began to be aware that something was going to be changing. They began receiving information that the Earth was going to go through a very dramatic shift. The shift that they were referring to was what you call the Great Flood. You’ve also called it the destruction of Atlantis. These holy people of Lemuria were very much in touch with the land. They were the ancient ancestors of the Native Americans. They began to be aware that it was very important that the knowledge from Lemuria be preserved. And so for about 2,000 to 3,000 years, they were preparing for this great cataclysm. They began spreading their teachings about the Earth and about mankind’s history to as many people as they possibly could. They believed that if they could spread this information to as many people as possible, the information would be stored within the cells of the human bodies. Then it would never be forgotten.

    They also began to store information in crystals. These crystals were taken deep within the Earth to be stored and preserved. These ancient Lemurians also began to create detailed maps of the underground tunnels that existed between power points on your planet. They also took the time to prepare their plans. They knew that they would receive a sign telling them it was time to go underground before the floods came. So they prepared themselves for these several thousand years to be the sacred keepers of the records of Earth. They knew it was very important that the information they held be saved for when the waters receded, otherwise the entire history of Earth and the sacred teachings of the Lemurians would have been lost forever.

    These holy people received their signs and began going underground. This occurred approximately one year before the flood. While underground, they learned to live there and use the underground environment for their sustenance. They built very supportive and loving communities underground. During that year, they did the final work involved in preserving some of the knowledge that they knew needed to be preserved.

    Then the flood came. All these people who were underground were safe from the waters, even though many, many people on the surface of the Earth perished. When the waters receded, the people emerged from underground. The land they once knew was now very different. This emergence from the Earth is the point at which the Native Americans’ creation history begins. In a very literal sense, they did emerge from the Earth. Most of the native peoples have lost the exact literal memory of this emergence, but within the highest ranks of the shamans, this knowledge is still passed on.

    Now, we tell this story from the point of view of the Native Americans, but they were not the only people who went underground. The holy people all around this planet went underground. For instance, the Aborigines in Australia and those who were later to become the Druids in England were all preserving their knowledge underground as well. The Druids were preserving the ancient Atlantean information, as were the Egyptians. But the native peoples of the Pacific area, including Asia, were preserving the Lemurian information. These native peoples, even today, hold within themselves this sacred knowledge. Some of it is conscious but most of it lies in the subconscious. The Ainu of Japan are one of the tribes that preserved some of the knowledge. There was a great cooperation among all of these peoples on Earth to make sure that the sacred teachings were never lost.

    The Ancient Knowledge – Is Rising to Consciousness

    The prophets also knew that when the new time came, after the flood, mankind would move away from the sacred teachings. The prophets knew that there would be a very long period of time during which the teachings would have to be kept hidden. They knew that one day that cycle would end and the teachings would once again emerge from each and every person. That is what is happening now for all of you. You are drawn to visit places like the Native American sacred spots or Peru or Egypt because you are feeling this ancient knowledge beginning to rise to the surface within you, and you seek to find a vehicle through which that memory can be activated.

    As the memory is activated in each of you, it will not necessarily take the form of information. Instead, it will simply take the form of your own spiritual and inner wisdom. The ancients never had religion and never felt the need to make someone else believe the way they did. That pattern happened only after the flood. The ancients all had an inner wisdom and an inner spirituality that was never discussed or argued about. Even though everyone is unique and has his or her own spiritual beliefs, ultimately those beliefs all are the same idea on the most basic level.

    Those basic beliefs are the belief in a higher power, love and respect for each other and love and respect for the Earth. That is the very basic foundation of spirituality. That was the spirituality of the ancients, and that is the spirituality that is awakening within you. It doesn’t matter whether you are Buddhist, Shinto or Christian. All that matters is that basic foundation of spirituality. Belief in a higher power, love and respect for each other and love and respect for the Earth. It is really that simple. As you travel to these hallowed spots and you get back in touch with the Earth, that’s how the spirituality gets awakened within you.

    Do not underestimate the power of the experiences you have while you are on this trail. They awaken within you something that was lying asleep for quite a long time. Reincarnationally, you are those ancient Lemurians. You are fulfilling your agreements by being here now and helping in the awakening. You all carry those memories within you. Honor that and trust that you do have them within you.

    The question that has been asked of us so many times is, What’s going to happen now? Is there going to be another cataclysm like the flood? How is this new awareness going to be activated on Earth? You are all working very hard on an energetic level so that you will not bring about another cataclysm. We do not perceive that you are going to experience another flood or destructive earthquake.

    This time the change is going to happen within you. You are going to experience, in a sense, your own personal internal earthquake, your own crumbling of belief systems that no longer serve you. So in a sense, there is going to be destruction and the ending of a cycle but it’s not going to take place around you in the physical world; it’s going to take place in an even more powerful place – within you. So do not fear if old things you carry begin falling away. Do not fear if old relationships can no longer be the same. Most of all, do not fear exploring the unknown, for the deeper you go within, the more profoundly you are going to experience this. Know that all that happens to you, even the things that may be disturbing, is part of your own personal release of the old. As you are releasing the old, you will be exposed to new ideas. They may feel strange or foreign to you, but just keep yourself open and allow whatever is there to come to you before you assume that it is not for you. Stay open and explore.

    During this tour, the ancient energies that you are exposed to are going to accelerate this process even more, for it is time now for the awakening to happen. You have all chosen to be the pioneers who help to lead the planet in this age.

    There is a very powerful site in Santa Fe called Bandolier. To describe what the energy is like there is very difficult, so please bear with us. Bandolier is one of the places on Earth that integrates the star energy and the ancient Earth energy, so when you visit there, you may feel strong ET energy, but at the same time you may feel the presence of the Earth Mother very strongly too. It is very important that on each planet there be sacred spots that integrate both the star and the planet energy. Bandolier is one such place. There are many. For instance in Japan you have Mount Kurama. So as you are walking through Bandolier, feel your feet planted firmly on the ground and at the same time feel your star connection.

    One of the themes of your time in Sedona has been grounding. You allowed yourself to take a very difficult hike. You succeeded because you allowed the Earth to support you. You became one with the Earth. From the Earth you drew strength, and it is the strength that is now going to help you as you go to the second part of the tour. The energy of Santa Fe is going to be different but it is very closely connected to what you experienced this morning. When the tour is over you will see how they fit together.

    We would like to take some time to answer your questions, but first we would simply like to congratulate all of you on the great acceleration you have all experienced in the past few days. So many things have moved within you. You cannot really understand how much has occurred within you with your mind, but you will notice, when you go back to your normal life in Japan, that things have changed.

    Earlier, I felt that I knew exactly when all the people were going to leave the place we were exploring.

    That experience, especially with the crowds, was showing you what it’s like to be one with the Earth. You knew when the crowd was going to disappear because you could sense the energy of the Earth. You were a part of the environment, and that is exactly what the ancients experienced. The Native Americans do something called the Rain Dance. Today much of the significance of that ceremony has been lost; today the belief is that the dance makes it rain. However, in the ancient days, the Rain Dance was very much like what you experienced with the crowds. The Native Americans would do a Rain Dance not because they wanted it to rain, but because they could sense the energy of the environment and they were moved to become part of the environment and celebrate the rain. There is a subtle difference. We hope we have explained it. You experienced that feeling of being one with the Earth. It was very important to bring up that ancient knowledge.

    What is the significance of the Snake People?

    The Snake People are very, very ancient. They existed approximately 5,000 to 6,000 years ago. They were descendants of the Lemurians, in particular, descendants of the original record-keepers of Lemuria. The snake, in terms of symbology, has always been used on Earth to mean wisdom, so you find many cultures around Earth in which the snake, as a symbol, plays a very important role. Now today, you were taken to a place called Montezuma’s Well. The myth is that that was one of the emergence points of the ancient Lemurian/Native American. Sedona is one of the places that was first inhabited by the people who were keeping the records. After they emerged, their civilization lived mostly high in the cliffs. At that time Sedona was a chain of islands, so they had to live on higher ground. This original group that came from beneath the Earth lived here and, of course, procreated, so there were many generations here. The Snake People are descendants of those original ones from beneath the Earth.

    Now you’ve all seen the large amount of quartz crystal that is in the red rock, and you all know that quartz crystal can hold information and knowledge. Sedona was chosen as an emergence point because of all the quartz crystal in the area. It would be very easy to use all the quartz crystal in the rock to hold the knowledge of Lemuria, so the Snake People living in this area were committed to programming that knowledge into the rocks. This is why so many people are now drawn to Sedona. Anyone who has a Lemurian connection will naturally be drawn here. All of you, at one time or another, belonged to the Snake People tribe.

    Are there any ruins of Lemurian temples in the Sedona area?

    There are some physical remains of those temples but they are so eroded now that you really couldn’t recognize them as remains of a temple. However, energetically those temples still exist. They can only be accessed on the inner planes through your dream state or through your meditations, but they are still very active. That’s another reason why people feel so drawn to come to Sedona. They have traveled here in other states of consciousness so even though their physical bodies haven’t been here, they feel familiar with it. There are many Lemurian temples here interdimensionally. Is there any connection between those who survived the Great Flood and extraterrestrials?

    What a wonderful and creative question. No one has ever asked this before, and it is one of the particular areas of interest for us. We assume that a good number of you have read The Prism of Lyra, but we will attempt to keep it very simple in case you haven’t. The people who went underground during the flood could be associated with what we call the Sirians or the Sirian energy. Their symbol was the snake. They were the keepers of knowledge throughout. As to whether there were people who survived the flood on the surface, the answer is yes. You have a Biblical story about a man named Noah who built an ark. That story is very true with one exception. There was not just one Noah but many people around the planet who built arks or boats to survive the flood. So when the flood finally receded, there were those who had gone underground and there were those who had stayed aboveground. And yet there was contact.

    Among those who stayed aboveground, there were two factions. There was one faction that we would say was oriented toward the energy from Sirius. Those people had a love for mankind and a desire for peace and knowledge. But there was another faction that was more aligned with what we would call the Lyran influence. They were the ones who wanted power. Some of those people were the ones in powerful positions in Atlantis. Now we’re talking about those who stayed aboveground. For the most part, those who went underground were all of one orientation.

    Native Americans Have Remained Separate to Preserve the Knowledge

    All through history, you have had conflict between the knowledge-keepers and those hungry for power. That still happens today. So as soon as the floods receded, the conflicts started again. That is why the people who are now considered Native American did not integrate themselves with the rest of the world. They kept themselves separate in order to assure that the knowledge would be preserved; they allowed the power struggle to continue while they simply sat back and tried to preserve the knowledge. You can see that is happening now. But the cycle is finishing, because so many of you now are beginning to realize how important that spiritual knowledge is. As more and more of you begin a spiritual search, those in power will have to change their ways because they won’t be able to manipulate people anymore. So your individual search for your own spiritual truth eventually affects the entire planet. This time on your planet that you are calling a new age is the completion of many thousands of years of conflict. We perceive that the conflict will be healed.

    How long did people live underground? How long were their lives?

    When the flood receded, about half of those who were underground emerged. Half stayed underground because they were not quite sure it was safe to emerge. Those who emerged saw that conflict was already beginning on the surface once again, so they retreated and kept to themselves. They refused to become part of that conflict. That’s why today there is such a division between Western society and the native peoples. The Native Americans do not want to play the game of conflict. The people who stayed underground remained there for several more generations. At one point, half of the half emerged, but there was still a group who remained underground. They are still there. They are the people you call the Inner Earth people. They have evolved quite rapidly over the past several thousand years. They have built their own society totally independent of yours, and in a sense they have mutated to allow themselves to adapt to life below the surface. They do not want to play the game of conflict either. Their lives are quite long, a life span averaging approximately 600 to 800 years. They do not procreate at the rate you do so there is no population problem.

    In terms of the longevity of people during the period of the flood, their life span was longer than yours. It really depended upon the genetic characteristics of the individual. If a person had a genetic makeup based on a strong extraterrestrial background, he had a longer life span. This information is spoken about very clearly in the Bible. It is given that the ages of certain Biblical figures are well over 100 years, like Moses. Some are given quite long lifetimes. Those records are out there.

    Over time, as you all have evolved away from being a part of the Earth, your life spans have gotten shorter. This is because when you are one with the Earth, you channel the life force of the Earth and it rejuvenates you. But when you cut yourself off from your life force, you deteriorate faster. This is why Native Americans have such long life spans and yogis who live up in the Himalayas do, too. They have, as much as they could, kept their connections with Earth. Your life span will grow longer the more you reconnect with the Earth. As your consciousness changes, your life span will grow.

    Meditation

    Now allow yourself to sit comfortably and close your eyes. Take three deep breaths. We’re going to take you through the chakras very quickly.

    Imagine a red ball of energy at the base of your spine and let it begin to spin. Imagine an orange ball of energy below your navel and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine a yellow ball of energy at your solar plexus and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine a green ball of energy at your heart and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine a blue ball of energy at your throat and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine an indigo ball of energy at your third eye and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine a violet ball of energy at the top of your head and allow that to begin to spin.

    In your mind’s eye now look down at your feet. Imagine that you are wearing leather moccasins. You are walking along a dusty path. Imagine the sound of your feet as you walk along the path. Become aware that you are walking in single file as a group. You step as one. The steps are the beat of the heart of the Earth.

    Now I’m going to help you access your group energy, for your group has a very powerful connection. In the next few days you will learn how to access the power of these energies. For now, feel as if there is a golden thread that is running through each of you around this circle and connecting you together. It is as if we breathe as one. It is as if your hearts beat as one. There is strong trust among all of you.

    This night, we’re all going to meet in the dream state. In the dream state, you are going to begin activating the memory of your group connection. When you awaken tomorrow morning, the energy will be different. You will perceive your connections as stronger. You will feel a new and different powerful energy. Allow yourself to take three deep breaths. Continue to feel that golden thread that runs through all of you and that connects you to God. When you go to sleep tonight, that thread will become even more powerful.

    Now slowly bring your consciousness back to the room. When you feel ready you may open your eyes. Your energy is accelerating. You are changing and growing so very fast we hardly recognize you. We look forward to seeing you again. Much love and good dreams this evening.

    Note: This session appeared in the September 1993 issue of the Sedona Journal of Emergence. © 1994 by Royal Priest Research, All Rights Reserved. This manuscript may be copied for private distribution, but may not be sold.

    USED BY PERMISSION

    For more information on available tapes, transcripts, books, and videos, contact Lyssa Royal.

    Love is the answer…


     

  • The Story of Atlantis

    The Story of Atlantis


    The Story of Atlantis
    A Geographical, Historical and Ethnological Sketch
    by W. Scott-Elliot
    [1896]


    Title Page
    Maps
    Preface
    The Story of Atlantis
    Deep-Sea Soundings
    Distribution of Fauna and Flora
    Similarity of Language
    Similarity of Ethnological Types
    Similarity of Religious Belief, Ritual and Architecture
    Testimony of Ancient Writers
    The Occult Records
    First Map Period
    Second Map Period
    Third Map Period
    Fourth Map Period
    The Manus
    The Sub-Races
    The Rmoahal Race
    The Tlavatli Race
    The Toltec Race
    The First Turanian Race
    The Original Semite Race
    The Akkadian Race
    The Mongolian Race
    Political Institutions
    Sorcery versus the Good Law
    Emigrations
    First Settlement in Egypt
    Stonehenge
    Arts and Sciences
    Architecture
    Education
    Agriculture
    City of the Golden Gates
    Air-Ships
    Manners and Custom
    Food
    Weapons
    Money
    Land Tenure
    Religion


    Theosophical Maps of Atlantis

    Map 1: Atlantis at its Prime
    Click to enlarge

    Map 1: Atlantis at its Prime

     

    Map 2: Atlantis in its Decadence
    Click to enlarge

    Map 2: Atlantis in its Decadence

     

    Map 3: Ruta and Daitya
    Click to enlarge

    Map 3: Ruta and Daitya

     

    Map 4: Poseidonis
    Click to enlarge

    Map 4: Poseidonis


    Preface to the First Edition

    by A. P. SINNETT

    For readers unacquainted with the progress that has been made in recent years by earnest students of occultism attached to the Theosophical Society, the significance of the statement embodied in the following pages would be misapprehended without some preliminary explanation. Historical research has depended for western civilization hitherto, on written records of one kind or another. When literary memoranda have fallen short, stone monuments have sometimes been available, and fossil remains have given us a few unequivocal, though inarticulate assurances concerning the antiquity of the human race; but modern culture has lost sight of or has overlooked possibilities connected with the investigation of past events, which are independent of fallible evidence transmitted to us by ancient writers. The world at large is thus at present so imperfectly alive to the resources of human faculty, that by most people as yet, the very existence, even as a potentiality, of psychic powers, which some of us all the while are consciously exercising every day, is scornfully denied and derided. The situation is sadly ludicrous from the point of view of those who appreciate the prospects of evolution, because mankind is thus wilfully holding at arm’s length, the knowledge that is essential to its own ulterior progress. The maximum cultivation of which the human intellect is susceptible while it denies itself all the resources of its higher spiritual consciousness, can never be more than a preparatory process as compared with that which may set in when the faculties are sufficiently enlarged to enter into conscious relationship with the super-physical planes or aspects of Nature.

    For anyone who will have the patience to study the published results of psychic investigation during the last fifty years, the reality of clairvoyance as an occasional phenomenon of human intelligence must establish itself on an immovable foundation. For those who, without being occultists–students that is to say of Nature’s loftier aspects, in a position to obtain better teaching than that which any written books can give–for those who merely avail themselves of recorded evidence, a declaration on the part of others of a disbelief in the possibility of clairvoyance, is on a level with the proverbial African’s disbelief in ice. But the experiences of clairvoyance that have accumulated on the hands of those who have studied it in connection with mesmerism, do no more than prove the existence in human nature of a capacity for cognizing physical phenomena distant either in space or time, in some way which has nothing to do with the physical senses. Those who have studied the mysteries of clairvoyance in connection with theosophic teaching have been enabled to realize that the ultimate resources of that faculty range as far beyond its humbler manifestations, dealt with by unassisted enquirers, as the resources of the higher mathematics exceed those of the abacus. Clairvoyance, indeed, is of many kinds, all of which fall easily into their places when we appreciate the manner in which human consciousness functions on different planes of Nature. The faculty of reading the pages of a closed book, or of discerning objects blindfold, or at a distance from the observer, is quite a different faculty from that employed on the cognition of past events. That last is the kind of which it is necessary to say something here, in order that the true character of the present treatise on Atlantis may be understood, but I allude to the others merely that the explanation I have to give may not be mistaken for a complete theory of clairvoyance in all its varieties.

    We may best be helped to a comprehension of clairvoyance as related to past events, by considering in the first instance the phenomena of memory. The theory of memory which relates it to an imaginary rearrangement of physical molecules of brain matter, going on at every instant of our lives, is one that presents itself as plausible to no one who can ascend one degree above the thinking level of the uncompromising atheistical materialist. To every one who accepts, even as a reasonable hypothesis, the idea that a man is something more than a carcase in a state of animation, it must be a reasonable hypothesis that memory has to do with that principle in man which is super-physical. His memory in short, is a function of some other than the physical plane. The pictures of memory are imprinted, it is clear, on some nonphysical medium, and are accessible to the embodied thinker in ordinary cases by virtue of some effort he makes in as much unconsciousness as to its precise character, as he is unconscious of the brain impulse which actuates the muscles of his heart. The events with which he has had to do in the past are photographed by Nature on some imperishable page of super-physical matter, and by making an appropriate interior effort, he is capable of bringing them again, when he requires them, within the area of some interior sense which reflects its perception on the physical brain. We are not all of us able to make this effort equally well, so that memory is sometimes dim, but even in the experience of mesmeric research, the occasional super-excitation of memory under mesmerism is a familiar fact. The circumstances plainly show that the record of Nature is accessible if we know how to recover it, or even if our own capacity to make an effort for its recovery is somehow improved without our having an improved knowledge of the method employed. And from this thought we may arrive by an easy transition at the idea, that in truth the records of Nature are not separate collections of individual property, but constitute the all-embracing memory of Nature herself, on which different people are in a position to make drafts according to their several capacities.

    I do not say that the one thought necessarily ensues as a logical consequence of the other. Occultists know that what I have stated is the fact, but my present purpose is to show the reader who is not an Occultist, how the accomplished Occultist arrives at his results, without hoping to epitomize all the stages of his mental progress in this brief explanation. Theosophical literature at large must be consulted by those who would seek a fuller elucidation of the magnificent prospects and practical demonstrations of its teaching in many directions, which, in the course of the Theosophical development, have been laid before the world for the benefit of all who are competent to profit by them.

    The memory of Nature is in reality a stupendous unity, just as in another way all mankind is found to constitute a spiritual unity if we ascend to a sufficiently elevated plane of Nature in search of the wonderful convergence where unity is reached without the loss of individuality. For ordinary humanity, however, at the early stage of its evolution represented at present by the majority, the interior spiritual capacities ranging beyond those which the brain is an instrument for expressing, are as yet too imperfectly developed to enable them to get into touch with any other records in the vast archives of Nature’s memory, except those with which they have individually been in contact at their creation. The blindfold interior effort they are competent to make, will not as a rule, call up any others. But in a flickering fashion we have experience in ordinary life of efforts that are a little more effectual. “Thought Transference” is a humble example. In that case “impressions on the mind” of one person–Nature’s memory pictures, with which he is in normal relationship, are caught up by someone else who is just able, however unconscious of the method he uses, to range Nature’s memory under favourable conditions, a little beyond the area with which he himself is in normal relationship. Such a person has begun, however slightly, to exercise the faculty of astral clairvoyance. That term may be conveniently used to denote the kind of clairvoyance I am now endeavoring to elucidate, the kind which, in some of its more magnificent developments, has been employed to carry out the investigations on the basis of which the present account of Atlantis has been compiled.

    There is no limit really to the resources of astral clairvoyance in investigations concerning the past history of the earth, whether we are concerned with the events that have befallen the human race in prehistoric epochs, or with the growth of the planet itself through geological periods which antedated the advent of man, or with more recent events, current narrations of which have been distorted by careless or perverse historians. The memory of Nature is infallibly accurate and inexhaustibly minute. A time will come as certainly as the precession of the equinoxes, when the literary method of historical research will be laid aside as out of date, in the case of all original work. People among us who are capable of exercising astral clairvoyance in full perfection–but have not yet been called away to higher functions in connection with the promotion of human progress, of which ordinary humanity at present knows even less than an Indian ryot knows of cabinet councils–are still very few. Those who know what the few can do, and through what processes of training and self-discipline they have passed in pursuit of interior ideals, of which when attained astral clairvoyance is but an individual circumstance, are many, but still a small minority as compared with the modern cultivated world. But as time goes on, and within a measurable future, some of us have reason to feel sure that the numbers of those who are competent to exercise astral clairvoyance will increase sufficiently to extend the circle of those who are aware of their capacities, till it comes to embrace all the intelligence and culture of civilized mankind only a few generations hence. Meanwhile the present volume is the first that has been put forward as the pioneer essay of the new method of historical research. It is amusing to all who are concerned with it, to think how inevitably it will be mistaken–for some little while as yet, by materialistic readers, unable to accept the frank explanation here given of the principle on which it has been prepared–for a work of imagination.

    For the benefit of others who may be more intuitive it may be well to say a word or two that may guard them from supposing that because historical research by means of astral clairvoyance is not impeded by having to deal with periods removed from our own by hundreds of thousands of years, it is on that account a process which involves no trouble. Every fact stated In the present volume has been picked up bit by bit with watchful and attentive care, in the course of an investigation on which more than one qualified person has been engaged, in the intervals of other activity, for some years past. And to promote the success of their work they have been allowed access to some maps and other records physically preserved from the remote periods concerned–though in safer keeping than in that of the turbulent races occupied in Europe with the development of civilization in brief intervals of leisure from warfare, and hard pressed by the fanaticism that so long treated science as sacrilegious during the middle ages of Europe.

    Laborious as the task has been however, it will be recognized as amply repaying the trouble taken, by everyone who is able to perceive how absolutely necessary to a proper comprehension of the world as we find it, is a proper comprehension of its preceding Atlantean phase. Without this knowledge all speculations concerning ethnology are futile and misleading. The course of race development is chaos and confusion without the key furnished by the character of Atlantean civilization and the configuration of the earth at Atlantean periods. Geologists know that land and ocean surfaces must have repeatedly changed places during the period at which they also know-from the situation of human remains in the various strata-that the lands were inhabited. And yet for want of accurate knowledge as to the dates at which the changes took place, they discard the whole theory from their practical thinking, and, except for certain hypotheses started by naturalists dealing with the southern hemisphere, have generally endeavoured to harmonize race migrations with the configuration of the earth in existence at the present time.

    In this way nonsense is made of the whole retrospect; and the ethnological scheme remains so vague and shadowy that it fails to displace crude conceptions of mankind’s beginning, which still dominate religious thinking and keep back the spiritual progress of the age. The decadence and ultimate disappearance of Atlantean civilization is in turn as instructive as its rise and glory; but I have now accomplished the main purpose with which I sought leave to introduce the work now before the world, with a brief prefatory explanation, and if its contents fail to convey a sense of its importance to any readers I am now addressing, that result could hardly be accomplished by further recommendations of mine.


    The Story of Atlantis

    A Geographical, Historical and Ethnological Sketch

    THE GENERAL scope of the subject before us will best be realized by considering the amount of information that is obtainable about the various nations who compose our great Fifth or Aryan Race.

    From the time of the Greeks and the Romans onwards volumes have been written about every people who in their turn have filled the stage of history. The political institutions, the religious beliefs, the social and domestic manners and customs have all been analyzed and catalogued, and countless works in many tongues record for our benefit the march of progress.

    Further, it must be remembered that of the history of this Fifth Race we possess but a fragment–the record merely of the last family races of the Celtic sub-race, and the first family races of our own Teutonic stock.

    But the hundreds of thousands of years which elapsed from the time when the earliest Aryans left their home on the shores of the central Asian Sea to the time of the Greeks and Romans, bore witness to the rise and fall of innumerable civilizations. Of the 1st sub-race of our Aryan Race who inhabited India and colonized Egypt in prehistoric times we know practically nothing, and the same may be said of the Chaldean, Babylonian, and Assyrian nations who composed the 2nd sub-race–for the fragments of knowledge obtained from the recently deciphered hieroglyphs or cuneiform inscriptions on Egyptian tombs or Babylonian tablets can scarcely be said to constitute history. The Persians who belonged to the 3rd or Iranian sub-race have, it is true, left a few more traces, but of the earlier civilizations of the Celtic or 4th sub-race we have no records at all. It is only with the rise of the last family shoots of this Celtic stock, viz., the Greek and Roman peoples, that we come upon historic times.

    In addition also to the blank period in the past, there is the blank period in the future. For of the seven sub-races required to complete the history of a great Root Race, five only have so far come into existence. Our own Teutonic or 5th sub-race has already developed many nations, but has not yet run its course, while the 6th and 7th sub-races, who will be developed on the continents of North and South America, respectively, will have thousands of years of history to give to the world.

    In attempting, therefore, to summarize in a few pages information about the world’s progress during a period which must have occupied at least as great a stretch of years as that above referred to, it should be realized how slight a sketch this must inevitably be.

    A record of the world’s progress during the period of the Fourth or Atlantean Race must embrace the history of many nations, and register the rise and fall of many civilizations.

    Catastrophes, too, on a scale such as has not yet been experienced during the life of our present Fifth Race, took place on more than one occasion during the progress of the Fourth. The destruction of Atlantis was accomplished by a series of catastrophes varying in character from great cataclysms in which whole territories and populations perished, to comparatively unimportant landslips such as occur on our own coasts to-day. When the destruction was once inaugurated by the first great catastrophe there was no intermission in the minor landslips which continued slowly but steadily to eat away the continent. Four of the great catastrophes stand out above the rest in magnitude. The first took place in the Miocene age, about 800,000 years ago. The second, which was of minor importance, occurred about 200,000 years ago. The third–about 80,000 years ago–was a very great one. It destroyed all that remained of the Atlantean continent, with the exception of the island to which Plato gave the name of Poseidonis, which in its turn was submerged in the fourth and final great catastrophe of 9564 B.C.

    Now the testimony of the oldest writers and of modern scientific research alike bear witness to the existence of an ancient continent occupying the site of the lost Atlantis.

    Before proceeding to the consideration of the subject itself, it is proposed cursorily to glance at the generally known sources which supply corroborative evidence. These may be grouped into the five following classes:

    First, the testimony of the deep-sea surroundings.

    Second, the distribution of fauna and flora.

    Third, the similarity of language and of ethnological type.

    Fourth, the similarity of religious belief, ritual, and architecture.

    Fifth, the testimony of ancient writers, of early race traditions, and of archaic flood-legends.


    Deep-Sea Soundings

    In the first place, then, the testimony of the deep-sea soundings may be summarized in a few words. Thanks chiefly to the expeditions of the British and American gun boats, “Challenger” and “Dolphin” (though Germany also was associated in this scientific exploration) the bed of the whole Atlantic Ocean is now mapped out, with the result that an immense bank or ridge of great elevation is shown to exist in mid-Atlantic. This ridge stretches in a southwesterly direction from about fifty degrees north towards the coast of South America, then in a south-easterly direction towards the coast of Africa, changing its direction again about Ascension Island, and running due south to Tristan d’Acunha. The ridge rises almost sheer about 9,000 feet from the ocean depths around it, while the Azores, St. Paul, Ascension, and Tristan d’Acunha are the peaks of this land which still remain above water. A line of 3,500 fathoms, or say 21,000 feet, is required to sound the deepest parts of the Atlantic, but the higher parts of the ridge are only a hundred to a few hundred fathoms beneath the sea.

    The soundings too showed that the ridge is covered with volcanic débris of which traces are to be found right across the ocean to the American coasts. Indeed the fact that the ocean bed, particularly about the Azores, has been the scene of volcanic disturbance on a gigantic scale, and that too within a quite measurable period of geologic time, is conclusively proved by the investigations made during the above-named expeditions.

    Mr. Starkie Gardner is of opinion that in the Eocene times the British Islands formed part of a larger island or continent stretching into the Atlantic, and “that a great tract of land formerly existed where the sea now is, and that Cornwall, the Scilly and Channel Islands, Ireland and Brittany are the remains of its highest summits.”[1]


    Distribution of Fauna and Flora

    The proved existence on continents separated by great oceans of similar or identical species of fauna and flora is the standing puzzle to biologists and botanists alike. But if a link between these continents once existed allowing for the natural migration of such animals and plants, the puzzle is solved. Now the fossil remains of the camel are found in India, Africa, South America and Kansas: but it is one of the generally accepted hypotheses of naturalists that every species of animal and plant originated in but one part of the globe, from which centre it gradually overran the other portions. How then can the facts of such fossil remains be accounted for without the existence of land communication in some remote age? Recent discoveries in the fossil beds of Nebraska seem also to prove that the horse

    [1. Pop. Sc. Review, July, 1878.]

    originated in the Western Hemisphere, for that is the only part of the world where fossil remains have been discovered, showing the various intermediate forms which have been identified as the precursors of the true horse. It would therefore be difficult to account for the presence of the horse in Europe except on the hypothesis of continuous land communication between the two continents, seeing that it is certain that the horse existed in a wild state in Europe and Asia before his domestication by man, which may be traced back almost to the stone age. Cattle and sheep as we now know them have an equally remote ancestry. Darwin finds domesticated cattle in Europe in the earliest part of the stone age, having long before developed out of wild forms akin to the buffalo of America. Remains of the cave-lion of Europe are also found in North America.

    Turning now from the animal to the vegetable kingdom it appears that the greater part of the flora of the Miocene age in Europe–found chiefly in the fossil beds of Switzerland–exist at the present day in America, some of them in Africa. But the noteworthy fact about America is that while the greater proportion are to be found in the Eastern States, very many are wanting on the Pacific coast. This seems to show that it was from the Atlantic side that they entered the continent. Professor Asa Gray says that out of 66 genera and 155 species found in the forest east of the Rocky Mountains, only 31 genera and 78 species are found west of these heights.

    But the greatest problem of all is the plantain or banana. Professor Kuntze, an eminent German botanist, asks, “In what way was this plant” (a native of tropical Asia and Africa) “which cannot stand a voyage through the temperate zone, carried to America?” As he points out, the plant is seedless, it cannot be propagated by cuttings, neither has it a tuber which could be easily transported. Its root is treelike. To transport it special care would be required, nor could it stand a long transit. The only way in which he can account for its appearance in America is to suppose that it must have been transported by civilized man at a time when the polar regions had a tropical climate! He adds, “a cultivated plant which does not possess seeds must have been under culture for a very long period … it is perhaps fair to infer that these plants were cultivated as early as the beginning of the Diluvial period.” Why, it may be asked, should not this inference take us back to still earlier times, and where did the civilization necessary for the plant’s cultivation exist, or the climate and circumstances requisite for its transportation, unless there were at some time a link between the old world and the new?

    Professor Wallace in his delightful Island Life, as well as other writers in many important works, has put forward ingenious hypotheses to account for the identity of flora and fauna on widely separated lands, and for their transit across the ocean, but all are unconvincing, and all break down at different points.

    It is well known that wheat as we know it has never existed in a truly wild state, nor is there any evidence tracing its descent from fossil species. Five varieties of wheat were already cultivated in Europe in the stone age–one variety found in the “Lake Dwellings” being known as Egyptian wheat, from which Darwin argues that the Lake dwellers “either still kept up commercial intercourse with some southern people, or had originally proceeded as colonists from the South.” He concludes that wheat, barley, oats, etc., are descended from various species now extinct, or so widely different as to escape identification, in which case he says: “Man must have cultivated cereals from an enormously remote period.” The regions where these extinct species flourished, and the civilization under which they were cultivated by intelligent selection, are both supplied by the lost continent whose colonists carried them east and west.

    From the fauna and flora we now turn to man.


    Similarity of Language

    The Basque language stands alone amongst European tongues, having affinity with none of them. According to Farrar, “there never has been any doubt that this isolated language, preserving its identity in a western corner of Europe, between two mighty kingdoms, resembles in its structure the aboriginal languages of the vast opposite continent (America) and those alone.”[1]

    The Phoenicians apparently were the first nation in the Eastern Hemisphere to use a phonetic alphabet, the characters being regarded as mere signs for sounds. It is a curious fact that at an equally early date we find a phonetic alphabet in Central America

    [1. Families of Speech, p. 132.]

    amongst the Mayans of Yucatan, whose traditions ascribe the origin of their civilization to a land across the sea to the east. Le Plongeon, the great authority on this subject, writes: “One-third of this tongue (the Maya) is pure Greek. Who brought the dialect of Homer to America? or who took to Greece that of the Mayas? Greek is the offspring of the Sanscrit. Is Maya? or are they coeval?” Still more surprising is it to find thirteen letters out of the Maya alphabet bearing most distinct relation to the Egyptian hieroglyphic signs for the same letters. It is probable that the earliest form of alphabet was hieroglyphic, “the writing of the Gods,” as the Egyptians called it, and that it developed later in Atlantis into the phonetic. It would be natural to assume that the Egyptians were an early colony from Atlantis (as they actually were) and that they carried away with them the primitive type of writing which has thus left its traces on both hemispheres, while the Phoenicians, who were a sea-going people, obtained and assimilated the later form of alphabet during their trading voyages with the people of the west.

    One more point may be noticed, viz., the extraordinary resemblance between many words in the Hebrew language and words bearing precisely the same meaning in the tongue of the Chiapenecs–a branch of the Maya race, and amongst the most ancient in Central America.[1]

    The similarity of language among the various savage races of the Pacific islands has been used as an

    [1. A list of these words is given in North Americans of Antiquity, p. 475.]

    argument by writers on this subject. The existences of similar languages among races separated by leagues of ocean, across which in historic time they are known to have had no means of transport, is certainly an argument in favour of their descent from a single race occupying a single continent, but the argument cannot be used here, for the continent in question was not Atlantis, but the still earlier Lemuria.


    Similarity of Ethnological Types

    Atlantis as we shall see is said to have been inhabited by red, yellow, white and black races. It is now proved by the researches of Le Plongeon, De Quatrefages, Bancroft and others that black populations of negroid type existed even up to recent times in America. Many of the monuments of Central America are decorated with negro faces, and some of the idols found there are clearly intended to represent negroes, with small skulls, short woolly hair and thick lips. The Popul Vuh, speaking of the first home of the Guatemalan race, says that “black and white men together” lived in this happy land “in great peace,” speaking “one language.”[1] The Popul Vuh goes on to relate how the people migrated from their ancestral home, how their language became altered, and how some went to the east, while others travelled west (to Central America).

    [1. See Bancroft’s Native Races, p. 547.]

    Professor Retzius, in his Smithsonian Report, considers that the primitive dolichocephalae of America are nearly related to the Guanches of the Canary Islands, and to the population on the Atlantic seaboard of Africa, which Latham comprises under the name of Egyptian Atlantidae. The same form of skull is found In the Canary Islands off the African coast and the Carib Islands off the American coast, while the colour of the skin in both is that of a reddish-brown.

    The ancient Egyptians depicted themselves as red men of much the same complexion as exists to-day among some tribes of American Indians.

    “The ancient Peruvians,” says Short, “appear from numerous examples of hair found in their tombs to have been an auburn-haired race.”

    A remarkable fact about the American Indians, and one which is a standing puzzle to ethnologists, is the wide range of colour and complexion to be found among them. From the white tint of the Menominee, Dakota, Mandan, and Zuni tribes, many of whom have auburn hair and blue eyes, to the almost negro blackness of the Karos of Kansas and the now extinct tribes of California, the Indian races run through every shade of red-brown, copper, olive, cinnamon, and bronze.[1]

    We shall see by and by how the diversity of complexion

    [1. See Short’s North Americans of Antiquity, Winchell’s Pre-Adamites, and Catlin’s Indians of North America; see also Atlantis, by Ignatius Donnelly, who has collected a great mass of evidence under this and other heads.]

    on the American Continent is accounted for by the original race-tints on the parent continent of Atlantis.


    Similarity of Religious Belief, Ritual and Architecture

    Nothing seems to have surprised the first Spanish adventurers in Mexico and Peru more than the extraordinary similarity to those of the old world, of the religious beliefs, rites, and emblems which they found established in the new. The Spanish priests regarded this similarity as the work of the devil. The worship of the cross by the natives, and its constant presence in all religious buildings and ceremonies, was the principal subject of their amazement; and indeed nowhere–not even in India and Egypt–was this symbol held in more profound veneration than amongst the primitive tribes of the American continents, while the meaning underlying its worship was identical. In the west, as in the east, the cross was the symbol of life-sometimes of life physical, more often of life eternal.

    In like manner in both hemispheres the worship of the sun-disk or circle, and of the serpent, was universal, and more surprising still is the similarity of the word signifying “God” in the principal languages of east and west. Compare the Sanscrit “Dyaus” or “Dyaus-pitar,” the Greek, “Theos” and Zeus, the Latin “Deus” and “Jupiter,” the Keltic “Dia” and “Ta,” pronounced “Thyah” (seeming to bear affinity to the Egyptian Tau), the Jewish “Jah” or “Yah” and lastly the Mexican “Teo” or “Zeo.”

    Baptismal rites were practised by all nations. In Babylon and Egypt the candidates for initiation in the Mysteries were first baptized. Tertullian in his De Baptismo says that they were promised in consequence “regeneration and the pardon of all their perjuries.” The Scandinavian nations practised baptism of new-born children; and when we turn to Mexico and Peru we find infant baptism there as a solemn ceremonial, consisting of water sprinkling, the sign of the cross, and prayers for the washing away of sin.[1][2]

    In addition to baptism, the tribes of Mexico, Central America and Peru resembled the nations of the old world in their rites of confession, absolution, fasting, and marriage before priests by joining hands. They had even a ceremony resembling the Eucharist, in which cakes marked with the Tau (an Egyptian form of cross) were eaten, the people calling them the flesh of their God. These exactly resemble the sacred cakes of Egypt and other eastern nations. Like these nations, too, the people of the new world had monastic orders, male and female, in which broken vows were punished with death. Like the Egyptians they embalmed their dead, they worshipped sun, moon and planets, but over and above

    [1. See Humboldt’s Mexican Researches and Prescott’s Mexico.

    2. For a fuller description of Baptismal Rites see W. Williamson’s “The Great Law, ” chap. “Sacraments and Blood Covenants.]

    these adored a Deity “omnipresent, who knoweth all things … invisible, incorporeal, one God of perfect perfection.”[1]

    They too had their virgin-mother goddess, “Our Lady” whose son, the “Lord of Light,” was called the “Saviour,” bearing an accurate correspondence to Isis, Beltis and the many other virgin – goddesses of the east with their divine sons.

    Their rites of sun and fire worship closely resembled those of the early Celts of Britain and Ireland, and like the latter they claimed to be the “children of the sun.” An ark or argha was one of the universal sacred symbols which we find alike in India, Chaldea, Assyria, Egypt, Greece and amongst the Celtic peoples. Lord Kingsborough in his Mexican Antiquities[2] says: “As among the Jews the ark was a sort of portable temple in which the deity was supposed to be continually present, so among the Mexicans, the Cherokees and the Indians of Michoacan and Honduras, an ark was held in the highest veneration and was considered an object too sacred to be touched by any but the priests.”

    As to religious architecture, we find on both sides of the Atlantic that one of the earliest sacred buildings is the pyramid. Doubtful as are the uses for which these structures were originally intended, one thing is clear, that they were closely connected with some religious idea or group of ideas. The identity of design in the pyramids of Egypt and those of Mexico

    [1. See Sahagun’s Historia de Nueva España, lib. vi.

    2. Vol. viii, p. 250.]

    and Central America is too striking to be a mere coincidence. True some–the greater number–of the American pyramids are of the truncated or flattened form, yet according to Bancroft and others, many of those found in Yucatan, and notably those near Palenque, are pointed at the top in true Egyptian fashion, while on the other hand we have some of the Egyptian pyramids of the stepped and flattened type. Cholula has been compared to the groups of Dachour, Sakkara and the step pyramid of Médourn. Alike in orientation, in structure, and even in their internal galleries and chambers, these mysterious monuments of the east and of the west stand as witnesses to some common source whence their builders drew their plan.

    The vast remains of cities and temples in Mexico and Yucatan also strangely resemble those of Egypt, the ruins of Teotihuacan having frequently been compared to those of Karnak. The “false arch”–horizontal courses of stone, each slightly overlapping the other–is found to be identical in Central America, in the oldest buildings of Greece, and in Etruscan remains. The mound builders of both eastern and western continents formed similar tumuli over their dead, and laid the bodies in similar stone coffins. Both continents have their great serpent-mounds; compare that of Adams Co., Ohio, with the fine serpent-mound discovered in Argyleshire, or the less perfect specimen at Avebury in Wilts. The very carving and decoration of the temples of America, Egypt and India have much in common, while some of the mural decorations are absolutely identical.


    Testimony of Ancient Writers

    It only remains now to summarize some of the evidence obtainable from ancient writers, from early race traditions, and from archaic flood-legends.

    Aelian in his Varia Historia,[1] states that Theopompus (400 B.C.) recorded an interview between the King of Phrygia and Silenus, in which the latter referred to the existence of a great continent beyond the Atlantic, larger than Asia, Europe and Libya together.

    Proclus quotes an extract from an ancient writer who refers to the islands in the sea beyond the Pillars of Hercules (Straits of Gibraltar), and says that the inhabitants of one of these islands had a tradition from their ancestors of an extremely large island called Atlantis, which for a long time ruled over all the islands of the Atlantic Ocean.

    Marcellus speaks of seven islands in the Atlantic, and states that their inhabitants preserve the memory of a much greater island, Atlantis, “which had for a long time exercised dominion over the smaller ones.”

    Diodorus Siculus relates that the Phoenicians discovered “a large island in the Atlantic Ocean beyond the Pillars of Hercules several days’ sail from the coast of Africa.”

    But the greatest authority on this subject is Plato. In the Timaeus he refers to the island continent, while the Critias or Atlanticus is nothing less than a detailed account of the history, arts, manners and customs of

    [1. Lib. iii., ch. xviii.]

    the people. In the Timaeus he refers to “a mighty warlike power, rushing from the Atlantic sea and spreading itself with hostile fury over all Europe and Asia. For at that time the Atlantic sea was navigable and had an island before that mouth which is called by you the Pillars of Hercules. But this island was greater than both Libya and all Asia together, and afforded an easy passage to other neighbouring islands, as it was likewise easy to pass from those islands to all the continents which border on this Atlantic sea.”

    There is so much of value in the Critias that it is not easy to choose, but the following extract is given, as it bears on the material resources of the country: “They had likewise everything provided for them which both in a city and every other place is sought after as useful for the purposes of life. And they were supplied indeed with many things from foreign countries, on account of their extensive empire; but the island afforded them the greater part of everything of which they stood in need. In the first place the island supplied them with such things as are dug out of mines in a solid state, and with such as are melted: and orichalcum, which is now but seldom mentioned, but then was much celebrated, was dug out of the earth in many parts of the island, and was considered as the most honourable of all metals except gold. Whatever, too, the woods afforded for builders the island produced in abundance. There were likewise sufficient pastures there for tame and savage animals; together with a prodigious number of elephants. For there were pastures for all such animals as are fed in lakes and rivers; on mountains and in plains. And in like manner there was sufficient aliment for the largest and most voracious kind of animals. Besides this, whatever of odoriferous the earth nourishes at present, whether roots, or grass, or wood, or juices, or gums, flowers or fruits-these the island produced and produced them well.”

    The Gauls possessed traditions of Atlantis which were collected by the Roman historian, Timagenes, who lived in the first century, B.C. Three distinct peoples apparently dwelt in Gaul. First, the indigenous population (probably the remains of a Lemurian race), second, the invaders from the distant island of Atlantis, and third, the Aryan Gauls.*

    The Toltecs of Mexico traced themselves back to a starting-point called Atlan or Aztlan; the Aztecs also claimed to come from Aztlan.[2]

    The Popul Vuh[3] speaks of a visit paid by three sons of the King of the Quiches to a land “in the east on the shores of the sea whence their fathers had come,” from which they brought back amongst other things “a system of writing.”[4]

    Amongst the Indians of North America there is a very general legend that their forefathers came from a land “toward the sun-rising.” The Iowa and Dakota Indians, according to Major J. Lind, believed that “all the tribes of Indians were formerly one and dwelt together on an island . . . towards the sunrise.” They crossed the sea from thence “in huge

    [1. See Pre-Adamites, p. 380.

    2. See Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. v. pp. 221 and 321.

    3. Page 294.

    4. See also Bancroft, Vol. V., p. 553.]

    skiffs in which the Dakotas of old floated for weeks, finally gaining dry land.”

    The Central American books state that a part of the American continent extended far into the Atlantic Ocean, and that this region was destroyed by a series of frightful cataclysms at long intervals apart. Three of these are frequently referred to.[1] It is a curious confirmation that the Celts of Britain had a legend that part of their country once extended far into the Atlantic and was destroyed. Three catastrophes are mentioned in the Welsh traditions.

    Quetzalcoatl, the Mexican Deity, is said to have come from “the distant east.” He is described as a white man with a flowing beard. (N.B.-The Indians of North and South America are beardless.) He originated letters and regulated the Mexican calendar. After having taught them many peaceful arts and lessons he sailed away to the east in a canoe made of serpent skins.[2] The same story is told of Zamna, the author of civilization in Yucatan.

    The marvellous uniformity of the flood legends on all parts of the globe, alone remains to be dealt with. Whether these are some archaic versions of the story of the lost Atlantis and its submergence, or whether they are echoes of a great cosmic parable once taught and held in reverence in some common centre whence they have reverberated throughout the world, does not immediately concern us. Sufficient for our purpose is it to show the universal acceptation of these legends. It would be needless waste of time and space

    [1. See Baldwin’s Ancient America, p. 176.

    2. See Short’s North Americans of Antiquity, pp. 268-271.]

    to go over these flood stories one by one. Suffice it to say, that in India, Chaldea, Babylon, Media, Greece, Scandinavia, China, amongst the Jews and amongst the Celtic tribes of Britain, the legend is absolutely identical in all essentials. Now turn to the west and what do we find? The same story in its every detail preserved amongst the Mexicans (each tribe having its own version), the people of Guatemala, Honduras, Peru, and almost every tribe of North American Indians. It is puerile to suggest that mere coincidence can account for this fundamental identity.

    The following quotation from Le Plongeon’s translation of the famous Troano MS., which may be seen in the British Museum, will appropriately bring this part of the subject to a close. The Troano MS. appears to have been written about 3,500 years ago, among the Mayas of Yucatan, and the following is its description of the catastrophe that submerged the island of Poseidonis:–“In the year 6 Kan, on the 11th Muluc in the month Zac, there occurred terrible earthquakes, which continued without interruption until the 13th Chuen. The country of the hills of mud, the land of Mu was sacrificed: being twice upheaved it suddenly disappeared during the night, the basin being continually shaken by volcanic forces. Being confined, these caused the land to sink and to r’ se several times and in various places. At last the surface gave way and ten countries were torn asunder and scattered. Unable to stand the force of the convulsions, they sank with their 64,000,000 of inhabitants 8060 years before the writing of this book.”


    The Occult Records

    But enough space has now been devoted to the fragments of evidence–all more or less convincing–which the world so far has been in possession of. Those interested in pursuing any special line of investigation are referred to the various works above named or quoted.

    The subject in hand must now be dealt with. Drawn as they have been from contemporary records which were compiled in and handed down through the ages we have to deal with, the facts here collected are based upon no assumption or conjecture. The writer may have failed fully to comprehend the facts, and so may have partially misstated them. But the original records are open for investigation to the duly qualified, and those who are disposed to undertake the necessary training may obtain the powers to check and verify.

    But even were all the occult records open to our inspection, it should be realized how fragmentary must be the sketch that attempts to summarize in a few pages the history of races and of nations extending over at least many hundreds of thousands of years. However, any details on such a subject–disconnected though they are–must be new, and should therefore be interesting to the world at large.

    Among the records above referred to there are maps of the world at various periods of its history and it has been the great privilege of the writer to be allowed to obtain copies–more or less complete–of four of these. All four represent Atlantis and the surrounding lands at different epochs of their history.

    These epochs correspond approximately with the periods that lay between the catastrophes referred to above, and into the periods thus represented by the four maps the records of the Atlantean Race will naturally group themselves.


    First Map Period

    Before beginning the history of the race, however, a few remarks may be made about the geography of the four different epochs.

    The first map represents the land surface of the earth as it existed about a million years ago, when the Atlantean Race was at its height, and before the first great submergence took place about 800,000 years ago. The continent of Atlantis itself, it will be observed, extended from a point a few degrees east of Iceland to about the site now occupied by Rio de Janeiro, in South America. Embracing Texas and the Gulf of Mexico, the Southern and Eastern States of America, up to and including Labrador, it stretched across the ocean to our own islands–Scotland and Ireland, and a small portion of the north of England forming one of its promontories–while its equatorial lands embraced Brazil and the whole stretch of ocean to the African Gold Coast. Scattered fragments of what eventually became the continents of Europe, Africa and America, as well as remains of the still older, and once widespread continent of Lemuria, are also shown on this map. The remains of the still older Hyperborean continent which was inhabited by the Second Root Race, are also given, and like Lemuria, coloured blue.


    Second Map Period

    As will be seen from the second map the catastrophe of 800,000 years ago caused very great changes in the land distribution of the globe. The great continent is now shorn of its northern regions, and its remaining portion has been still further rent. The now growing American continent is separated by a chasm from its parent continent of Atlantis, and this no longer comprises any of the lands now existing, but occupies the bulk of the Atlantic basin from about 50′ north to a few degrees south of the equator. The subsidences and upheavals in other parts of the world have also been considerable–the British Islands for example, now being part of a huge island which also embraces the Scandinavian peninsula, the North of France, and all the intervening and some of the surrounding seas. The dimensions of the remains of Lemuria it will be observed, have been further curtailed, while Europe, Africa and America have received accretions of territory.


    Third Map Period

    The third map shows the results of the catastrophe which took place about 200,000 years ago. With the exception of the rents in the continents both of Atlantis and America, and the submergence of Egypt, it will be seen how relatively unimportant were the subsidences and upheavals at this epoch, indeed the fact that this catastrophe has not always been considered as one of the great ones, is apparent from the quotation already given from the sacred book of the Guatemalans–three great ones only being there mentioned. The Scandinavian island however, appears now as joined to the mainland. The two islands into which Atlantis was now split were known by the names of Ruta and Daitya.


    Fourth Map Period

    The stupendous character of the natural convulsion that took place about 80,000 years ago, will be apparent from the fourth map. Daitya, the smaller and more southerly of the islands, has almost entirely disappeared, while of Ruta there only remains the relatively small island of Poseidonis. This map was compiled about 75,000 years ago, and it no doubt fairly represents the land surface of the earth from that period onwards till the final submergence of Poseidonis in 9564 B.C., though during that period minor changes must have taken place. It will be noted that the land outlines had then begun to assume roughly the same appearance they do to-day, though the British Islands were still joined to the European continent, while the Baltic Sea was nonexistent, and the Sahara desert then formed part of the ocean floor.


    The Manus

    Some reference to the very mystical subject of the Manus is a necessary preliminary to the consideration of the origin of a Root Race. In Transaction No. 26, of the London Lodge, reference was made to the work done by these very exalted Beings, which embraces not only the planning of the types of the whole Manvantara, but the superintending the formation and education of each Root Race in turn. The following quotation refers to these arrangements: “There are also Manus whose duty it is to act in a similar way for each Root Race on each Planet of the Round, the Seed Manu planning the improvement in type which each successive Root Race inaugurates, and the Root Manu actually incarnating amongst the new Race as a leader and teacher to direct the development and ensure the improvement.”

    The way in which the necessary segregation of the picked specimens is effected by the Manu in charge, and his subsequent care of the growing community, may be dealt with in a future Transaction. The merest reference to the mode of procedure is all that is necessary here.

    It was of course from one of the sub-races of the Third Root Race on the continent which is spoken of as Lemuria, that the segregation was effected which was destined to produce the Fourth Root Race.

    Following where necessary the history of the Race through the four periods represented by the four maps, it is proposed to divide the subject under the following headings:

    1. Origin and territorial location of the different sub-races.

    2. The political institutions they respectively evolved.

    3. Their emigrations to other parts of the world.

    4. The arts and sciences they developed.

    5. The manners and customs they adopted.

    6. The rise and decline amongst them of religious ideas.


    The Sub-Races

    The names of the different sub-races must first be given–

    1. Rmoahal.

    2. Tlavatli.

    3. Toltec.

    4. First Turanian.

    5. Original Semite.

    6. Akkadian.

    7. Mongolian.

    Some explanation is necessary as to the principle on which these names are chosen. Wherever modern ethnologists have discovered traces of one of these sub-races, or even identified a small part of one, the name they have given to it is used for the sake of simplicity, but in the case of the first two sub-races there are hardly any traces left for science to seize upon, so the names by which they called themselves have been adopted


    The Rmoahal Race

    Now the period represented by Map No. 1 shows the land surface of the earth as it existed about one million years ago, but the Rmoahal race came into existence between four and five million years ago, at which period large portions of the great southern continent of Lemuria still existed, while the continent of Atlantis had not assumed the proportions it ultimately attained. It was upon a spur of this Lemurian land that the Rmoahal race was born. Roughly it may be located at latitude 7º north and longitude 5º west, which a reference to any modern atlas will show to lie on the Ashanti coast of to-day. It was a hot, moist country, where huge antediluvian animals lived in reedy swamps and dank forests. The Rmoahals were a dark race–their complexion being a sort of mahogany black. Their height in these early days was about ten or twelve feet–truly a race of giants–but through the centuries their stature gradually dwindled, as did that of all the races in turn, and later on we shall find they had shrunk to the stature of the “Furfooz man.” They ultimately migrated to the southern shores of Atlantis, were they were engaged in constant warfare with the sixth and seventh sub-races of the Lemurians then inhabiting that country. A large part of the tribe eventually moved north, while the remainder settled down and intermarried with these black Lemurian aborigines. The result was that at the period we are dealing with–the first map period–there was no pure blood left in the south, and as we shall see it was from these dark races who inhabited the equatorial provinces, and the extreme south of the continent, that the Toltec conquerors subsequently drew their supplies of slaves. The remainder of the race, however, reached the extreme north-eastern promontories contiguous with Iceland, and dwelling there for untold generations, they gradually became lighter in colour, until at the date of the first map period we find them a tolerably fair people. Their descendants eventually became subject, at least nominally, to the Semite kings.

    That they dwelt there for untold generations is not meant to imply that their occupation was unbroken, for stress of circumstances at intervals of time drove them south. The cold of the glacial epochs of course operated alike with the other races, but the few words to be said on this subject may as well come in here.

    Without going into the question of the different rotations which this earth performs, or the varying degrees of eccentricity of its orbit, a combination of which is sometimes held to be the cause of the glacial epochs, it is a fact–and one already recognized by some astronomers–that a minor glacial epoch occurs about every 30,000 years. But in addition to these, there were two occasions in the history of Atlantis when the ice-belt desolated not merely the northern regions, but, invading the bulk of the continent, forced all life to migrate to equatorial lands. The first of these was in process during the Rmoahal days, about 3,000,000 years ago, while the second took place in the Toltec ascendency about 850,000 years ago.

    With reference to all glacial epochs it should be stated that though the inhabitants of northern lands were forced to settle during the winter far south of the ice-belt, there yet were great districts to which in summer they could return, and where for the sake of the hunting they encamped until driven south again by the winter cold.


    The Tlavatli Race

    The place of origin of the Tlavatli or 2nd sub-race was an island off the west coast of Atlantis. The spot is marked on the 1st map with the figure 2. Thence they spread into Atlantis proper, chiefly across the middle of the continent, gradually however tending northwards towards the stretch of coast facing the promontory of Greenland. Physically they were a powerful and hardy race of a red-brown colour, but they were not quite so tall as the Rmoahals whom they drove still further north. They were always a mountain-loving people, and their chief settlements were in the mountainous districts of the interior, which a comparison of Maps 1 and 4 will show to be approximately coterminous with what ultimately became the island of Poseidonis. At this first map period they also–as just stated–peopled the northern coasts, whilst a mixture of Tlavatli and Toltec race inhabited the western islands, which subsequently formed part of the American continent.


    The Toltec Race

    We now come to the Toltec or 3rd sub-race. This was a magnificent development. It ruled the whole continent of Atlantis for thousands of years in great material power and glory. Indeed so dominant and so endowed with vitality was this race that intermarriages with the following sub-races failed to modify the type, which still remained essentially Toltec; and hundreds of thousands of years later we find one of their remote family races ruling magnificently in Mexico and Peru, long ages before their degenerate descendants were conquered by the fiercer Aztec tribes from the north. The complexion of this race was also a red-brown, but they were redder or more copper-coloured than the Tlavatli. They also were a tall race, averaging about eight feet during the period of their ascendency, but of course dwindling, as all races did, to the dimensions that are common to-day. The type was an improvement on the two previous sub-races, the features being straight and well marked, not unlike the ancient Greek. The approximate birthplace of this race may be seen, marked with the figure 3, on the first map. It lay near the west coast of Atlantis about latitude 30º North, and the whole of the surrounding country, embracing the bulk of the west coast of the continent, was peopled with a pure Toltec race. But as we shall see when dealing with the political organization, their territory eventually extended right across the continent, and it was from their great capital on the eastern coast that the Toltec emperors held their almost world-wide sway.


    The First Turanian Race

    The Turanian or 4th sub-race had their origin on the eastern side of the continent, south of the mountainous district inhabited by the Tlavatli people. This spot is marked 4 on Map No. 1. The Turanians were colonists from the earliest days, and great numbers migrated to the lands lying to the east of Atlantis. They were never a thoroughly dominant race on the mother- continent, though some of their tribes and family races became fairly powerful. The great central regions of the continent lying west and south of the Tlavatli mountainous district was their special though not their exclusive home, for they shared these lands with the Toltecs. The curious political and social experiments made by this sub-race will be dealt with later on.


    The Original Semite Race

    As regards the original Semite or 5th sub-race ethnologists have been somewhat confused, as indeed it is extremely natural they should be considering the very insufficient data they have to go upon. This sub-race had its origin in the mountainous country which formed the more southerly of the two northeastern peninsulas which, as we have seen, is now represented by Scotland, Ireland, and some of the surrounding seas. The site is marked 5 in Map No. 1. in this least desirable portion of the great continent the race grew and flourished, for centuries maintaining its independence against aggressive southern kings, till the time came for it in turn to spread abroad and colonize. It must be remembered that by the time the Semites rose to power hundreds of thousands of years had passed and the 2nd map period had been reached. They were a turbulent, discontented race, always at war with their neighbours, especially with the then growing power of the Akkadians.


    The Akkadian Race

    The birthplace of the Akkadian or 6th sub-race will be found on Map No. 2 (marked there with the figure 6), for it was after the great catastrophe of 800,000 years ago that this race first came into existence. It took its rise in the land east of Atlantis, about the middle of the great peninsula whose southeastern extremity stretched out towards the old continent. The spot may be located approximately at latitude 42º North and longitude 10º East. They did not for long, however, confine themselves to the land of their birth, but overran the now diminished continent of Atlantis. They fought with the Semites in many battles both on land and sea, and very considerable fleets were used on both sides. Finally about 100,000 years ago they completely vanquished the Semites, and from that time onwards an Akkadian dynasty was set up in the old Semite capital, and ruled the country wisely for several hundred years. They were a great trading, sea-going and colonizing people, and they established many centres of communication with distant lands.


    The Mongolian Race

    The Mongolian or 7th sub-race seems to be the only one that had absolutely no touch with the mother-continent. Having its origin on the plains of Tartary (marked No. 7 on the second map) at about latitude 63º North and longitude 140º East, it was directly developed from descendants of the Turanian race, which it gradually supplanted over the greater part of Asia. This sub-race multiplied exceedingly, and even at the present day a majority of the earth’s inhabitants technically belong to it, though many of its divisions are so deeply coloured with the blood of earlier races as to be scarcely distinguishable from them.


    Political Institutions

    In such a summary as this it would be impossible to describe how each sub-race was further sub-divided into nations, each having its distinct type and characteristics. All that can be here attempted is to sketch in broad outline the varying political institutions throughout the great epochs of the race.

    While recognizing that each sub-race as well as each Root Race is destined to stand in some respects at a higher level than the one before it, the cyclic nature of the development must be recognized as leading the race like the man through the various phases of infancy, youth, and manhood back to the infancy of old age again. Evolution necessarily means ultimate progress, even though the turning back of Its ascending spiral may seem to make the history of politics or of religion a record not merely of development and progress but also of degradation and decay.

    In making the statement therefore that the 1st sub-race started under the most perfect government conceivable, it must be understood that this was owing to the necessities of their childhood, not to the merits of their matured manhood. For the Rmoahals were incapable of developing any plan of settled government, nor did they ever reach even as high a point of civilization as the 6th and 7th Lemurian sub-races. But the Manu who effected the segregation actually incarnated in the race and ruled it as king. Even when he no longer took visible part in the government of the race, Adept or Divine rulers were, when the times required it, still provided for the infant community. As students of The Secret Doctrine know, our humanity had not then reached the stage of development necessary to produce fully initiated Adepts. The rulers above referred to, including the Manu himself, were therefore necessarily the product of evolution on other systems of worlds.

    The Tlavatli people showed some signs of advance in the art of government. Their various tribes or nations were ruled by chiefs or kings who generally received their authority by acclamation of the people. Naturally the most powerful individuals and greatest warriors were so chosen. A considerable empire was eventually established among them, in which one king became the nominal head, but his suzerainty consisted rather in titular honour than in actual authority.

    It was the Toltec race who developed the highest civilization and organised the most powerful empire of any of the Atlantean peoples, and it was then that the principle of heredity succession was for the first time established. The race was at first divided into a number of petty independent kingdoms, constantly at war with each other, and all at war with the Lemurio-Rmoahals of the south. These were gradually conquered and made subject peoples–many of their tribes being reduced to slavery. About one million years ago, however, these separate kingdoms united in a great federation with a recognized emperor at its head. This was of course inaugurated by great wars, but the outcome was peace and prosperity for the race.

    It must be remembered that humanity was still for the most part possessed of psychic attributes, and by this time the most advanced had undergone the necessary training in the occult schools, and had attained various stages of initiation–some even reaching to Adeptship. Now the second of these emperors was an Adept, and for thousands of years the Divine dynasty ruled not only all the kingdoms into which Atlantis was divided but the islands on the West and the southern portion of the adjacent land lying to the east. When necessary, this dynasty was recruited from the Lodge of Initiates, but as a rule the power was handed down from father to son, all being more or less qualified, and the son in some cases receiving a further degree at the hands of his father. During all this period these Initiate rulers retained connection with the Occult Hierarchy which governs the world, submitting to its laws, and acting in harmony with its plans. This was the golden age of the Toltec race. The government was just and beneficent; the arts and sciences were cultivated–indeed the workers in these fields, guided as they were by occult knowledge, achieved tremendous results; religious belief and ritual were still comparatively pure–in fact the civilization of Atlantis had by this time reached its height.


    Sorcery

    versus the Good Law

    After about 100,000 years of this golden age the degeneracy and decay of the race set in. Many of the tributary kings, and large numbers of the priests and people ceased to use their faculties and powers in accordance with the laws made by their Divine rulers, whose precepts and advice were now disregarded. Their connection with the Occult Hierarchy was broken. Personal aggrandisement, the attainment of wealth and authority, the humiliation and ruin of their enemies became more and more the objects towards which their occult powers were directed: and thus turned from their lawful use, and practised for all sorts of selfish and malevolent purposes, they inevitably led to what we must call by the name of sorcery.

    Surrounded as this word is with the odium which credulity on the one hand and imposture on the other have, during many centuries of superstition and ignorance, gradually caused it to be associated, let us consider for a moment its real meaning, and the terrible effects which its practice is ever destined to bring on the world.

    Partly through their psychic faculties, which were not yet quenched in the depths of materiality to which the race afterwards descended, and partly through their scientific attainments during this culmination of Atlantean civilization, the most intellectual and energetic members of the race gradually obtained more and more insight into the working of Nature’s laws, and more and more control over some of her hidden forces. Now the desecration of this knowledge and its use for selfish ends is what constitutes sorcery. The awful effects, too, of such desecration are well enough exemplified in the terrible catastrophes that overtook the race. For when once the black practice was inaugurated it was destined to spread in ever-widening circles. The higher spiritual guidance being thus withdrawn, the Kamic principle, which being the fourth, naturally reached its zenith during the Fourth Root Race, asserted itself more and more in humanity. Lust, brutality and ferocity were all on the increase, and the animal nature in man was approaching its most degraded expression. It was a moral question which from the very earliest times divided the Atlantean Race into two hostile camps, and what was begun in the Rmoahal times was terribly accentuated in the Toltec era. The battle of Armageddon is fought over and over again in every age of the world’s history.

    No longer submitting to the wise rule of the Initiate emperors, the followers of the “black arts” rose in rebellion and set up a rival emperor, who after much struggle and fighting drove the white emperor from his capital, the “City of the Golden Gates,” and established himself on his throne.

    The white emperor, driven northward, re-established himself in a city originally founded by the Tlavatli on the southern edge of the mountainous district, but which was now the seat of one of the tributary Toltec kings. This king gladly welcomed the white emperor and placed the city at his disposal. A few more of the tributary kings also remained loyal to him, but most transferred their allegiance to the new emperor reigning at the old capital. These, however, did not long remain faithful. Constant assertions of independence were made by the tributary kings, and continual battles were fought in different parts of the empire, the practice of sorcery being largely resorted to, to supplement the powers of destruction possessed by the armies.

    These events took place about 50,000 years before the first great catastrophe.

    From this time onwards things went from bad to worse. The sorcerers used their powers more and more recklessly, and greater and greater numbers of people acquired and practised these terrible “black arts.”

    Then came the awful retribution when millions upon millions perished. The great “City of the Golden Gates” had by this time become a perfect den of iniquity. The waves swept over it and destroyed its inhabitants, and the “black” emperor and his dynasty fell to rise no more. The emperor of the north as well as the initiated priests throughout the whole continent had long been fully aware of the evil days at hand, and subsequent pages will tell of the many priest-led emigrations which preceded this catastrophe, as well as those of later date.

    The continent was now terribly rent. But the actual amount of territory submerged by no means represented the damage done, for tidal waves swept over great tracts of land and left them desolate swamps. Whole provinces were rendered barren, and remained for generations in an uncultivated and desert condition.

    The remaining population too had received a terrible warning. It was taken to heart, and sorcery was for a time less prevalent among them. A long period elapsed before any new powerful rule was established. We shall eventually find a Semite dynasty of sorcerers enthroned in the “City of the Golden Gates,” but no Toltec power rose to eminence during the second map period. There were considerable Toltec populations still, but little of the pure blood remained on the mother continent.

    On the island of Ruta however, in the third map period, a Toltec dynasty again rose to power and ruled through its tributary kings a large portion of the island. This dynasty was addicted to the black craft, which it must be understood became more and more prevalent during all the four periods, until it culminated in the inevitable catastrophe, which to a great extent purified the earth of the monstrous evil. It must also be borne in mind that down to the very end when Poseidonis disappeared an Initiate emperor or king–or at least one acknowledging the “good law”–held sway in some part of the island continent, acting under the guidance of the Occult Hierarchy in controlling where possible the evil sorcerers, and in guiding and instructing the small minority who were still willing to lead pure and wholesome lives. In later days this “white” king was as a rule elected by the priests-the handful, that is, who still followed the “good law.”

    Little more remains to be said about the Toltecs. In Poseidonis the population of the whole island was more or less mixed. Two kingdoms and one small republic in the west divided the island between them. The northern portion was ruled by an Initiate king. In the south too the hereditary principle had given way to election by the people. Exclusive race-dynasties were at an end, but kings of Toltec blood occasionally rose to power both in the north and south, the northern kingdom being constantly encroached upon by its southern rival, and more and more of its territory annexed.

    Having dealt at some length with the state of things under the Toltecs, the leading political characteristics of the four following sub-races need not long detain us, for none of them reached the heights of civilization that the Toltecs did–in fact the degeneration of the race had set in.

    It seems to have been some sort of feudal system that the natural bent of the Turanian race tended to develop. Each chief was supreme on his own territory, and the king was only primus inter pares. The chiefs who formed his council occasionally murdered their king and set up one of their own number in his place. They were a turbulent and lawless race–brutal and cruel also. The fact that at some periods of their history regiments of women took part in their wars is significant of the last named characteristics.

    But the strange experiment they made in social life which, but for its political origin, would more naturally have been dealt with under “manners and customs,” is the most interesting fact in their record. Being continually worsted in war with their Toltec neighbours, knowing themselves to be greatly outnumbered, and desiring above all things increase of population, laws were passed, by which every man was relieved from the direct burden of maintaining his family. The State took charge of and provided for the children, and they were looked upon as its property. This naturally tended to increase the birth-rate amongst the Turanians, and the ceremony of marriage came to be disregarded. The ties of family life, and the feeling of parental love were of course destroyed, and the scheme having been found to be a failure, was ultimately given up. Other attempts at finding socialistic solutions of economical problems which still vex us to-day, were tried and abandoned by this race.

    The original Semites, who were a quarrelsome marauding and energetic race, always leant towards a patriarchal form of government. Their colonists, who generally took to the nomadic life, almost exclusively adopted this form, but as we have seen they developed a considerable empire in the days of the second map period, and possessed the great “City of the Golden Gates.” They ultimately, however, had to give way before the growing power of the Akkadians.

    It was in the third map period, about 100,000 years ago, that the Akkadians finally overthrew the Semite power. The 6th sub-race were a much more law-abiding people than their predecessors. Traders and sailors, they lived in settled communities, and naturally produced an oligarchical form of government. A peculiarity of theirs, of which Sparta is the only modern example, was the dual system of two kings reigning in one city. As a result probably of their sea-going taste, the study of the stars became a characteristic pursuit, and this race made great advances both in astronomy and astrology.

    The Mongolian people were an improvement on their immediate ancestors of the brutal Turanian stock. Born as they were on the wide steppes of Eastern Siberia, they never had any touch with the mother-continent, and owing, doubtless, to their environment, they became a nomadic people. More psychic and more religious than the Turanians from whom they sprang, the form of government towards which they gravitated required a suzerain in the background who should be supreme both as a territorial ruler and as a chief high priest.


    Emigrations

    Three causes contributed to produce emigrations. The Turanian race, as we have seen, was from its very start imbued with the spirit of colonizing, which it carried out on a considerable scale. The Semites and Akkadians were also to a certain extent colonizing races.

    Then, as time went on and population tended more and more to outrun the limits of subsistence, necessity operated with the least well-to-do in every race alike, and drove them to seek for a livelihood in less thickly populated countries. For it should be realized that when the Atlanteans reached their zenith in the Toltec era, the proportion of population to the square mile on the continent of Atlantis probably equalled, even if it did not exceed, our modern experience in England and Belgium. It is at all events certain that the vacant spaces available for colonizing were very much larger in that age than in ours, while the total population of the world, which at the present moment is probably not more than twelve hundred to fifteen hundred millions, amounted in those days to the big figure of about two thousand millions.

    Lastly, there were the priest-led emigrations which took place prior to each catastrophe–and there were many more of these than the four great ones referred to above. The initiated kings and priests who followed the “good law” were aware beforehand of the impending calamities. Each one, therefore, naturally became a centre of prophetic warning, and ultimately a leader of a band of colonists. It may be noted here that in later days the rulers of the country deeply resented these priest-led emigrations, as tending to impoverish and depopulate their kingdoms, and it became necessary for the emigrants to get on board ship secretly during the night.

    In roughly tracing the lines of emigration followed by each sub-race in turn, we shall of necessity ultimately reach the lands which their respective descendants to-day occupy.

    For the earliest emigrations we must go back to the Rmoahal days. It will be remembered that that portion of the race which inhabited the northeastern coasts alone retained its purity of blood. Harried on their southern borders and driven further north by the Tlavatli warriors, they began to overflow to the neighbouring land to the east, and to the still nearer promontory of Greenland. In the second map period no pure Rmoahals were left on the then reduced mother-continent but the northern promontory of the continent then rising on the west was occupied by them, as well as the Greenland cape already mentioned, and the western shores of the great Scandinavian island. There was also a colony on the land lying north of the central Asian sea.

    Brittany and Picardy then formed part of the Scandinavian island, while the island itself became in the third map period part of the growing continent of Europe. Now it is in France that remains of this race have been found in the quaternary strata, and the brachycephalous, or round-headed specimen known as the “Furfooz man,” may be taken as a fair average of the type of the race in its decay.

    Many times forced to move south by the rigours of a glacial epoch, many times driven north by the greed of their more powerful neighbours, the scattered and degraded remnants of this race may be found to-day in the modern Lapps, though even here there was some infusion of other blood. And so it comes to pass that these faded and stunted specimens of humanity are the lineal descendants of the black race of giants who arose on the equatorial lands of Lemuria well nigh five million years ago.

    The Tlavatli colonists seem to have spread out towards every point of the compass. By the time of the second map period their descendants were settled on the western shores of the then growing American continent (California) as well as on its extreme southern coasts (Rio de Janeiro). We also find them occupying the eastern shores of the Scandinavian island, while numbers of them sailed across the ocean, rounded the coast of Africa, and reached India. There, mixing with the indigenous Lemurian population, they formed the Dravidian race. In later days this in its turn received an infusion of Aryan or Fifth Race blood, from which results the complexity of type found in India to-day. In fact we have here a very fair example of the extreme difficulty of deciding any question of race upon merely physical evidence, for it would be quite possible to have Fifth Race egos incarnate among the Brahmans, Fourth Race egos among the lower castes, and some lingering Third Race among the hill tribes.

    By the time of the fourth map period we find a Tlavatli people occupying the southern parts of South America, from which it may be inferred that the Patagonians probably had remote Tlavatli ancestry.

    Remains of this race, as of the Rmoahals, have been found in the quaternary strata of Central Europe, and the dolichocephalous “Cro-Magnon man”[1] may be taken as an average specimen of the race in its decadence, while the “Lake-Dwellers” of Switzerland formed an even earlier and not quite pure offshoot. The only people who can be cited as fairly pure-blooded specimens of the race at the present day are some of the brown tribes of Indians of South America. The Burmese and Siamese have also Tlavatli blood in their veins, but in their case it was

    [1. Students of’ geology and palaeontology {sic} will know that these sciences regard the “Cro-Magnon man” as prior to the “Furfooz,” and seeing that the two races ran alongside each other for vast periods of time, it may quite well be that the individual ”Cro-Magnon” skeleton, though representative of the second race, was deposited in the quarternary {sic} strata thousands of years before the individual Furfooz man lived on the earth.]

    mixed with, and therefore dominated by, the nobler stock of one of the Aryan sub-races.

    We now come to the Toltecs. It was chiefly to the West that their emigrations tended, and the neighbouring coasts of the American continent were in the second map period peopled by a pure Toltec race, the greater part of those left on the mother-continent being then of very mixed blood. It was on the continents of North and South America that this race spread abroad and flourished, and on which thousands of years later were established the empires of Mexico and Peru. The greatness of these empires is a matter of history, or at least of tradition supplemented by such evidence as is afforded by magnificent architectural remains. It may here be noted that while the Mexican empire was for centuries great and powerful in all that is usually regarded as power and greatness in our civilization of to-day, it never reached the height attained by the Peruvians about 14,000 years ago under their Inca sovereigns, for as regards the general well-being of the people, the justice and beneficence of the government, the equitable nature of the land tenure, and the pure and religious life of the inhabitants, the Peruvian empire of those days might be considered a traditional though faint echo of the golden age of the Toltecs on the mother-continent of Atlantis.

    The average Red Indian of North or South America is the best representative to-day of the Toltec people, but of course bears no comparison with the highly civilized individual of the race at its zenith.


    First Settlement in Egypt

    Egypt must now be referred to, and the consideration of this subject should let in a flood of light upon its early history. Although the first settlement in that country was not in the strict sense of the term a colony , it was from the Toltec race that was subsequently drawn the first great body of emigrants intended to mix with and dominate the aboriginal people.

    In the first instance it was the transfer of a great Lodge of Initiates. This took place about 100,000 years ago. The golden age of the Toltecs was long past. The first great catastrophe had taken place. The moral degradation of the people and the consequent practice of the “black arts” were becoming more accentuated and widely spread. Purer surroundings for the White Lodge were needed. Egypt was isolated and was thinly peopled, and therefore Egypt was chosen. The settlement so made answered its purpose, and undisturbed by adverse conditions the Lodge of Initiates for nearly 200,000 years did its work.

    About 210,000 years ago, when the time was ripe, the Occult Lodge founded an empire–the first “Divine Dynasty” of Egypt–and began to teach the people. Then it was that the first great body of colonists was brought from Atlantis, and some time during the ten thousand years that led up to the second catastrophe, the two great Pyramids of Gizeh were built, partly to provide permanent Halls of Initiation, but also to act as treasure-house and shrine for some great talisman of power during the submergence which the Initiates knew to be impending. Map No. 3 shows Egypt at that date as under water. It remained so for a considerable period, but on its re-emergence it was again peopled by the descendants of many of its old inhabitants who had retired to the Abyssinian mountains (shown in Map No. 3 as an island) as well as by fresh bands of Atlantean colonists from various parts of the world. A considerable immigration of Akkadians then helped to modify the Egyptian type. This is the era of the second “Divine Dynasty” of Egypt–the rulers of the country being again Initiated Adepts.

    The catastrophe of 80,000 years ago again laid the country under water, but this time it was only a temporary wave. When it receded the third “Divine Dynasty”–that mentioned by Manetho–began its rule, and it was under the early kings of this dynasty that the great Temple of Karnak and many of the more ancient buildings still standing in Egypt were constructed. In fact with the exception of the two pyramids no building in Egypt predates the catastrophe of 80,000 years ago.

    The final submergence of Poseidonis sent another tidal wave over Egypt. This too, was only a temporary calamity, but it brought the Divine Dynasties to an end, for the Lodge of Initiates had transferred its quarters to other lands.

    Various points here left untouched have already been dealt with in the Transaction of the London Lodge, “The Pyramids and Stonehenge.”

    The Turanians who in the first map period had colonized the northern parts of the land lying immediately to the east of Atlantis, occupied in the second map period its southern shores (which included the present Morocco and Algeria). We also find them wandering eastwards, and both the east and west coasts of the central Asian sea were Peopled by them. Bands of them ultimately moved still further east, and the nearest approximation to the type of this race is to-day to be found in the inland Chinese. A curious freak of destiny must be recorded about one of their western offshoots. Dominated all through the centuries by their more powerful Toltec neighbours, it was yet reserved for a small branch of the Turanian stock to conquer and replace the last great empire that the Toltecs raised, for the brutal and barely civilized Aztecs were of pure Turanian blood.

    The Semite emigrations were of two kinds, first, those which were controlled by the natural impulse of the race: second, that special emigration which was effected under the direct guidance of the Manu; for, strange as it may seem, it was not from the Toltecs but from this lawless and turbulent, though vigorous and energetic, sub-race that was chosen the nucleus destined to be developed into our great Fifth or Aryan Race. The reason, no doubt, lay in the Mânasic characteristic with which the number five is always associated. The sub-race of that number was inevitably developing its physical brain power and intellect, although at the expense of the psychic perceptions, while that same development of intellect to infinitely higher levels is at once the glory and the destined goal of our Fifth Root Race.

    Dealing first with the natural emigrations we find that in the second map period while still leaving powerful nations on the mother continent, the Semites had spread both west and east–west to the lands now forming the United States, and thus accounting for the Semitic type to be found in some of the Indian races, and east to the northern shores of the neighbouring continent, which combined all there then was of Europe, Africa and Asia. The type of the ancient Egyptians, as well as of other neighbouring nations, was to some extent modified by this original Semite blood; but with the exception of the Jews, the only representatives of comparatively unmixed race at the present day are the lighter coloured Kabyles of the Algerian mountain.

    The tribes resulting from the segregation effected by the Manu for the formation of the new Root Race eventually found their way to the southern shores of the Central Asian sea, and there the first great Aryan kingdom was established. When the Transaction dealing with the origin of a Root Race comes to be written, it will be seen that many of the peoples we are accustomed to call Semitic are really Aryan in blood. The world will also be enlightened as to what constitutes the claim of the Hebrews to be considered a “chosen people.” Shortly it may be stated that they constitute an abnormal and unnatural link between the Fourth and Fifth Root Races {sic}.[1]

    The Akkadians, though eventually becoming supreme rulers on the mother continent of Atlantis, owed their birthplace as we have seen in the second map period, to the neighbouring continent-that part occupied by the basin of the Mediterranean

    [1. See W. Williamson’s The Great Law, pp. 243-5.]

    about the present island of Sardinia being their special home. From this centre they spread eastwards, occupying what eventually became the shores of the Levant, and reaching as far as Persia and Arabia. As we have seen, they also helped to people Egypt. The early Etruscans, the Phoenicians, including the Carthaginians and the Shumero-Akkads, were branches of this race, while the Basques of to-day have probably more of the Akkadian than of any other blood which flows in their veins.


    Stonehenge

    A reference to the early inhabitants of our own islands may appropriately be made here, for it was in the early Akkadian days, about 100,000 years ago, that the colony of Initiates who founded Stonehenge landed on these shores–“these shores” being, of course, the shores of the Scandinavian part of the continent of Europe, as shown in Map No. 3. The initiated priests and their followers appear to have belonged to a very early strain of the Akkadian race–they were taller, fairer, and longer headed than the aborigines of the country, who were a very mixed race, but mostly degenerate remnants of the Rmoahals. As readers of the Transaction of the London Lodge on the “Pyramids and Stonehenge,” will know, the rude simplicity of Stonehenge was intended as a protest against the extravagant ornament and over-decoration of the existing temples in Atlantis, where the debased worship of their own images was being carried on by the inhabitants.

    The Mongolians, as we have seen, never had any touch with the mother-continent. Born on the wide plains of Tartary, their emigrations for long found ample scope within those regions; but more than once tribes of Mongol descent have overflowed from northern Asia to America, across Behring’s Straits, and the last of such emigrations–that of the Kitans, some 1,300 years ago–has left traces which some western savants have been able to follow. The presence of Mongolian blood in some tribes of North American Indians has also been recognized by various writers on ethnology. The Hungarians and Malays are both known to be offshoots of this race, ennobled in the one case by a strain of Aryan blood, degraded in the other by mixture with the effete Lemurians. But the interesting fact about the Mongolians is that its last family race is still in full force-it has not in fact yet reached its zenith–and the Japanese nation has still got history to give to the world. [1]


    Arts and Sciences

    It must primarily be recognized that our own Aryan race has naturally achieved far greater results in almost every direction than did the Atlanteans, but even where they failed to reach our level, the records of what they accomplished are of interest as representing the high water mark which their tide of

    [1. Since the above was written the Russo-Japanese war has taken place.]

    civilization reached. On the other hand, the character of the scientific achievements in which they did outstrip us are of so dazzling a nature, that bewilderment at such unequal development is apt to be the feeling left.

    The arts and sciences, as practised by the first two races, were, of course, crude in the extreme, but we do not propose to follow the progress achieved by each sub-race separately. The history of the Atlantean, as of the Aryan race, was interspersed with periods of progress and of decay. Eras of culture were followed by times of lawlessness, during which all artistic and scientific development was lost, these again being succeeded by civilizations reaching to still higher levels. It must naturally be with the periods of culture that the following remarks will deal, chief among which stands out the great Toltec era.

    Architecture and sculpture, painting and music were all practised in Atlantis. The music even at the best of times was crude, and the instruments of the most primitive type. All the Atlantean races were fond of colour, and brilliant hues decorated both the insides and the outsides of their houses, but painting as a fine art was never well established, though in the later days some kind of drawing and painting was taught in the schools. Sculpture, on the other hand, which was also taught in the schools, was widely practised, and reached great excellence. As we shall see later on under the head of “Religion” it became customary for every man who could afford it to place in one of the temples an image of himself. These were sometimes carved in wood or in hard black stone like basalt, but among the wealthy it became the fashion to have their statues cast in one of the precious metals, aurichalcum, gold or silver. A very fair resemblance of the individual usually resulted, while in some cases a striking likeness was achieved.


    Architecture

    Architecture, however, was naturally the most widely practised of the arts. Their buildings were massive structures of gigantic proportions. The dwelling houses in the cities were not, as ours are, closely crowded together in streets. Like their country houses some stood in their own garden grounds, others were separated by plots of common land, but all were isolated structures. In the case of houses of any importance four blocks of building surrounded a central courtyard, in the centre of which generally stood one of the fountains whose number in the “City of the Golden Gates” gained for it the second appellation of the “City of Waters.” There was no exhibition of goods for sale as in modern streets. All transactions of buying and selling took place privately, except at stated times, when large public fairs were held in the open spaces of the cities. But the characteristic feature of the Toltec house was the tower that rose from one of its corners or from the centre of one of the blocks. A spiral staircase built outside led to the upper stories, and a pointed dome terminated the tower–this upper portion being very commonly used as an observatory. As already stated the houses were decorated with bright colours. Some were ornamented with carvings, others with frescoes or painted patterns. The window-spaces were filled with some manufactured article similar to, but less transparent than, glass. The interiors were not furnished with the elaborate detail of our modern dwellings, but the life was highly civilized of its kind.

    The temples were huge halls resembling more than anything else the gigantic piles of Egypt, but built on a still more stupendous scale. The pillars supporting the roof were generally square, seldom circular. In the days of the decadence the aisles were surrounded with innumerable chapels in which were enshrined the statues of the more important inhabitants. These side shrines indeed were occasionally of such considerable size as to admit a whole retinue of priests, whom some specially great man might have in his service for the ceremonial worship of his image. Like the private houses the temples too were never complete without the dome-capped towers, which of course were of corresponding size and magnificence. These were used for astronomical observations and for sun-worship.

    The precious metals were largely used in the adornment of the temples, the interiors being often not merely inlaid but plated with gold. Gold and silver were highly valued, but as we shall see later on when the subject of the currency is dealt with, the uses to which they were put were entirely artistic and had nothing to do with coinage, while the great quantities that were then produced by the chemists–or as we should now-a-days call them alchemists–may be said to have taken them out of the category of the precious metals. This power of transmutation of metals was not universal, but it was so widely possessed that enormous quantities were made. In fact the production of the wished-for metals may be regarded as one of the industrial enterprises of those days by which these alchemists gained their living. Gold was admired even more than silver, and was consequently produced in much greater quantity.


    Education

    A few words on the subject of language will fitly prelude a consideration of the training in the schools and colleges of Atlantis. During the first map period Toltec was the universal language, not only throughout the continent but in the western islands and that part of the eastern continent which recognized the emperor’s rule. Remains of the Rmoahal and Tlavath speech survived it is true in out-of-the-way parts, just as the Celtic and Cymric speech survives to-day among us in Ireland and Wales. The Tlavatli tongue was the basis used by the Turanians, who introduced such modifications that an entirely different language was in time produced; while the Semites and Akkadians, adopting a Toltec ground-work, modified it in their respective ways, and so produced two divergent varieties. Thus in the later days of Poseidonis there were several entirely different languages–all however belonging to the agglutinative type–for it was not till Fifth Race days that the descendants of the Semites and Akkadians developed inflectional speech. All through the ages, however, the Toltec language fairly maintained its purity, and the same tongue that was spoken in Atlantis in the days of its splendour was used, with but slight alteration, thousands of years later in Mexico and Peru.

    The schools and colleges of Atlantis in the great Toltec days, as well as in subsequent eras of culture, were all endowed by the State. Though every child was required to pass through the primary schools, the subsequent training differed very widely. The primary schools formed a sort of winnowing ground. Those who showed real aptitude for study were, along with the children of the dominant classes who naturally had greater abilities, drafted into the higher schools at about the age of twelve. Reading and writing, which were regarded as mere preliminaries, had already been taught them in the primary schools.

    But reading and writing were not considered necessary for the great masses of the inhabitants who had to spend their lives in tilling the land, or in handicrafts, the practice of which was required by the community. The great majority of the children therefore were at once passed on to the technical schools best suited to their various abilities. Chief among these were the agricultural schools. Some branches of mechanics also formed part of the training, while in outlying districts and by the sea-side hunting and fishing were naturally included. And so the children all received the education or training which was most appropriate for them.

    The children of superior abilities, who as we have seen had been taught to read and write, had a much more elaborate education. The properties of plants and their healing qualities formed an important branch of study. There were no recognized physicians in those days–every educated man knew more or less of medicine as well as of magnetic healing. Chemistry, mathematics and astronomy were also taught. The training in such studies finds its analogy among ourselves, but the object towards which the teachers’ efforts were mainly directed, was the development of the pupil’s psychic faculties and his instruction in the more hidden forces of nature. The occult properties of plants, metals, and precious stones, as well as the alchemical processes of transmutation, were included in this category. But as time went on it became more and more the personal power, which Bulwer Lytton calls vril, and the operation of which he has fairly accurately described in his Coming Race, that the colleges for the higher training of the youth of Atlantis were specially occupied in developing. The marked change which took place when the decadence of the race set in was, that instead of merit and aptitude being regarded as warrants for advancement to the higher grades of instruction, the dominant classes becoming more and more exclusive allowed none but their own children to graduate in the higher knowledge which gave so much power.


    Agriculture

    In such an empire as the Toltec, agriculture naturally received much attention. Not only were the labourers taught their duties in technical schools, but colleges were established in which the knowledge necessary for carrying out experiments in the crossing both of animals and plants, was taught to fitting students.

    It is said that wheat was not evolved on this planet at all. It was the gift of the Manu who brought it from another globe outside our chain of worlds. But oats and some of our other cereals are the results of crosses between wheat and the wild grasses of the earth. Now the experiments which gave these results were carried out in the agricultural schools of Atlantis. Of course such experiments were guided by high knowledge. But the most notable achievement to be recorded of the Atlantean agriculturists was the evolution of the plantain or banana. In the original wild state it was like an elongated melon with scarcely any pulp, but full of seeds as a melon is. It was of course only by centuries (if not thousands of years) of continuous selection and elimination that the present almost seedless plant was evolved.

    Among the domesticated animals of the Toltec days were creatures that looked like very small tapirs. They naturally fed upon roots or herbage, but like the pigs of to-day, which they resembled in more than one particular, they were not over cleanly, and ate whatever came in their way. Large cat-like animals and the wolf-like ancestors of the dog might also be met about human habitations. The Toltec carts appear to have been drawn by creatures somewhat resembling small camels. The Peruvian llamas of today are probably their descendants. The ancestors of the Irish elk, too, roamed in herds about the hill sides in much the same way as our Highland cattle do now–too wild to allow of easy approach, but still under the control of man.

    Constant experiments were made in breeding and cross-breeding different kinds of animals, and, curious though it may seem to us, artificial heat was largely used to force their development, so that the results of crossing and interbreeding might be more quickly apparent. The use, too, of different coloured lights in the chambers where such experiments were carried on were adopted in order to obtain varying results.

    This control and moulding at will by man of the animal forms brings us to a rather startling and very mysterious subject. Reference has been made above to the work done by the Manus. Now it is in the mind of the Manu that originates all improvements in type and the potentialities latent in every form of being. In order to work out in detail the improvements in the animal forms, the help and co-operation of man were required. The amphibian and reptile forms which then abounded had about run their course, and were ready to assume the more advanced type of bird or mammal. These forms constituted the inchoate material placed at man’s disposal, and the clay was ready to assume whatever shape the potter’s hands might mould it into. It was specially with animals in the intermediate stage that so many of the experiments above referred to were tried, and doubtless the domesticated animals like the horse, which are now of such service to man, are the result of these experiments in which the men of those days acted in co-operation with the Manu and his ministers. But the co-operation was too soon withdrawn. Selfishness obtained the upper hand, and war and discord brought the Golden Age of the Toltecs to a close. When instead of working loyally for a common end, under the guidance of their Initiate kings, men began to prey upon each other, the beasts which might gradually have assumed, under the care of man, more and more useful and domesticated forms, being left to the guidance of their own instincts naturally followed the example of their monarch, and began to prey more and more upon each other. Some indeed had actually already been trained and used by men in their hunting expeditions, and thus the semi-domesticated cat-like animals above referred to naturally became the ancestors of the leopards and jaguars.


    City of the Golden Gates

    The “City of the Golden Gates” and its surroundings must be described before we come to consider the remarkable system by which its inhabitants were supplied with water. It lay, as we have seen, on the east coast of the continent close to the sea, and about 15º north of the equator. A beautifully wooded park-like country surrounded the city. Scattered over a large area of this were the villa residences of the wealthier classes. To the west lay a range of mountains, from which the water supply of the city was drawn. The city itself was built on the slopes of a hill, which rose from the plain about 500 feet. On the summit of this hill lay the emperor’s palace and gardens, in the centre of which welled up from the earth a never-ending stream of water, supplying first the palace and the fountains in the gardens, thence flowing in the four directions and falling in cascades into a canal or moat which encompassed the palace grounds, and thus separated them from the city which lay below on every side. From this canal four channels led the water through four quarters of the city to cascades which in their turn supplied another encircling canal at a lower level. There were three such canals forming concentric circles, the outermost and lowest of which was still above the level of the plain. A fourth canal at this lowest level, but on a rectangular plan, received the constantly flowing waters, and in its turn discharged them into the sea. The city extended over part of the plain, up to the edge of this great outermost moat, which surrounded and defended it with a line of waterways extending about twelve miles by ten miles square.

    It will thus be seen that the city was divided into three great belts, each hemmed in by its canals. The characteristic feature of the upper belt that lay Just below the palace grounds, was a circular racecourse and large public gardens. Most of the houses of the court officials also lay on this belt, and here also was an institution of which we have no parallel in modern times. The term “Strangers’ Home” amongst us suggests a mean appearance and sordid surroundings, but this was a palace where all strangers who might come to the city were entertained as long as they might choose to stay–being treated all the time as guests of the Government. The detached houses of the inhabitants and the various temples scattered throughout the city occupied the other two belts. In the days of the Toltec greatness there seems to have been no real poverty–even the retinue of slaves attached to most houses being well fed and clothed–but there were a number of comparatively poor houses in the lowest belt to the north, as well as outside the outermost canal towards the sea. The inhabitants of this part were mostly connected with the shipping, and their houses, though detached, were built closer together than in other districts.

    It will be seen from the above that the inhabitants had thus a never-failing supply of pure clear water constantly coursing through the city, while the upper belts and the emperor’s palace were protected by lines of moats, each one at a higher level as the centre was approached. It was from a lake which lay among the mountains to the west of the city, at an elevation of about 2,600 feet, that the supply was drawn.

    Now it does not require much mechanical knowledge in order to realise how stupendous must have been the works needed to provide this supply, for in the days of its greatness the “City of the Golden Gates” embraced within its four circles of moats over two million inhabitants. No such system of water supply has ever been attempted in Greek, Roman or modern times–indeed it is very doubtful whether our ablest engineers, even at the expenditure of untold wealth, could produce such a result.


    Air-Ships

    If the system of water supply in the “City of the Golden Gates” was wonderful, the Atlantean methods of locomotion must be recognised as still more marvellous, for the air-ship or flying-machine which Keely in America, and Maxim in this country are now attempting to produce, was then a realised fact. It was not at any time a common means of transport. The slaves, the servants, and the masses who laboured with their hands, had to trudge along the country tracks, or travel in rude carts with solid wheels drawn by uncouth animals. The air-boats may be considered as the private carriages of those days, or rather the private yachts, if we regard the relative number of those who possessed them, for they must have been at all times difficult and costly to produce. They were not as a rule built to accommodate many persons. Numbers were constructed for only two, some allowed for six or eight passengers. In the later days when war and strife had brought the Golden Age to an end, battle ships that could navigate the air had to a great extent replaced the battle ships at sea–having naturally proved far more powerful engines of destruction. These were constructed to carry as many as fifty, and in some cases even up to a hundred fighting men.

    The material of which the air-boats were constructed was either wood or metal. The earlier ones were built of wood-the boards used being exceedingly thin, but the injection of some substance which did not add materially to the weight, while it gave leather-like toughness, provided the necessary combination of lightness and strength. When metal was used it was generally an alloy–two white-coloured metals and one red one entering into its composition. The resultant was white-coloured, like aluminium {sic}, and even lighter in weight. Over the rough framework of the air-boat was extended a large sheet of this metal, which was then beaten into shape, and electrically welded where necessary. But whether built of metal or wood their outside surface was apparently seamless and perfectly smooth, and they shone in the dark as if coated with luminous paint.

    In shape they were boat-like, but they were invariably decked over, for when at full speed it could not have been convenient, even if safe, for any on board to remain on the upper deck. Their propelling and steering gear could be brought into use at either end.

    But the all-interesting question is that relating to the power by which they were propelled. In the earlier times it seems to have been personal vril that supplied the motive power–whether used in conjunction with any mechanical contrivance matters not much–but in the later days this was replaced by a force which, though generated in what is to us an unknown manner, operated nevertheless through definite mechanical arrangements. This force, though not yet discovered by science, more nearly approached that which Keely in America used to handle than the electric power used by Maxim. It was in fact of an etheric nature, but though we are no nearer to the solution of this problem, its method of operation can be described. The mechanical arrangements no doubt differed somewhat in different vessels. The following description is taken from an air-boat in which on one occasion three ambassadors from the king who ruled over the northern part of Poseidonis made the journey to the court of the southern kingdom. A strong heavy metal chest which lay in the centre of the boat was the generator. Thence the force flowed through two large flexible tubes to either end of the vessel, as well as through eight subsidiary tubes fixed fore and aft to the bulwarks. These had double openings pointing vertically both up and down. When the journey was about to begin the valves of the eight bulwark tubes which pointed downwards were opened–all the other valves being closed. The current rushing through these impinged on the earth with such force as to drive the boat upwards, while the air itself continued to supply the necessary fulcrum. When a sufficient elevation was reached the flexible tube at that end of the vessel which pointed away from the desired destination, was brought into action, while by the partial closing of the valves the current rushing through the eight vertical tubes was reduced to the small amount required to maintain the elevation reached. The great volume of current, being now directed through the large tube pointing downwards from the stern at an angle of about forty-five degrees, while helping to maintain the elevation, provided also the great motive power to propel the vessel through the air. The steering was accomplished by the discharge of the current through this tube, for the slightest change in its direction at once caused an alteration in the vessel’s course. But constant supervision was not required. When a long journey had to be taken the tube could be fixed so as to need no handling till the destination was almost reached. The maximum speed attained was about one hundred miles an hour, the course of flight never being a straight line, but always in the form of long waves, now approaching and now receding from the earth. The elevation at which the vessels travelled was only a few hundred feet–indeed, when high mountains lay in the line of their track it was necessary to change their course and go round them–the more rarefied air no longer supplying the necessary fulcrum. Hills of about one thousand feet were the highest they could cross. The means by which the vessel was brought to a stop on reaching its destination–and this could be done equally well in mid-air–was to give escape to some of the current force through the tube at that end of the boat which pointed towards its destination, and the current impinging on the land or air in front, acted as a drag, while the propelling force behind was gradually reduced by the closing of the valve. The reason has still to be given for the existence of the eight tubes pointing upwards from the bulwarks. This had more especially to do with the aerial warfare. Having so powerful a force at their disposal, the warships naturally directed the current against each other. Now this was apt to destroy the equilibrium of the ship so struck and to turn it upside down–a situation sure to be taken advantage of by the enemy’s vessel to make an attack with her ram. There was also the further danger of being precipitated to the ground, unless the shutting and opening of the necessary valves were quickly attended to. In whatever position the vessel might be, the tubes pointing towards the earth were naturally those through which the current should be rushing, while the tubes pointing upwards should be closed. The means by which a vessel turned upside down, might be righted and placed again on a level keel, was accomplished by using the four tubes pointing downwards at one side of the vessel only, while the four at the other side were kept closed.

    The Atlanteans had also sea-going vessels which were propelled by some power analogous to that above mentioned, but the current force which was eventually found to be most effective in this case was denser than that used in the air-boats.


    Manners and Custom

    There was doubtless as much variety in the manners and customs of the Atlanteans at different epochs of their history, as there has been among the various nations which compose our Aryan race. With the fluctuating fashion of the centuries we are not concerned. The following remarks will attempt to deal merely with the leading characteristics which differentiate their habits from our own, and these will be chosen as much as possible from the great Toltec area.

    With regard to marriage and the relations of the sexes the experiments made by the Turanians have already been referred to. Polygamous customs were prevalent at different times among all the sub-races, but in the Toltec days while two wives were allowed by the law, great numbers of men had only one wife. Nor were the women–as in countries now-a-days where polygamy prevails–regarded as inferiors, or in the least oppressed. Their position was quite equal to that of the men, while the aptitude many of them displayed in acquiring the vril-power made them fully the equals if not the superiors of the other sex. This equality indeed was recognised from infancy, and there was no separation of the sexes in schools or colleges. Boys and girls were taught together. It was the rule, too, and not the exception, for complete harmony to prevail in the dual households, and the mothers taught their children to look equally to their father’s wives for love and protection. Nor were women debarred from taking part in the government. Sometimes they were members of the councils, and occasionally even were chosen by the Adept emperor to represent him in the various provinces as the local sovereigns.

    The writing material of the Atlanteans consisted of thin sheets of metal, on the white porcelain-like surface of which the words were written. They also had the means of reproducing the written text by placing on the inscribed sheet another thin metal plate which had previously been dipped in some liquid. The text thus graven on the second plate could be reproduced at will on other sheets, a great number of which fastened together constituted a book.


    Food

    A custom which differs considerably from our own must be instanced next, in their choice of food. It is an unpleasant subject, but can scarcely be passed over . The flesh of the animals they usually discarded, while the parts which among us are avoided as food, were by them devoured. The blood also they drank–often hot from the animal–and various cooked dishes were also made of it.

    It must not, however, be thought that they were without the lighter, and to us, more palatable, kinds of food. The seas and rivers provided them with fish, the flesh of which they ate, though often in such an advanced stage of decomposition as would be to us revolting. The different grains were largely cultivated, of which were made bread and cakes. They also had milk, fruit and vegetables.

    A small minority of the inhabitants, it is true, never adopted the revolting customs above referred to. This was the case with the Adept kings and emperors and the initiated priesthood throughout the whole empire. They were entirely vegetarian in their habits, but though many of the emperor’s counsellors and the officials about the court affected to prefer the purer diet, they often indulged in secret their grosser tastes.

    Nor were strong drinks unknown in those days. Fermented liquor of a very potent sort was at one time much in vogue. But it was so apt to make those who drank it dangerously excited that a law was passed absolutely forbidding its consumption.


    Weapons

    The weapons of warfare and the chase differed considerably at different epochs. Swords and spears, bows and arrows sufficed as a rule for the Rmoahals and the Tlavatli. The beasts which they hunted at that very early period were mammoths with long woolly hair, elephants and hippopotami. Marsupials also abounded as well as survivals of intermediate types–some being half reptile and half mammal, others half reptile and half bird.

    The use of explosives was adopted at an early period, and carried to great perfection in later times. Some appear to have been made to explode on concussion, others after a certain interval of time, but in either case the destruction to life seems to have resulted from the release of some poisonous vapour, not from the impact of bullets. So powerful indeed must have become these explosives in later Atlantean times, that we hear of whole companies of men being destroyed in battle by the noxious gas generated by the explosion of one of these bombs above their heads, thrown there by some sort of lever.


    Money

    The monetary system must now be considered. During the first three sub-races at all events, such a thing as a State coinage was unknown. Small pieces of metal or leather stamped with some given value were, it is true, used as tokens. Having a perforation in the centre they were strung together, and were usually carried at the girdle. But each man was, as it were, his own coiner, and the leather or metal token fabricated by him and exchanged with another for value received, was but a personal acknowledgment of indebtedness, such as a promissory note is among us. No man was entitled to fabricate more of these tokens than he was able to redeem by the transfer of goods in his possession. The tokens did not circulate as coinage does, while the holder of the token had the means to estimate with perfect accuracy the resources of his debtor by the clairvoyant faculty which all then possessed to a greater or less degree, and which in any case of doubt was instantly directed to ascertain the actual state of the facts.

    It must be stated, however, that in the later days of Poseidonis, a system approximating to our own currency was adopted, and the triple mountain visible from the great southern capital was the favourite representation on the State coinage.


    Land Tenure

    But the system of land tenure is the most important subject under this heading. Among the Rmoahal and Tlavatli, who lived chiefly by hunting and fishing, the question naturally did not arise, though some system of village cultivation was recognized in the Tlavatli days.

    It was with the increase of population and civilization in the early Toltec times that land first became worth fighting for. It is not proposed to trace the system or want of system prevalent in the troublous times anterior to the advent of the Golden Age. But the records of that epoch present to the consideration, not only of political economists, but of all who regard the welfare of the race, subject of the utmost interest and importance.

    The population, it must be remembered, had been steadily increasing, and under the government of the Adept emperors it had reached the very large figure already quoted; nevertheless poverty and want were things undreamt of in those days, and this social well-being was no doubt partly due to the system of land tenure.

    Not only was all the land and its produce regarded as belonging to the emperor, but all the flocks and herds upon it were his as well. The country was divided into different provinces or districts, each province having at its head one of the subsidiary kings or viceroys appointed by the emperor. Each of these viceroys was held responsible for the government and well-being of all the inhabitants under his rule. The tillage of the land, the harvesting of the crops, and the pasturage of the herds lay within his sphere of superintendence as well as the conducting of such agricultural experiments as have been already referred to.

    Each viceroy had round him a council of agricultural advisers and coadjutors, who had amongst their other duties to be well versed in astronomy, for it was not a barren science in those days. The occult influences on plant and animal life were then studied and taken advantage of. The power, too, of producing rain at will was not uncommon then, while the effects of a glacial epoch were on more than one occasion partly neutralized in the northern parts of the continent by occult science. The right day for beginning every agricultural operation was of course duly calculated, and the work carried into effect by the officials whose duty it was to supervise every detail. The produce raised in each district or kingdom was as a rule consumed in it, but an exchange of agricultural commodities was sometimes arranged between the rulers.

    After a small share had been put aside for the emperor and the central government at the “City of the Golden Gates,” the produce of the whole district or kingdom was divided among the inhabitants-the local viceroy and his retinue of officials naturally receiving the larger portions, but the meanest agricultural labourer getting enough to secure him competence and comfort. Any increase in the productive capacity of the land, or in the mineral wealth which it yielded, was divided proportionately amongst all concerned–all, therefore, were interested in making the result of their combined labour as lucrative as possible.

    This system worked admirably for a very long period. But as time went on negligence and self-seeking crept in. Those whose duty it was to superintend, threw more and more responsibility on their inferiors in office, and in time it became rare for the rulers to interfere or to interest themselves in any of the operations. This was the beginning of the evil days. The members of the dominant class who had previously given all their time to the state duties began to think about making their own lives more pleasant. The elaboration of luxury was setting in.

    There was one cause in particular which produced great discontent amongst the lower classes. The system under which the youth of the nation was drafted into the technical schools has already been referred to. Now it was always one of the superior class whose psychic faculties had been duly cultivated, to whom the duty was assigned of selecting the children so that each one should receive the training, and ultimately be devoted to the occupation, for which he was naturally most fitted. But when those possessed of the clairvoyant vision, by which alone such choice could be made, delegated their duties to inferiors who were wanting in such psychic attributes, the results ensuing were that the children were often thrust into wrong grooves, and those whose capacity and taste lay in one direction often found themselves tied for life to an occupation which they disliked, and in which, therefore, they were rarely successful.

    The systems of land tenure which ensued in different parts of the empire on the breaking tip of the great Toltec dynasty were many and various. But it is not necessary to follow them. In the later days of Poseidonis they had, as a rule, given place to the system of individual ownership which we know so well.

    Reference has already been made, under the head of “Emigrations,” to the system of land tenure which prevailed during that glorious period of Peruvian history when the Incas held sway about 14,000 years ago. A short summary of this may be of interest as demonstrating the source from which its groundwork was doubtless derived, as well as instancing the variations which had been adopted in this somewhat more complicated system.

    All title to land was derived in the first instance from the Inca, but half of it was assigned to the cultivators, who of course constituted the great bulk of the population. The other half was divided between the Inca and the priesthood who celebrated the worship of the sun.

    Out of the proceeds of his specially allotted lands the Inca had to keep up the army, the roads throughout the whole empire, and all the machinery of government. This was conducted by a special governing class, all more or less closely related to the Inca himself, and representing a civilization and a culture much in advance of the great masses of the population.

    The remaining fourth–“the lands of the sun”–provided not only for the priests who conducted the public worship throughout the empire, but for the entire education of the people in schools and colleges, for all sick and infirm persons, and finally, for every inhabitant (exclusive, of course, of the governing class for whom there was no cessation of work) on reaching the age of forty-five, that being the age arranged for the hard work of life to cease, and for leisure and enjoyment to begin.


    Religion

    The only subject that now remains to be dealt with is the evolution of religious ideas. Between the spiritual aspiration of a rude but simple race and the degraded ritual of an intellectually cultured but spiritually dead people, lies a gulf which only the term religion, used in its widest acceptation, can span. Nevertheless, it is this consecutive process of generation and degeneration which has to be traced in the history of the Atlantean people.

    It will be remembered that the government under which the Rmoahals came into existence, was described as the most perfect conceivable, for it was the Manu himself who acted as their king. The memory of this divine ruler was naturally preserved in the annals of the race, and in due time he came to be regarded as a god, among a people who were naturally psychic, and had consequently glimpses of those states of consciousness which transcend our ordinary waking condition. Retaining these higher attributes it was only natural that this primitive people should adopt a religion which, though in no way representative of any exalted philosophy, was of a type far from ignoble. In later days this phase of religious belief passed into a kind of ancestor-worship.

    The Tlavatli, while inheriting the traditional reverence and worship for the Manu, were taught by Adept instructors of the existence of a Supreme Being whose symbol was recognised as the sun. They thus developed a sort of sun worship, for the practice of which they repaired to the hill-tops. There they built great circles of upright monoliths. These were intended to be symbolical of the sun’s yearly course, but they were also used for astronomical purposes–being placed so that, to one standing at the high altar, the sun would rise at the winter solstice behind one of these monoliths, at the vernal equinox behind another, and so on throughout the year. Astronomical observations of a still more complex character connected with the more distant constellations were also helped by these stone circles.

    We have already seen under the head of emigrations how a later sub-race–the Akkadians–in the erection of Stonehenge, reverted to this primitive building of monoliths.

    Endowed though the Tlavatli were with somewhat greater capacity for intellectual development than the previous sub-race, their cult was still of a very primitive type.

    With the wider diffusion of knowledge in the days of the Toltecs, and more especially with the establishment later on of an initiated priesthood and an Adept emperor, increased opportunities were offered to the people for the attainment of a truer conception of the divine. The few who were ready to take full advantage of the teaching offered, after having been tried and tested, were doubtless admitted into the ranks of the priesthood, which then constituted an immense occult fraternity. With these, however, who had so outstripped the mass of humanity, as to be ready to begin the progress of the occult path, we are not here concerned, the religions practised by the inhabitants of Atlantis generally being the subject of our investigation.

    The power to rise to philosophic heights of thought was of course wanting to the masses of those days, as it is similarly wanting to the great majority of the inhabitants of the world to-day. The nearest approach which the most gifted teacher could make in attempting to convey any idea of the nameless and all-pervading essence of the Cosmos was necessarily imparted in the form of symbols, and the sun naturally enough was the first symbol adopted. As in our own days too, the more cultivated and spiritually-minded would see through the symbol, and might sometimes rise on the wings of devotion to the Father of our spirits, that

    “Motive and centre of our soul’s desire,
    Object and refuge of our journey’s end,”
    while the grosser multitude would see nothing but the symbol, and would worship it, as the carved Madonna or the wooden image of the Crucified One is to-day worshipped throughout Catholic Europe.

    Sun and fire worship then became the cult for the celebration of which magnificent temples were reared throughout the length and breadth of the continent of Atlantis, but more especially in the great “City of the Golden Gates”–the temple-service being performed by retinues of priests endowed by the State for that purpose.

    In those early days no image of the Deity was permitted. The sun-disk was considered the only appropriate emblem of the godhead, and as such was used in every temple, a golden disk being generally placed so as to catch the first rays of the rising sun at the vernal equinox or at the summer solstice.

    An interesting example of the almost unalloyed survival of this worship of the sun-disk may be instanced in the Shinto ceremonies of Japan. All other representation of Deity is, in this faith, regarded as impious, and even the circular mirror of polished metal is hidden from the vulgar gaze save on ceremonial occasions. Unlike the gorgeous temple decorations of Atlantis, however, the Shinto temples are characterized by an entire absence of decoration–the exquisite finish of the plain wood-work being unrelieved by any carving, paint or varnish.

    But the sun-disk did not always remain the only permissible emblem of Deity. The image of a man–an archetypal man–was in after days placed in the temples and adored as the highest representation of the divine. In some ways this might be considered a reversion to the Rmoahal worship of the Manu. Even then the religion was comparatively pure, and the occult fraternity of the “Good Law” of course did their utmost to keep alive in the hearts of the people the spiritual life.

    The evil days, however, were drawing near when no altruistic idea should remain to redeem the race from the abyss of selfishness in which it was destined to be overwhelmed. The decay of the ethical idea was the necessary prelude to the perversion of the spiritual. The hand of every man fought for himself alone, and his knowledge was used for purely selfish ends, till it became an established belief that there was nothing in the universe greater or higher than themselves. Each man was his own “Law, and Lord and God,” and the very worship of the temples ceased to be the worship of any ideal, but became the mere adoration of man as he was known and seen to be. As is written in the Book of Dzyan, “Then the Fourth became tall with pride. We are the kings it was said; we are the Gods…. They built huge cities. Of rare earths and metals they built, and out of the fires vomited, out of the white stone of the mountains and of the black stone, they cut their own images in their size and likeness, and worshipped them.” Shrines were placed in temples in which the statue of each man, wrought in gold or silver, or carved in stone or wood, was adored by himself. The richer men kept whole trains of priests in their employ for the cult and care of their shrines, and offerings were made to these statues as to gods. The apotheosis of self could go no further.

    It must be remembered that every true religious idea that has ever entered into the mind of man, has been consciously suggested to him by the divine Instructors or the Initiates of the White Lodge, who throughout all the ages have been the guardians of the divine mysteries, and of the facts of the supersensual states of consciousness.

    Mankind generally has but slowly become capable of assimilating a few of these divine ideas, while the monstrous growths and hideous distortions to which every religion on earth stands as witness, must be traced to man’s own lower nature. It would seem indeed that he has not always even been fit to be entrusted with knowledge as to the mere symbols under which were veiled the light of Deity, for in the days of the Turanian Supremacy some of this knowledge was wrongfully divulged.

    We have seen how the life and light giving attributes of the sun were in early times used as the symbol to bring before the minds of the people all that they were capable of conceiving of the great First Cause. But other symbols of far deeper and more real significance were known and guarded within the ranks of the priesthood. One of these was the conception of a Trinity in Unity. The Trinities of most sacred significance were never divulged to the people, but the Trinity personifying the cosmic powers of the universe as Creator, Preserver, and Destroyer, became publicly known in some irregular manner in the Turanian days. This idea was still further materialized and degraded by the Semites into a strictly anthropomorphic Trinity consisting of father, mother and child.

    A further and rather terrible development of the Turanian times must still be referred to. With the practice of sorcery many of the inhabitants had, of course, become aware of the existence of powerful elementals–creatures who had been called into being, or at least animated by their own powerful wills, which being directed towards maleficent ends, naturally produced elementals of power and malignity. So degraded had then become man’s feelings of reverence and worship, that they actually began to adore these semi-conscious creations of their own malignant thought. The ritual with which these beings were worshipped was bloodstained from the very start, and of course every sacrifice offered at their shrines gave vitality and persistence to these vampire-like creations–so much so, that even to the present day in various parts of the world, the elementals formed by the powerful will of these old Atlantean sorcerers still continue to exact their tribute from unoffending village communities.

    Though inaugurated and widely practised by the brutal Turanians, this blood-stained ritual seems never to have spread to any extent among the other sub-races, though human sacrifices appear to have been not uncommon among some branches of the Semites.

    In the great Toltec empire of Mexico the sun-worship of their forefathers was still the national religion, while the bloodless offerings to their beneficent Deity, Quetzalcoatl, consisted merely of flowers and fruit. It was only with the coming of the savage Aztecs that the harmless Mexican ritual was supplemented with the blood of human sacrifices, which drenched the altars of their war-god, Huitzilopochtli, and the tearing out of the hearts of the victims on the summit of the Teocali may be regarded as a direct survival of the elemental -worship of their Turanian ancestors in Atlantis.

    It will be seen then that as in our own days, the religious life of the people embraced the most varied forms of belief and worship. From the small minority who aspired to initiation, and had touch with the higher spiritual life–who knew that good will towards all men, control of thought, and purity of life and action were the necessary preliminaries to the attainment of the highest states of consciousness and the widest realms of vision–innumerable phases led down through the more or less blind worship of cosmic powers, or of anthropomorphic gods, to the degraded but most widely extended ritual in which each man adored his own image, and to the blood stained rites of the elemental worship.

    It must be remembered throughout that we are dealing with the Atlantean race only, so that any reference would be out of place that bore on the still more degraded fetish-worship that even then existed–as it still does–amongst the debased representatives of the Lemurian peoples.

    All through the centuries then, the various rituals composed to celebrate these various forms of worship were carried on, till the final submergence of Poseidonis, by which time the countless hosts of Atlantean emigrants had already established on foreign lands the various cults of the mother-continent.

    To trace the rise and follow the progress in detail of the archaic religions, which in historic times have blossomed into such diverse and antagonistic forms, would be an undertaking of great difficulty, but the illumination it would throw on matters of transcendent importance may some day induce the attempt.

    In conclusion, it would be vain to attempt to summarize what is already too much of a summary. Rather let us hope that the foregoing may lend itself as the text from which may be developed histories of the many offshoots of the various sub-races-histories which may analytically examine political and social developments which have been here touched on in the most fragmentary manner.

    One word, however, may still be said about that evolution of the race–that progress which all creation, with mankind at its head, is ever destined to achieve century by century, millennium by millennium, manvantara by manvantara, and kalpa by kalpa.

    The descent of spirit into matter–those two poles of the one eternal substance–is the process which occupies the first half of every cycle. Now the period we have been contemplating in the foregoing pages–the period during which the Atlantean race was running its course–was the very middle or turning point of this present manvantara.

    The process of evolution which in our present Fifth Race has now set in–the return, that is, of matter into spirit–had in those days revealed itself in but a few isolated individual cases–forerunners of the resurrection of the spirit.

    But the problem, which all who have given the subject any amount of consideration must have felt to be still awaiting a solution, is the surprising contrast in the attributes of the Atlantean race. Side by side with their brutal passions, their degraded animal propensities, were their psychic faculties, their godlike intuition.

    Now the solution of this apparently insoluble enigma lies in the fact that the building of the bridge had only then been begun–the bridge of Manas, or mind, destined to unite in the perfected individual the upward surging forces of the animal and the downward cycling spirit of the God. The animal kingdom of to-day exhibits a field of nature where the building of that bridge has not yet been begun, and even among mankind in the days of Atlantis the connection was so slight that the spiritual attributes had but little controlling power over the lower animal nature. The touch of mind they had was sufficient to add zest to the gratification of the senses, but was not enough to vitalize the still dormant spiritual faculties, which in the perfected individual will have to become the absolute monarch. Our metaphor of the bridge may carry us a little further if we consider it as now in process of construction, but as destined to remain incomplete for mankind in general for untold millenniums–in fact, until Humanity has completed another circle of the seven planets and the great Fifth Round is half way through its course.

    Though it was during the latter half of the Third Root Race and the beginning of the Fourth that the Manasaputra descended to endow with mind the bulk of Humanity who were still without the spark, yet so feebly burned the light all through the Atlantean days that few could be said to have attained to the powers of abstract thought. On the other hand, the functioning of the mind on concrete things came well within their grasp, and as we have seen it was in the practical concerns of their every-day life, especially when their psychic faculties were directed towards the same objects, that they achieved such remarkable and stupendous results.

    It must also be remembered that Kama, the fourth principle, naturally obtained its culminating development in the Fourth Race. This would account for the depths of animal grossness to which they sank, whilst the approach of the cycle to its nadir inevitably accentuated this downward movement, so that there is little to be surprised at in the gradual loss by the race of the psychic faculties, and in its descent to selfishness and materialism.

    Rather should all this be regarded as part of the great cyclic process in obedience to the eternal law.

    We have all gone through those evil days, and the experiences we then accumulated go to make up the characters we now possess.

    But a brighter sun now shines on the Aryan race than that which lit the path of their Atlantean forefathers. Less dominated by the passions of the senses, more open to the influence of mind, the men of our race have obtained and are obtaining a firmer grasp of knowledge, a wider range of intellect. This upward arc of the great manvantaric cycle will naturally lead increasing numbers towards the entrance of the Path, and will lend more and more attraction to the transcendent opportunities it offers for the continued strengthening and purification of the character- strengthening and purification no longer directed by mere spasmodic effort, and continually interrupted by misleading attractions, but guided and guarded at every step by the Masters of Wisdom, so that the upward climb when once begun should no longer be halting and uncertain, but lead direct to the glorious goal.

    The psychic faculties too, and the godlike intuition, lost for a time but still the rightful heritage of the race, only await the individual effort of reattainment, to give to the character still deeper insight and more transcendent powers. So shall the ranks of the Adept instructors–the Masters of Wisdom–be ever strengthened and recruited, and even amongst us today there must certainly be some, indistinguishable save by the deathless enthusiasm with which they are animated, who will, before the next Root Race is established on this planet, stand themselves as Masters of Wisdom to help the race in its upward progress.


     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

  • Where is the Capstone of the Great Pyramid?

    Where is the Capstone of the Great Pyramid?


    The Great Pyramid of Giza is one of the most geometrically perfect structures ever built on planet Earth. You can find books, careers, even entire lives devoted to theories about how it was built and what its intended purpose was. However, even if you’re a first time onlooker, whether in person or in a photograph, one thing is blatantly obvious–the top seems to be missing.

    The top or capstone is traditionally thought to be the last piece added when constructing a pyramid. Some have speculated that the Great Pyramid’s capstone was made of solid gold, or in some theories, at least gold-plated. Of course presently undetermined, some have stated this was for an aesthetic purpose, boasting the wealth and power of the Pharaoh Cheops, for whom it was supposedly built. Others have offered a more functional explanation such as The Great Pyramid is actually a machine and its design, including a massive gold capstone, was intended for harnessing and transmitting energy, not just for showing-off.

    Since the capstone is absent, rumors abound as to why it’s missing or where it has gone. Egyptologists tend to stick by their guns–namely, that the pyramid was a tomb built for Cheops around 2500 BC and that the capstone is missing because it was looted, similar to other ancient Egyptian relics and tombs. Archaeologists, geologists, and researchers have been poking holes in this mainstream theory for decades. If you want the official version of The Great Pyramid and its missing capstone, go read the first paragraph of any encyclopedia entry. We will explore some of the “other” theories for those who find it hard to swim in the mainstream.

    The First Building?

    Readers familiar with the work of Edgar Cayce, Graham Hancock, or Erich von Daniken have undoubtedly heard of Atlantis or of the prehistoric civilizations whose technological advancement is claimed to rival or surpass our own. The location of this mysterious land has never been proven, though most tend to agree that Atlantis was somewhere in the Atlantic Ocean. Some researchers propose that our modern era of civilization began with the destruction of the old era, or Atlantis. Across the globe, nomadic peoples and primitive cultures seemed to experience advancements in sudden bursts. One theory is that these cultures were infiltrated by refugees from the Atlantean culture. They brought with them the knowledge for advancing technology and thus seeding a modern civilization.

    In this theory, many believe that The Great Pyramid (with its capstone) is much, much older than commonly suggested. In fact, some believe it was built to preserve the Atlantean legacy. Others suggest that it was built after the cataclysm, using the knowledge that the refugees had preserved. Either way, the precision and technology necessary to build this massive structure eludes even the cutting-edge of modern science.

    When examining why The Great Pyramid was built, we will further discuss two hypotheses.

    1. The design of the pyramid encodes mathematical information about the form and function of the universe. It was made so large with the hardest stone around in order to protect this vital information and to ensure that it would stand the test of time.
    2. The finished pyramid (with capstone) was a device or machine for harnessing and using energy.

    Who built The Great Pyramid, and when it was built remains a mystery, however, the mathematics that are so ubiquitous in its design are not. Contrary to popular belief, there are no inscriptions or hieroglyphs inside the pyramid.

    The only clues we have are measurements, ratios, and proportion. Some believe that the pyramid is a geometric representation of the Earth. The length of the bases, the height, and the slope of the sides correspond to the circumference of the Earth, its diameter, and its surface area. This data is essential to travel, astronomy, and cartography, among other things. The imaginary numbers Pi and Phi, though often attributed to Greek astronomers, are also prevalent in the much older Great Pyramid.

    Unlike the mathematical hypothesis above, the “machine” theory looks to the inner parts of the pyramid, such as its rooms and chambers. The inner-workings of the pyramid were designed in a very odd, but specific way. The Queen’s Chamber and The Grand Gallery, in particular, are designed in such an elaborate manner that it casts doubt onto their “official” functions as simply a tomb and a passageway.

    The peculiar nature of the inside of the pyramid has inspired a number of studies and speculations as to the acoustical properties of these rooms, the specific material chosen for their construction, the relationship of the rooms to one another, and the type of energy that The Great Pyramid was built to manipulate. Sub-theories and possible explanations are many, but the verdict is still out on what kind of machine this pyramid really was, or is.

    The common theme among these sub-theories is that the pyramid does not function without the capstone. The capstone completes the pyramid and is considered the most important part. Without it, we’re left with a 13-acre, six-million ton mystery. The golden capstone has been missing for as long as history seems to remember. Could it be the missing piece to the most advanced machine on our planet?

    The Egyptian Government had plans to put a gold-plated capstone on The Great Pyramid at the turn of the century to celebrate the beginning of its seventh millennium, but scrapped its plans at the last minute, with no real explanation. Whether this was to restore the energetic function of the pyramid, or simply a gesture to promote tourism and Egyptian history, we may never know. And so, tomb, puzzle, or machine, The Great Pyramid remains incomplete, like the symbol found on the back of every American one-dollar bill.

    Read more http://otherworldmystery.com/where-is-the-capstone-of-the-great-pyramid